This PDF file contains interactive links
that help you to navigate the document
quickly, and to enable you to gain
immediate access to all websites listed.
Clicking on any of the items in the main
list of Contents (screen pages 4 to 12)
will take you directly to the page listed.
Or click on any item in the list of Contents
as the start of each section.
To immediately access cross-referred items
contained in this practice advice, click on
any cross-references shown in purple.
To return to the list of Contents, simply
click on the line “NOT PROTECTIVELY
MARKED…” at the foot of each page.
Where you see a website address
featured in purple, click on it to make
a direct online link.
PRACTICE ADVICE ON
SEARCH
MANAGEMENT
AND PROCEDURES
2006
Produced on behalf of the
Association of Chief Police Officers
by the National Centre for Policing Excellence
This practice advice contains information to assist policing in the United Kingdom.
It is not protectively marked under the Government Protective Marking Scheme.
The decision to make the content, or any part of it, publicly available or not, rests
with the copyright holders. They have agreed to make it available to the police and
partner agencies on condition that these agencies do not make it publicly available,
for example, on internet sites.
Application for disclosure under the Freedom of Information Act 2000 should
be sent to the Centrex Security and Business Continuity Unit at
<[email protected]>. The Security and Business
Continuity Unit will be responsible for notifying ACPO and the Police Central
Referral Unit.
PRACTICE ADVICE ON SEARCH MANAGEMENT AND PROCEDURES
This document has been produced by the National Centre for Policing Excellence (NCPE) on
behalf of the Association of Chief Police Officers (ACPO). It will be updated according to
legislative and policy changes and re-released as required.
The NCPE was established by the Police Reform Act 2002. As part of its remit the NCPE is
required to develop policing doctrine, including practice advice, in consultation with ACPO, the
Home Office and the Police Service. Practice advice produced by the NCPE should be used by
chief officers to shape police responses to ensure that the general public experience consistent
levels of service. The implementation of all practice advice will require operational choices to be
made at local level in order to achieve the appropriate police response.
All enquiries about this practice advice should be addressed to:
Opsline
National Centre for Policing Excellence
Wyboston Lakes
Great North Road
Wyboston
Bedfordshire MK44 3BY
Tel: 0870 241 5641
Email: [email protected]
A printed version of this CD-Rom is available on request from the above address.
Acknowledgements
ACPO and the NCPE would like to express their thanks to all those involved in the drafting of this
document and to members of the ACPO Steering Group and the ACPO Guidance Working
Group who gave their advice. All of the responses during the consultation phase of this project
were appreciated and contributed to the final document.
© Association of Chief Police Officers (2006)
© Centrex (2006)
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, modified, amended, stored in
any retrieval system or transmitted, in any form or by any means, without the prior written
permission of Centrex and ACPO or their duly authorised representative.
Centrex is committed to providing quality products and services which comply with the
Centrex Quality Assurance Framework and encompass diversity.
CONTENTS
Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Section 1 STRATEGIC ISSUES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Aims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Objectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Policy Decisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Resourcing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Assessment of Risk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Search Capability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14
14
14
15
15
15
15
16
Section 2 MANAGEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
General Principles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Asset Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Briefing and Debriefing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.4.1 Briefing Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.4.2 Debriefing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.4.3 IIMARCH System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Recovery Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.6.1 Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.6.2 Areas Searched . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Welfare
.........................................................
2.7.1 Daily Needs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.7.2 Impact (Finds and Failure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.7.3 Impact (Identification) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.7.4 Impact (Support) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.7.5 Volunteers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
The Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.8.1 Initial Visual Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.8.2 Non-Specialist Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.8.3 Specialist Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.8.4 Commercial and Other Search Providers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.8.5 Scenario-Based Searching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.8.6 Open Door Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18
18
19
19
20
21
22
26
26
26
26
27
27
27
28
28
29
29
30
30
30
30
31
33
Section 3 POLICE FUNCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
3.1
3.2
Roles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.1.1 Supervision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Searchers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.1 Trained . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.2 Untrained . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.3 Search Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
36
36
36
37
38
38
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
CONTENTS
Section 4 ASSETS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
Dogs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.1.1 Search Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.1.2 Advantages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.1.3 Limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.1.4 Tasking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Horses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.2.1 Search Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.2.2 Advantages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.2.3 Limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.2.4 Tasking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Underwater Search Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.3.1 Confined Spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.3.2 Use of Dragging Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.3.3 Search Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.3.4 Advantages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.3.5 Limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.3.6 Tasking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Marine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.4.1 Search Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.4.2 Advantages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.4.3 Limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.4.4 Tasking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Air Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.1 Search Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.2 Advantages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.3 Limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.4 Tasking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Home Office Scientific Development Branch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NCPE Specialist Advisers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chemical, Biological, Radiological and Nuclear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Police National Search Centre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
40
40
43
43
44
44
44
45
45
45
45
46
46
46
47
47
47
48
48
48
49
49
49
50
50
51
51
51
52
52
53
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
Section 5 SPECIALIST GROUPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
5.6
5.7
5.8
Expert Advisers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fire and Rescue Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prison Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Aeronautical Rescue and Coordination Centre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maritime and Coastguard Agency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.6.1 Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.6.2 Auxiliary Coastguard Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.6.3 Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.6.4 Tasking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Royal National Lifeboat Institution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.7.1 Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.7.2 Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.7.3 Tasking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Military Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.8.1 Categories of Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.8.2 Specialist Military Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.8.3 Requesting Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.8.4 Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
56
57
59
59
60
61
61
61
61
62
62
63
63
63
64
64
64
65
65
Section 6 VOLUNTEERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
6.7
6.8
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Working Practices and Protocols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.2.1 Standard Protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.2.2 Protocol for Dealing with Fatalities and Difficult to Reach Crime Scenes . .
6.2.3 Liability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.2.4 Health and Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mountain Rescue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Association of Lowland Search and Rescue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Method of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.5.1 Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.5.2 Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.5.3 Tasking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Search and Rescue Dogs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.6.1 Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.6.2 Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Caves and Mines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.7.1 Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Public Involvement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
68
68
68
68
68
69
69
69
70
70
70
70
71
71
72
72
73
74
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
CONTENTS
Section 7 PERSON SEARCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Search Categories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.2.1 Initial Person Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.2.2 Detailed Person Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.2.3 Strip Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.2.4 Intimate Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How to search a person . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.3.1 Pre-Search Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.3.2 Search Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.3.3 Person Search System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.3.4 Strip Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.3.5 Persons with Disabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.3.6 Post-Search Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Baggage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Recovery of the Deceased . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
78
78
79
79
79
79
80
80
81
82
84
84
87
88
89
Section 8 MISSING PERSON SEARCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
8.1
8.2
8.3
8.4
8.5
8.6
8.7
8.8
8.9
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Classification of Risk and Response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Missing Person Categories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Theory and Search Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
8.4.1 Scenario-Based Search for Missing Persons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Search and Investigation Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Home Address Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Search Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
8.7.1 Legal Powers for a Missing Person Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Search Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Grampian Research Guidance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
8.9.1 Children 1 to 16 Years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
8.9.2 Suicide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
8.9.3 Mental Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
8.9.4 Psychosis or Schizophrenia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
8.9.5 Depression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
8.9.6 Dementia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
8.9.7 Hypomania or Mania (Manic Depressives) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
8.9.8 Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Section 9 BUILDINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115
9.1
9.2
9.3
9.4
9.5
9.6
General Issues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Search Circumstances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Pre-Search Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Pre-Search Phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Building Search Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Search Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
Section 10 OPEN AREAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127
10.1 Land . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
10.1.1 Pre-Search Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
10.1.2 Search Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
10.1.3 Critical Separation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
10.1.4 Search Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
10.2 Water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
10.2.1 Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Section 11 VEHICLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137
11.1 Reasons for Conducting a Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
11.2 Pre-Search Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
11.3 Search Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
11.3.1 Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
11.3.2 Search Phases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
11.4 Motor Car . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
11.5 Commercial Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
11.6 Refrigerated Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
11.7 Passenger Carrying Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
11.8 Vessels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
11.8.1 Hazards to be Considered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
11.9 Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
11.9.1 Search Circumstances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
11.9.2 Pre-Search Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
11.9.3 Search Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Section 12 MOTORWAYS AND OTHER ROADS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149
12.1
12.2
12.3
12.4
12.5
12.6
12.7
12.8
General Issues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Search Circumstances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Pre-Search Considerations (Health and Safety) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Pre-Search Considerations (Other) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Search Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Search Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Terrorist Activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Section 13 RAILWAYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157
13.1
13.2
13.3
13.4
Railway Line Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Carriages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Public Access Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Where to Obtain Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
CONTENTS
Section 14 INCIDENTS INVOLVING MASS FATALITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159
14.1 Search Planning Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
14.1.1 Priorities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
14.1.2 Other Organisations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
14.1.3 Deceased Persons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
14.1.4 Health and Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
14.2 Search Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
14.2.1 Searches of Areas Required to Locate Services and Equipment . . . . . . . . . . 161
14.2.2 Search Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
14.2.3 Volunteer Search Teams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
14.2.4 The Media, Family and Relatives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
14.2.5 Religious and Cultural Issues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
14.2.6 Welfare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Section 15 CRIME SCENES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163
15.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
15.2 Priorities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
15.3 Crime Scenes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
15.3.1 Management of the Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
15.3.2 Roles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
15.3.3 Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Section 16 EXTERNAL INFLUENCES ON SEARCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167
16.1 The Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
16.1.1 Media Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
16.1.2 Public Appeals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
16.1.3 Family Liaison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
16.2 Sightings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
16.3 Psychics
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
16.4 Community Impact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
16.5 Persons Wishing to Influence the Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
Appendix 1 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
Appendix 2 REFERENCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177
Appendix 3 UNDERWATER SEARCH TECHNIQUES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179
Appendix 4 BUILDING CONSTRUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191
1.1
1.2
1.3
Building Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
1.1.1 General Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
1.1.2 Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
1.1.3 Doors and Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
1.1.4 Flooring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
1.1.5 Ceilings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
1.1.6 Entrance Hall or Lobby and Stairway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
1.1.7 Kitchen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
1.1.8 Fireplace and Chimney . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
1.1.9 Bathroom and Toilet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
1.1.10 Attic or Loft Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
1.1.11 Pipe Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
1.1.12 Light Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
1.1.13 Sewage Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Garden and Associated Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Computers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Appendix 5 VEHICLE SEARCH TECHNIQUES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .207
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
Motor Car . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
1.1.1 Interior of the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
1.1.2 Boot or Cargo Area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
1.1.3 Outside of the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
1.1.4 Engine Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
1.1.5 Underneath the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Commercial Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Refrigerated Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Passenger Carrying Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Vessels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
1.5.1 Search Technique . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
1.5.2 Search Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
1.5.3 Places to Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
CONTENTS
Appendix 6 EXAMPLE PROTOCOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .227
Appendix 7 GRAMPIAN RESEARCH DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .233
1.1
1.2
1.3
Children Aged 1 to 16 Years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
1.1.1 Children Aged 1 to 4 Years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
1.1.2 Children Aged 5 to 8 Years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
1.1.3 Children Aged 9 to 11 Years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
1.1.4 Children Aged 12 to 14 Years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
1.1.5 Children Aged 15 to 16 Years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Suicides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
1.2.1 Women Who Commit Suicide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
1.2.2 Suicides Involving Men . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Mental Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
1.3.1 Psychosis or Schizophrenia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
1.3.2 Depression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
1.3.3 Dementia (Cognitive Impairment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
1.3.4 Hypomania or Mania (Manic Depressives) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
1.3.5 Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Summary of Illustrations
Illustration 1
Illustration 2
Illustration 3
Illustration 4
Illustration 5
Illustration 5.1
Illustration 6
Illustration 7
Illustration 7.1
Illustration 8
Illustration 9
Illustration 10
Illustration 10.1
Illustration 11
Illustration 12
Illustration 13
Illustration 14
Illustration 15
Illustration 16
Illustration 17
Illustration 18
Illustration 19
Illustration 20
Illustration 21
Illustration 22
Illustration 23
Illustration 24
Illustration 25
Illustration 26
Illustration 27
Body Search Quadrants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Room Reference Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Progression of Search Through Building . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Vehicle Search Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Jackstay Diver – Slow Moving Water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Jackstay Diver – Fast Moving Water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Jackstay Diver (Ladder) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Jackstay Attendant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Jackstay Attendant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Circular Sweep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Circular Sector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Cross-Section of Stake and Grid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Plan View of Stake and Grid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Snagline Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Necklace/Drift Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 188
Arc Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Towed Diver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Cross-Section of Cavity Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Cross-Section of Sash Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Cross-Section of Suspended Timber Floor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 195
Building on Sloping Site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Voids under Stairway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Voids in Fireplace and Chimney . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Cross-Section of Attic or Roof Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Labelling Computer Leads and Sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Cross-Section of Car Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
The Engine Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Commercial Vehicles – Hiding Places . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Passenger Carrying Vehicles – Hiding Places . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 218
Cross-Section of a Vessel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
Summary of Tables
Table 1
Table 2
Table 3
Table 4
Table 5
Table 6
Table 7
Table 8
Table 9
Table 10
Table 11
Table 12
Table 13
Table 14
Table 15
Table 16
Table 17
Table 18
Table 19
Table 20
Table 21
Table 22
Table 23
Table 24
Table 25
Table 26
Table 27
Table 28
Table 29
Table 30
Table 31
Table 32
Table 33
Table 34
Table 35
Table 36
Table 37
Table 38
Table 39
Table 40
The Classification of Risk and Response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Categories of Missing Person . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Missing Children 1 to 16 years – Places Likely to be Found . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 105
Distances Travelled to Commit Suicide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Distances Travelled – People with Psychosis or Schizophrenia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Distances Travelled – People with Depression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Distances Travelled – People with Dementia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Children 1 to 4 years – Time, Distance and Place Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 235
Children 1 to 4 years – Outcomes Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Children 5 to 8 years – Time, Distance and Place Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Children 5 to 8 years – Outcomes Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Children 9 to 11 years – Time, Distance and Place Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 237
Children 9 to 11 years – Outcomes Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Children 12 to 14 years – Time, Distance and Place Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 238
Children 12 to 14 years – Outcomes Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Children 15 to 16 years – Time, Distance and Place Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 239
Children 15 to 16 years – Outcomes Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Methods of Committing Suicide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Methods of Suicide used by Women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Women Travelling on Foot – Suicide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Women Travelling by Motor Vehicle – Suicide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Distances Travelled by Women on Foot from a Car . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 245
Methods of Suicide used by Men . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Men Travelling on Foot – Suicide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Men Travelling by Motor Vehicle – Suicide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Distances Travelled by Men on Foot from a Car . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 247
Travel on Foot – Psychosis and Schizophrenia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 249
Travel on Public Transport – Psychosis and Schizophrenia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 250
Men Travelling on Foot – Depression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Men Travelling by Motor Vehicle – Depression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 252
Men Travelling on Public Transport – Depression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 253
Women Travelling on Foot – Depression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Women Travelling by Motor Vehicle – Depression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 254
Women Travelling on Public Transport – Depression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 254
Men Travelling on Foot – Dementia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Men Travelling on Public Transport – Dementia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 259
Women Travelling on Foot – Dementia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Women Travelling on Public Transport – Dementia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Travel on Foot – Hypomania or Mania . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Travel by Public Transport – Hypomania or Mania . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Summary of Figures
Figure 1
Figure 2
Figure 3
From Initial Information to Potential Search Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Motorway Reference Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Motorway Reference Letters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
PREFACE
Search activity is an important facet of policing. Whether the search is for evidence, a high-risk
missing person or other reason, it is essential that it is carried out effectively and efficiently, and
is linked to other parts of the investigation.
This practice advice is intended to address these issues and give a structure to the activity. To
define the boundaries of this work broadly, search activity can be described as a physical search
for physical things which ceases once the object has been located or the objective of the search
has been achieved. It will be necessary to describe what action should be taken following the
discovery of the object, especially where safety and evidential issues are relevant. How the
investigation and its evidential value is dealt with is contained in other documents, see ACPO
(2005) Practice Advice on Core Investigative Doctrine and ACPO (forthcoming) Murder
Investigation Manual.
Searches should be based on information and intelligence. They should also be regarded as an
evidence and intelligence gathering opportunity. A strategy must be devised to determine the
objectives and extent of the search, which will be used to make decisions about the methods
and assets required to achieve this. The choice of assets used to conduct the search is
critical and must be based on their capabilities, effectiveness, cost and relevance to the search
in question.
Having determined the strategy, this must be thoroughly documented. The extent and
outcomes of the search together with who conducted it must also be recorded. Failure to do
this properly can affect any future search, investigation activity and court proceedings.
In the majority of cases the police have primacy in search and have, therefore, ultimate
responsibility for every aspect of its conduct. There are a number of organisations both statutory
and voluntary who can provide invaluable assistance and, in many cases, they have expertise
which exceeds that of the police. The relationship between the police and these bodies,
together with recognition of their expertise, is dealt with in the practice advice.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
11
12
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
SECTION 1
Section 1
STRATEGIC ISSUES
T
his section sets out the overall aims and objectives of any search
activity. The principles apply to a simple search carried out by a
single police officer through to multiple searches conducted over a
long period of time as part of a major incident or crime.
CONTENTS
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Aims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Objectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Policy Decisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Resourcing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Assessment of Risk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Search Capability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14
14
14
15
15
15
15
16
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
13
1.1 DEFINITIONS
A search is defined by the Police National Search Centre as ‘the application and management of
systematic procedures and appropriate detection equipment to locate specified targets.’ It is the
skill of looking for a specific object and the art of finding. Search requires the application of
systems, combined with appropriate detection equipment, to locate a specific item.
1.2 AIMS
The aim of search is to assist in the prevention and investigation of crime, to support general
policing and locate missing persons.
A search may be offensive or defensive. An offensive search may be used to locate a specific
item sought, obtain evidence and/or intelligence, or to restrict a subject’s room to manoeuvre
and operate. A defensive search is used to maintain freedom of action and movement for the
public.
1.3 OBJECTIVES
The aim of a search is supported by a number of key objectives. These include the following:
Obtaining Evidence for Prosecution
Following the discovery of a crime, search activity will require the appropriate authority, legal
documentation, forensic awareness and the continuity of evidence to assist in the prosecution
of those acting outside the law.
Gaining Intelligence
Search operations can produce information which is both relevant and essential to an
investigation. This intelligence may be identified during a routine search, through to specific
operations targeting criminals. Analysis of information and documentation obtained from a
search may produce an intelligence picture which allows an understanding of an individual’s
method of operation. Such identification may render the offender vulnerable and provide
opportunities for further police activity, thereby maintaining tactical and operational advantages.
Depriving the Criminal of their Resources and Opportunity
Locating criminal resources and assets will frustrate the offender’s plans and thus limit any
opportunities to progress their intentions. Search operations against specific targets will restrict
criminal freedom therefore limiting the offender’s ability to manoeuvre outside a controlled
environment.
Locating Vulnerable Persons
The Police Service are required to act and be seen to act in the search for vulnerable people
whose whereabouts is unknown. Thorough search procedures used during the investigation can
produce important information such as identifying the location and circumstances surrounding
the disappearance.
Protecting Potential Targets
Identified as a defensive search, this may be part of a pre-planned event providing security for a
specified group or individual at an event, or for the protection of the event itself. Other
instances may include safeguarding disparate factions from each other and specific operations
designed to protect society in general or certain sections identified as being at particular risk.
14
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
A search operation can stand alone or be part of another operation or investigation. The
structure used may be the Gold, Silver, Bronze method or, in the case of a crime enquiry, a major
incident room may be more appropriate. In either case there is a recognised structure in which
search has a place. The Police Search Adviser (PolSA) is the relevant adviser in such a structure
and their role must be recognised. In high-profile complex cases where numerous searches are to
be undertaken, more than one PolSA will be required, including one acting as lead. In such
situations a lead PolSA or a Police Search Coordinator (PolSC) should be used to bring together
the various functions of the PolSAs.
STRATEGIC ISSUES
1.4 STRUCTURE
The PolSA cannot work effectively in isolation and should be part of the operational planning
process, privy to relevant information and intelligence. They can make appropriate judgements
about the most suitable search methods and assets to use, giving that advice to the
investigating officer or operational commander.
1.5 POLICY DECISIONS
Search operations have strategic requirements supported by tactical decisions, both of which
require policy decisions to be recorded. Where a search is part of an investigation, search policy
must be recorded by the officer in charge of the search. This must be separate to, but in line
with, the Senior Investigating Officer’s (SIO) or Investigating Officer’s (IO) policy file. Policy
decisions at all levels should be recorded in search policy documentation or as a pocket
notebook entry.
Where it is decided that specified areas will not be searched, it is good practice to record this,
giving the rationale behind the decision. This is particularly relevant where there may be pressure
to search these areas from other quarters. This is most evident in high-profile missing persons cases
where public interest, fuelled by media speculation, has the potential to steer search priorities.
1.6 RESOURCING
An effective search will need the most appropriate resources to be deployed, based on an
understanding of the capability of these resources. Where necessary, specialist advice should be
sought to help in making those decisions. Tasking of the resources must also be realistic, and
not have unreasonable expectations as to what can be achieved. On completion of the search
task, the degree of assurance as to how effectively it has been completed should be assessed.
Use of more than one type of asset in one area can raise the level of assurance.
The principle asset of any search is the trained searcher working to a prepared plan and using
a recognised technique. This asset can be enhanced by the use of other resources and
equipment, which should be identified and used where appropriate to ensure that tasks are
completed successfully.
1.7 ASSESSMENT OF RISK
An assessment of risk covers both the operating environment and the degree of assurance
required on completion of the search. Risk assessment for a search operation should consider
the following factors which, if identified to be above an acceptable level of risk, will require that
search assets and techniques of a higher standard are used.
The factors to be considered are:
• The threat from environmental hazards such as water, confined spaces, heights and railways;
• The level of assurance required with consideration of the risk of failure;
• A counter-terrorist search involving high risk;
• The threat to those conducting searches from terrorist or other criminal groups.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
15
1.8 SEARCH CAPABILITY
A person with an understanding of the specific search requirement and the capabilities of the
assets must be used to ensure the required standard is achieved. This is best suited to a PolSC
and/or PolSA, or an individual with relevant training, to manage a specific aspect of a search.
This could be, for example, a dive supervisor quality assuring an underwater search. It is also
essential that this person has the support of senior management. These requirements will lead
to the correct resources being used in sufficient numbers.
There will be occasions where more than one asset needs to be used to provide a high level of
confidence in the search. Effective, intrusive supervision may also be needed to clarify the
effectiveness of a resource or technique used.
Recording the quality of the search and identifying limitations within specific areas is essential to
any search operation. These limitations will need to be reassessed if the search operation fails to
identify the object sought.
Openness and honesty must be encouraged in any debrief. This is to ensure that areas which
have not been thoroughly searched, for whatever reason, are identified, areas are not missed
and problems are highlighted.
A full review of the search operation by a suitably qualified person is good practice as it
monitors the quality of the search that has been achieved. The qualifications that a reviewer
requires depend on the type of search, for example, a custody sergeant could review the
effectiveness of the search of a detainee or the search strategy in a major crime may be
reviewed by an SIO.
The review may be initiated during the actual search phase, particularly where the search
operation is expected to be a lengthy one. This method should support the main search
operation, identify any concerns and reaffirm the quality of the search. All associated
information, intelligence and relevant documentation must be made available to the
reviewing officer.
MANAGEMENT ISSUES
• Police forces should have an adequate number of search trained officers to be
able to respond in an appropriate manner to search requirements in their
force area;
• There should be structures and procedures in place to enable an effective
response to large-scale search activity;
• The management of search must allow for search and investigation to be
separate activities in any incident.
16
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
SECTION 2
Section 2
MANAGEMENT
T
his section explains how the search should be planned and
managed, making best use of the most appropriate assets for
the type of search undertaken. The different levels of search are
defined and scenario-based searching is introduced as a method of
conducting searches.
CONTENTS
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
General Principles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Asset Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Briefing and Debriefing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.4.1 Briefing Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.4.2 Debriefing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.4.3 IIMARCH System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Recovery Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.6.1 Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.6.2 Areas Searched . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Welfare
.........................................................
2.7.1 Daily Needs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.7.2 Impact (Finds and Failure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.7.3 Impact (Identification) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.7.4 Impact (Support) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.7.5 Volunteers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
The Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.8.1 Initial Visual Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.8.2 Non-Specialist Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.8.3 Specialist Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.8.4 Commercial and Other Search Providers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.8.5 Scenario-Based Searching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.8.6 Open Door Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18
18
19
19
20
21
22
26
26
26
26
27
27
27
28
28
29
29
30
30
30
30
31
33
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
17
2.1 GENERAL PRINCIPLES
In order for a search to be effective, it must be properly managed. The level of management will
depend on the scale and seriousness of the offence and, where necessary, a formal structure
should be established. The relationship between search and investigation should also be
understood and, although interlinked, they should be separate activities within the overall
investigation. Where an SIO is in charge in a major investigation, he or she determines the policy
requirements for the search which is then be carried out under the direction of a PolSA, see
3.2.1 Trained (Police Search Advisers). The assistance of a PolSA can also be invaluable in smallscale searches and should always be considered.
If the search is likely to become large scale or complex, it may be beneficial to appoint a PolSC,
see 3.2.1 Trained (Police Search Coordinators). The coordinator will have specialist knowledge of
search techniques and be trained to the standard of the Police National Search Centre (PNSC).
This practice advice is not intended to replace the Counter-Terrorist Search Manual which is still
available through the PNSC.
2.2 PLANNING
Consideration must be given to the basis of the search, including:
• What is being looked for?
• Is it likely to be concealed?
• Why is it being looked for?
• Under what legal authority is it being sought?
• Where is the search to be conducted?
• How large is the object?
• How urgent is the need to find it?
• What action is required if it is found?
• What is the best asset to use in this particular search?
• What is the likely impact on communities?
• Is the conduct of the search proportionate to its objectives?
• What resources are available?
This will then determine the method of the search to be used as outlined in the following
subsections. The planning process must consider all relevant evidence, information and
intelligence, and determine how these can be gleaned from the search.
The planning process applies to all types of search, no matter how small. This is because, if a
search is planned correctly, this will lead to the most effective outcome.
The potential effect on the community must not be overlooked and consultation with
Independent Advisory Groups is likely to be of benefit.
18
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
The maxim, clear the ground under your feet, should always be remembered. Although it may
be tempting to respond to distant points of interest without proper evaluation, skipping from
one area to the next should always be avoided. Those engaged in searches should not use
search strategies that cover an area that is too large or make inappropriate use of resources.
Having ensured that the immediate area is thoroughly searched, a logical progression of search
parameters should follow, to avoid missing something significant. It may be necessary to search
an area on more than one occasion, as different search assets have a different type of
effectiveness. In addition, the object of the search may move, or be moved, into the search area
at a later time.
MANAGEMENT
The search should start from a single point of reference with a logical pattern of activity
radiating from that point. The reference could be a last known sighting of a person, an address,
place where the vehicle has been abandoned or a piece of information or intelligence.
Consideration should be given to ensuring the sterility of areas that have been searched. This is
to prevent anything being introduced after the search of those areas has been completed. Areas
that are to be used for purposes such as briefings, the media and resources may also need to
be searched.
2.3 ASSET USE
Assets include people and every type of equipment or resources that are applicable to search
activity. Each has its own value in a search and must be used appropriately to ensure that the
search is effective and efficient. Although the costs involved in using different assets should also
be considered, finances should not be a limiting factor in searches relating to the saving of
human life. They should only be considered to ensure that money is not spent unnecessarily. In a
well-planned search, assets should be used on an escalating basis.
Checks should be made to ensure that searchers are appropriately trained to search or use
search equipment. Where untrained searchers are used, including police staff and members of
the public, this should be recorded in the policy log and brought to the attention of the person
in charge of the search.
False Assurance – police officers must be aware that some search methods, for example,
general line searches, particularly those involving the public, are of low value because searchers
lose concentration after five-hundred metres. Initial visual checks do not give high assurance
that a thorough and effective search has taken place, even if appropriate at an early stage.
Police officers must be wary of maps shaded to show searches are complete when they are only,
in fact, partially complete. Thermal imaging will identify actively decaying and warm (live) bodies
but not recently dead bodies, and has limitations in respect of tree canopies, snow and water.
The different types of asset will be discussed in more detail in the relevant sections of this
practice advice.
2.4 BRIEFING AND DEBRIEFING
Briefing and debriefing is essential to the success of any search task. It will be difficult to locate
an item or confirm the non-existence of a threat in a defensive search scenario, if those involved
are not correctly briefed as to what they are looking for and where they should be looking. It
will also be difficult to identify and address issues that come to light if debriefing methods
are ineffective. Searchers must understand their role and how to deal with any finds and
other issues.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
19
This practice advice has been prepared with reference to the National Briefing Model and has
application in each of the eleven elements of the National Intelligence Model (NIM) business
process. For more detailed information see ACPO (2006) Guidance on The National Briefing
Model and ACPO (2005) Guidance on The National Intelligence Model. Local briefing policy
and procedures will complement this section and ensure that a minimum standard of briefing
is produced.
The responsibility for briefing all staff involved in a search belongs to the person in charge of the
search, eg, a PolSA. During a large-scale search operation the delivery of the briefing may be
given to a designated person.
2.4.1 BRIEFING STRUCTURE
The structure of the briefing should provide the searcher with sufficient information to complete
the task and should cover the following questions:
• What is happening?
• When is it happening?
• Where is it happening?
• Who is involved?
• What is the objective of the search?
• What is the legal basis for the search?
• What is required of the individual searcher?
• What equipment will the searchers require and have available?
• What actions are required for any find that is made?
The briefing should be tailored to cater for the needs of the individual or group. During a
large-scale search operation taking place over many days, a searcher returning from the
previous day will not require the same in-depth information as originally provided when
introduced to the operation. An update of the original information and confirmation of the
primary task is sufficient.
The subject matter should include a specific task which is clearly identified and achievable with
the available resources and a given timeframe. Ideally, timeframes should not extend past the
individual or group’s tour of duty.
The task should be described in such a manner that it can be recalled easily. This is particularly
the case when dealing with items of clothing worn by a missing person or where a search is for
numerous items. Providing the searcher with this information in writing and images will assist
them. Showing the searchers a replica of the item being sought could be helpful. They should
also be able to recognise component parts of the item if it has been dismantled or broken up.
The area to be searched should be readily identified with a full address, including boundaries
clearly outlined. A written description should be supported by a map of the area or layout of the
building, with the exact area or rooms clearly outlined. The production of photographs is also
good practice and will help identify the area concerned. The person who is allocated an area to
search should be left in no doubt as to the boundaries of that area.
20
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
MANAGEMENT
The location where the briefing or debriefing is to be conducted must be fit for that purpose.
An environment not conducive to good communication will be a distraction to the audience.
Many search tasks, however, will be allocated during a developing incident, particularly in the
early stages. They may even be allocated from a location which is outdoors because of the
speed of the development of the incident. The following points should always be considered
when selecting a briefing environment.
Secure Environment – briefings should be conducted in a secure environment, particularly
where sensitive information is an issue. Such security must include the prevention of
unauthorised access to the briefing area and unauthorised recording of voice or imagery during
any briefing.
Suitable Size – the area must be a suitable size for the audience but exclude anything that will
hinder the briefing process.
Self Contained – the area in which the briefing takes place should not be a thoroughfare.
Properly Equipped – suitable seating should be provided with the inclusion of any equipment
required for the briefing, for example, computer, projector, dry wipe boards and notice boards.
Maintenance – during large ongoing search operations a dedicated briefing room may be
identified. Briefing displays should be informative, relevant and limited to the specific search
operation. Recording the briefing on video is good practice, giving a clear audit trail and
accountability.
2.4.2 DEBRIEFING
Debriefing staff involved in a search is an essential management tool and should be used
to ensure:
• Confirmation of the exact area searched;
• Any search limitations are identified and recorded;
• That all finds are properly recovered in accordance with policy;
• Any other evidence is correctly recorded;
• All relevant intelligence is recorded;
• Any other aspect that may affect the search or overall police operation is identified;
• Consideration of any welfare, working practice or staffing issues that are raised.
It is essential to encourage honesty. If it is has not been possible to search an area thoroughly,
for whatever reason, this must be brought to the attention of the person in charge of the
search. Important information, evidence and objects may be missed if it is assumed that the
area has been more thoroughly searched than is the case.
It will not always be practical to debrief every person who has been involved in a search,
particularly during large-scale operations. Where this occurs, the supervisor or team leader
should be debriefed following their own debrief of their staff.
Where the debrief identifies any stressful incidents, particularly finds relating to a body, multiple
fatalities and disaster sites, welfare advice should be sought, see 2.7 Welfare.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
21
2.4.3 IIMARCH SYSTEM
This format allows the presentation of all relevant facts to be communicated in a briefing and
identified in a logical process under the following headings:
• Information;
• Intention;
• Method;
• Administration;
• Risk assessment;
• Communications;
• Human rights compliance.
The production of an IIMARCH operation order provides each person and group involved in the
search with an exact understanding of their role and responsibilities. Routine, daily policing
search tasks following an incident do not, however, require this. The IIMARCH system is a
reference guide for the more in-depth complex search operations, and may be adapted for
individual needs for specific smaller-scale search tasks.
Each operation order should be individually numbered and referenced to identify the recipient
of each copy. Such orders may be an abbreviated version of the original, where not all of the
content is required by specific people. The security of the order must be emphasised, particularly
where sensitive issues are contained. The order should be protectively marked. Consideration
may be given to the issue of sensitive orders against a signature with a return by, or destroy by,
date on the order.
The following is a suggested format adapted for search. It need not be restricted to those issues
identified, and may be enhanced to suit individual needs and situations. Sections should be clear
and to the point.
INFORMATION
This will give those involved in the search the reasons why it is required and will include a brief
history of the events surrounding the incident, the need for the search and under what legal
authority it is being conducted.
All other relevant information, for example, the mood of the communities in the search area,
should be included. Any appropriate sanitised intelligence should also be contained in this part
of the order.
It should also contain a description of the actual environment to be searched, eg, area, building
or vessel.
INTENTION
The specific aim or aims of the search must be stated clearly and concisely. This is to ensure
that all those involved have a thorough understanding of what is intended to be achieved by
the search.
22
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
This explains how the search operation will be conducted to ensure that the overall intention is
achieved. It will be compiled in a logical sequence with each process clearly identified. The
sequence may include the following:
Overall Search Structure – this provides an explanation as to how the search will progress so
that those involved understand where their contribution fits into the overall plan. It identifies the
command structure for the search operation and the way in which it links into the command of
an overall police operation. It also includes, where appropriate, any specialist teams, other
organisations or agencies involved.
MANAGEMENT
METHOD
Details of previous searches conducted in relation to this operation should be included.
Search Phases – if the search is to be conducted in a series of phases, a broad explanation of
each phase should be provided, identifying how these will be combined or linked.
Cordons – if these are required, the locations must be clearly defined and the times of
operation identified, with adequate staff to manage them and under what legal authority they
are being used, eg, Terrorism Act 2000.
Method of Entry – this needs to be established with details of teams and their responsibilities.
It must be clear to the teams who is responsible for the location and how evidence will be
retained during this critical stage.
Tasking – each individual and team must be provided with the exact details of the task they are
expected to accomplish. Where team tasks affect those of other teams or groups, such
tasks should be listed in chronological order. Priority searches, where appropriate, must also
be identified.
Any support services should be detailed. This will include the individual, company or
organisation and what their specific role will be, for example, utility provider, lift engineer or
boarding-up company. Contact details must be included in the communications section.
Should there be a need for an operations room, equipment rest room or other similar facility,
these must be identified, together with details of relevant personnel to staff them.
Evidence Retrieval – the manner in which any evidence is to be recovered must be identified,
and there must be clear instructions as to what actions a searcher must take to comply with the
SIO’s forensic strategy. Clothing issues are also relevant, eg, the need for protective or sterile
suits, or cross-contamination from previously contaminated clothing. The role of other staff such
as an exhibits officer or crime scene examiner should be included here.
Damage – someone should be identified to complete damage checks prior to, and at the
conclusion of, the search. All searchers must be briefed to complete a damage check prior to
their own search. They must also be informed as to whether it may be necessary to cause
damage to property in order to complete the search. Any such damage must be authorised by
the person in charge of the search and be proportionate to the objectives.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
23
Security – the security of the search operation should be explained, particularly where sensitive
issues are concerned. Any such issues will include ensuring the security of:
• The location during the search with individual responsibilities identified;
• Documentation, operation orders, plans, and other papers;
• Finds and/or other evidence;
• Equipment, including vehicles.
Security also includes preventing intrusion by criminal associates, the press or other media. Such
intrusions may be physical, or monitoring activity by recordable imagery or monitoring radio
transmissions.
Other factors – this section will cover all other circumstances that may arise during the search.
This may include action to be taken on finding any evidence or item not relevant to the search.
Exit strategy – this must be identified, with responsibilities clearly outlined. This will include the
recovery of all equipment and evidence, and returning the location to its original condition. If
the location is to be handed over to another agency, the person responsible must be identified.
If the location is to be vacated by the police then the normal force policy procedures will apply.
ADMINISTRATION
The following topics should be covered in this section:
Other Agencies – information and details of all other agencies that may be encountered at the
search must be included. This will provide information about who has legitimate access to the
location. This is particularly important where another agency may take primacy over the search
operation, eg, in an air accident investigation.
Maps and Plans – of the location will be required. These will increase in size and number
according to the size of the operation. Sufficient maps or plans should be issued to individuals
or groups relevant to the area for which they are responsible.
Dress – the dress code for all police staff should be stated. The dress required should be
adequate for the role to be performed and relate to personal issue and protective clothing.
Where disposable clothing is used, eg, forensic suits or gloves, supply and re-supply procedures
should be identified including disposal methods. Disposal procedures may be influenced by
evidence retention or health and safety issues.
Transport – for all staff should be identified, including nominated drivers and vehicles where
required. Parking facilities at the location should be included.
Equipment – all equipment necessary for the search and those responsible for it should be
identified. It must be in a serviceable condition when taken to the search and be recovered
on completion.
Refreshments – details of the refreshments being provided and at what time and location
should be made available.
Overtime and Costs – codes, cost centres and the appropriate manner of authorisation should
be clear.
Passes – during large-scale searches unique passes may be individually issued. These should be
tamperproof and sufficiently durable, with adequate means of attachment to the person.
Specimen copies of all passes for the press, staff and others should be available for the
information of all persons involved in the search operation.
24
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
Miscellaneous – issues in this section involve all those not catered for elsewhere and include,
where appropriate:
MANAGEMENT
The Media – instructions on how to respond to a media presence or enquiries must be
provided. Where a Press Liaison Officer has been appointed, their contact details should be
made available.
• Briefing location and times;
• Duty timings and locations;
• Policy on unexpected callers or public enquiries at the location;
• First aid availability and location, and details of the nearest hospital should an incident
require such facilities;
• Complaints procedures.
The list is not exhaustive and requirements will vary according to the type of search and the
circumstances of the operation.
RISK ASSESSMENT
A full risk assessment for the search operation must be provided. Advice and guidance may be
sought from individual force health and safety departments where required. Such assessments
should be written in accordance with individual force guidelines.
It is essential that those involved in the search receive clear instructions on any risk issues. This
advice should follow a thorough appraisal of the situation by a competent person.
Copies of the risk assessments may be included as an annex to the operation order but must be
available to the individual(s) concerned prior to their search.
COMMUNICATIONS
Details of the systems to be used, including backup systems, must be made available.
Information should include the following:
• Radio systems and frequencies. This will include whether personal radios will be brought by
the individuals or provided at the search. Information about spare radios, batteries and/or
charging facilities and testing equipment must also be given.
• A full list of call signs must be circulated where appropriate. Channels or frequencies and
talk groups will also be included.
• Telephone details including landline numbers and mobile numbers of key personnel should
be listed.
• An on-site permanent and/or temporary email address should be identified, where required.
• Any identified codewords should be included. These may relate to specific finds where
contact is designed not to alert unauthorised persons.
Staff should be aware of what facilities and systems will be adopted should a breach of
confidentiality be discovered in any particular system.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
25
HUMAN RIGHTS COMPLIANCE
The mnemonic PLAN should form the basis of the briefing:
Proportionality – the objective of the search should be achieved by use of the least intrusive
method available that does not adversely affect the result. The needs of the individual will
be balanced against those of the operation and must be proportionate to the legitimate aim of
the action.
Legality – any action must comply with the law. This includes the power to search, and
compliance with any power of entry or other actions required to facilitate the search.
Accountability – this is essential for all actions taken in a search and should include decisions
taken not to carry out certain actions, and the justification for them.
Necessity – actions must be necessary for the purpose for which they are used, and any human
rights infringement must be justifiable.
2.5 RECOVERY POLICY
Prior to commencing a search, consideration must be given to how any products arising from it
will be dealt with. This is particularly important where the recovery of forensic evidence is
relevant. There is, however, an overriding principle concerning the preservation of life and this
will take precedence over all other considerations.
Those undertaking searches must be aware, from the outset, of the actions they should take if
they find an object. Generally, the options will be to leave it in situ or to recover it. They must
also then decide whether the scene of the find should be secured or if the object is to be
recovered, the way in which this should be done and the type of packaging to use.
Following any discovery, issues of contamination and cross-contamination must be dealt with,
especially where any further searches or enquiries are to be conducted by the same personnel.
2.6 DOCUMENTATION
2.6.1 POLICY
All policy decisions must be recorded. This may be a note in an officer’s pocketbook for a small
search or in a policy log as part of a major investigation. A search policy log separate from the
investigative policy log is advised, and PolSAs should keep their own logs. It is important,
however, that the search policy log reflects the policies in the investigative log.
2.6.2 AREAS SEARCHED
Exact boundaries of search areas must be identified, documented and made clear to those
searching them. A clear definition of what has and has not been searched is critical, and
consideration must be given to how this information is best recorded. Shaded maps are often
used for this purpose, and while they give a clear visual representation of search areas, officers
must avoid being imprecise in delineating them and not miss parts out. It is good practice to
overlap search areas to overcome some of these problems. Overlapping will ensure that
boundaries do not become unsearched areas.
All searches must be documented to show the extent of the search and to include any areas
that were, for whatever reason, inaccessible. The time and duration of the search must also be
recorded. Documentation should also include the numbers of people involved in the search and
whether or not they were specifically trained in search. In any review of the investigation, the
person conducting it must be able to gain a clear view of what has and has not been carried
out, when and by whom.
26
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
The provision of welfare and support to staff during a search ranges from the daily, routine
needs of individuals to carry out tasks and procedures, to identifying and dealing with
emotional distress arising from the outcomes of a search.
Emotional distress may be triggered by the nature of something found, especially a body or
body part. Distress can also be caused where nothing is found, particularly when trying to locate
missing children or other vulnerable persons where their safety is critical.
MANAGEMENT
2.7 WELFARE
Welfare needs must be identified as soon as possible and procedures and practices put in place
to meet the requirements of reducing the potential damage to an individual. These procedures
should apply to all searches, whether large or small.
Where there is a need to supply staff to deal with, or be trained to deal with, potentially difficult
tasks such as body identification and recovery, they should be selected on a volunteer basis.
Staff engaged in this type of work should also be allowed to deselect themselves, temporarily or
permanently, without comment or criticism, should that become necessary. This may result from
a bereavement or other similar circumstances.
Where a search operation identifies any potential welfare issues, support, advice and guidance
from the force Welfare Department should be requested at the earliest opportunity.
2.7.1 DAILY NEEDS
To ensure that persons involved in a search operate effectively, they must be provided with
adequate refreshment and rest. Tiredness can reduce levels of concentration, and possibly also
the level of confidence in a particular search area. The task which is involved, the operating
environment and the expected duration of the search all influence the length and frequency of
breaks. Adequate toilet facilities should be supplied.
During search operations, a separate room or area should be provided where personnel can rest
between tasks. Refreshments, including hot and cold drinks should be available. A smoking area
should also be identified.
Where search operations follow a major incident, separate rest rooms may be provided for
those engaged in different tasks. This will ensure that groups involved in body recovery, casualty
identification and family liaison, for example, are segregated. This may reduce the amount of
distressing information each group is aware of.
Provision and training in the use of the correct personal protective equipment (PPE) for the task
concerned is essential. In incidents of contamination, particularly those involving body fluids, it is
good practice to replace any contaminated equipment. This is particularly the case where the
emotions of the searcher may be adversely affected by it.
2.7.2 IMPACT (FINDS AND FAILURE)
Certain items that are found during a search can have an emotional impact on the finder. These
may include bodies, body parts or personal effects. Repeated negative searches during a timecritical incident, especially when the searcher feels under pressure to locate the person or item
can also have a negative impact on staff, and provision should be made to deal with this.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
27
The person in charge or supervisor of the individual(s) involved in a very stressful search should:
• Reassure those searching that it is common to experience varying degrees of emotional
distress and a range of physical reactions within a few hours or days;
• Encourage them to discuss the find or search with their supervisors or colleagues, friends
and family, as appropriate;
• Inform them that they can make contact with their force welfare department;
• Advise them that they can take time off to attend any welfare support meeting should this
be required;
• Take a more proactive approach where circumstances dictate such action.
2.7.3 IMPACT (IDENTIFICATION)
Many people who deal with unpleasant incidents or unusual situations over a long period of
time may suffer no adverse effects. There are some people, however, who may suddenly react
to a situation in an uncharacteristic manner. It should be recognised that people differ in their
emotional and behavioural reaction to a situation or traumatic incident.
Types of reaction usually fall within a defined and normal cluster of responses including:
• Tearfulness;
• Anxiety;
• Shaking hands, arms and/or body;
• Racing heartbeat;
• Increased breathing rate;
• Agitation;
• Over alertness;
• Being over talkative or becoming mute;
• Difficulty in concentrating;
• Feelings of guilt, self blame or anger at self and others;
• Feeling emotionally detached, emotionally blunt or numb.
It is important to note that someone who is displaying signs of distress may not necessarily be
experiencing a trauma reaction. The above reactions should be seen as normal and acceptable
responses to abnormal and upsetting situations or events.
2.7.4 IMPACT (SUPPORT)
The ability of a person to make an appropriate emotional and behavioural adjustment in the
long term depends on the way in which they are managed when experiencing distress or a
normal trauma reaction.
Where distress and physical symptoms are obvious following a search, the following techniques
may be used to defuse the anxieties of the distressed person:
• Respond to them as an individual, in a calm, sensitive manner;
• Take the person to a quiet, private location as soon as is practically possible;
• Acknowledge the persons thoughts and feelings about the event and themselves, no
matter how bizarre they may be;
• Allow them to express their distress openly, which may include crying;
• Do not attempt to pacify them or change the subject but allow them to talk;
• Normalise the person’s experience by reinforcing common stress reactions;
• Encourage them to be with and speak to colleagues, eg, go for a break together;
• Do not offer large amounts of caffeinated products like tea, coffee or carbonated drinks as
these are stimulants and can enhance existing states of distress or anxiety;
• Consider practical options, eg, ensure that they take a longer break before continuing their
duties, temporarily move them to another role, allow them to speak to a colleague who
has experienced a similar event. Other longer-term options should also be considered, such
as, taking time off and/or seeking support from other sources and agencies.
28
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
Under normal circumstances, distressed people will calm down of their own accord without any
specialist intervention. A small number of people, however, may experience extreme distress for
an unusual amount of time. If a person’s level of distress has not decreased two hours after the
event, it may be advisable for them to seek advice from their doctor or local accident and
emergency unit as soon as practicable.
MANAGEMENT
The time it takes for feelings of acute distress to abate ranges from minutes to several hours,
days or longer. Once people are given the opportunity to talk about their distress the feelings
usually begin to diminish.
2.7.5 VOLUNTEERS
The police have a responsibility for managing issues relating to the welfare, health and safety of
volunteers used in a search activity or a supporting role. Established search and rescue groups
may have systems in place to cater for these needs.
If members of the public volunteer their services for a particular search, consideration must be
given to all aspects of their role, including the circumstances of the search, potential impact and
physical safety. Members of the public who have not received specific training or experience will
be at risk from traumatic finds and/or emotionally difficult situations. It is important to consider
this when contemplating the use of volunteer organisations or members of the public in certain
types of searches.
2.8 THE SEARCH
The purpose of the search may be to save life or minimise harm. If this is the case, it will
override all other demands but the search must not be conducted in a thoughtless or
undisciplined manner.
There may be other competing demands for search resources, especially in the early stages
when those resources may be few in number. There are two considerations – firstly, how a
limited resource can be used to cover an area effectively and, secondly, what the most
important priorities are, balanced against the type of resources available. It may be important to
commence search activity as soon as possible. In the first instance all that may be possible is an
Initial Visual Check (IVC), see 2.8.1 Initial Visual Check. This might be driven by the need to
locate an injured or vulnerable person quickly.
After an IVC, other search methods should be considered and planned. An assessment must be
made of what are the most important priorities in the types of search and/or the order in which
they should take place. This will require careful consideration by the person in charge of the
search and the reasons for their decisions must be recorded, see 2.6 Documentation.
There must be a high level of assurance that the search has been conducted effectively and,
where necessary, areas should be searched again. This may be achieved by using a larger
number of resources, conducting it at a slower pace or by using a different type of asset or
assets. It is also essential to inform those who are searching an area that has already been
searched why it must be searched again. Failure to pass on this information to searchers may
lead to complacency and apathy. Any decision to search an area more then once must be
recorded in the policy log together with the reasons for doing so.
The police standard of search ability is determined by the ACPO recognised training of the
individual. It is not assessed by a specific role being performed or the type of search operation
undertaken. The levels within this practice advice are:
• Initial Visual Check (IVC);
• Non-specialist search;
• Specialist search.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
29
2.8.1 INITIAL VISUAL CHECK
This is the initial viewing of a selected area in a given scenario. An IVC of an area provides a
quick overview for any obvious items that are present. It may be used in the first instance when
resources are limited or finding the object or person is time critical. Consideration must be given
to the potential risk of damaging forensic opportunities. This technique would not negate the
need for a more detailed search should the circumstances warrant it.
2.8.2 NON-SPECIALIST SEARCH
This is a search conducted by individuals who have not received training by the Police National
Search Centre to the standard as detailed in 2.8.3 Specialist Search. The majority of searches will
fall within this category.
2.8.3 SPECIALIST SEARCH
A specialist search provides a higher degree of confidence than a non-specialist search due to
either the asset used, or the specific search training received by the individual involved. Such
searches fall into two categories:
Specialist Search Asset
These are provided by a police resource that has successfully completed an ACPO recognised
licensing programme or accredited system, eg, police dogs, underwater search units.
Specialist Search Trained
A search involving licensed individuals as trained and/or recognised by the Police National Search
Centre. This includes Police Search Teams (PSTs), PolSAs and PolSCs. For more information
see 3.2 Searchers.
Search trained staff should work to the principles of the 5Cs, as taught by the PNSC, Confirm,
Clear, Cordon, Control, Check.
Note: The effectiveness of the two initial categories of search (see 2.8.1 and 2.8.2) may not
reach the high standard achieved through the use of specialist search trained officers. Where
this high level of assurance is required, consideration should be given to searching the area
again using specialist search-trained officers.
2.8.4 COMMERCIAL AND OTHER SEARCH PROVIDERS
There are a number of companies and organisations that offer search capabilities. Consideration
should be given to their abilities and credibility before making use of their services, particularly
with regard to:
• Confidentiality;
• The standard to which they are trained;
• Any licensing or accreditation they may have, and if so, to whom;
• Their reputation;
• Any experience they have in the type of search they are offering to provide;
• What is the media impact of using, or not using, external contractors;
• Establishing a contract for the services that are to be provided;
• Health and safety issues.
In all cases there should be full consultation between the officer in charge of the search, the SIO
and the PolSA before deciding to use such resources.
30
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
Scenario-based searching assesses the reasons for the loss of an object or the disappearance of
a person, whether that loss or disappearance is voluntary or not. Consideration is given to other
factors that may assist or impede discovery. A search strategy is developed from this in the
eight-stage process described below. If the object of the search is a moving one, for example, a
person, then the quicker the response, the smaller the search area will be and the chances of
finding them are considerably improved.
MANAGEMENT
2.8.5 SCENARIO-BASED SEARCHING
This method presents a better alternative to speculative searching as it is based on a full
evaluation of all the information available. It also allows consideration of multiple scenarios and
ensures that the most appropriate assets available are used. If more than one scenario emerges,
action must be prioritised according to the relevant merits of each scenario and the resources
that are available. This must also synchronise with the investigation and intelligence available.
The eight-stage process, SCENARIO, is a mnemonic designed to ensure that all of the objectives
are achieved when searching for any type of object.
S
C
E
N
A
R
I
O
Specify Item Sought
Confirm Last Location
Establish Circumstances of Disappearance
Note Factors Influencing Discovery
Analyse Possible Scenarios
Raise Search Strategies
Identify Priority Search
Ongoing Reassessment
Stage 1 – Specify Item Sought
This might be a complete object, or parts of the object, including body parts. To ensure proper
identification of the object sought, a full and detailed description is required. This will enable
recognition of any discarded parts of the item if it is dismantled, or clothing if the subject is
a person.
Stage 2 – Confirm Last Location
Either the Place Last Seen (PLS) or the Last Known Position (LKP) should be used as the point to
begin the initial search.
The PLS is used to describe the location where the object was seen by a credible witness, eg, a
weapon thrown into thick scrubland. The LKP is the last position to be identified from clues or
evidence, with reliability established by assessing the accuracy of that information. Examples
include ‘Tracker’ in the case of motor vehicles or an abandoned vehicle previously used by a
person being sought. Exact timings and locations are essential with any approximates being
clearly identified.
Where the object sought is transient, for example, a person who can move about, both the PLS
or LKP may change as fresh clues or sightings become evident. These recent additions may well
assist in identifying the item’s direction of travel.
Where the item sought is believed to be static it follows that the last confirmed location is a
prime area to begin the search.
Stage 3 – Establish Circumstances of Disappearance
This stage examines the circumstances of the loss, considering why and how the disappearance
occurred. All facts, no matter how trivial they might appear to be, should be considered as it is
at this stage that the most successful clues to resolving a search are often found.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
31
When dealing with property, the manner in which it has been discarded may be relevant, for
example if there has been time for it to be hidden or whether it has been quickly discarded. A
search for a missing person may be influenced, for example, by their involvement in a dispute or
the weather conditions. Stages 2 and 3 will have a primary impact on deciding if a missing
person is lost intentionally or unintentionally and/or subject to a crime, such as abduction.
Stage 4 – Note Factors Influencing Discovery
Public intrusion into the search area is a possibility and adequate preventive measures may need
to be put into immediate effect. Criminal associates may deliberately intrude to frustrate the
discovery of evidence. In missing person cases, families may wish to involve themselves thereby
circumventing search strategy. Other influences may include the weather both current and
forecast, the rising tide in shoreline searches or custody times if PACE is applicable. Local
statistics on likely search sites should also be considered if available. A search to save life or
prevent harm to a person will override many forensic needs but should not be done without
prior consideration.
Stage 5 – Analyse Possible Scenarios
This is the ‘what happened’ phase and must include identification of all likely scenarios from the
previous four stages. It will involve assessment of any relevant information and intelligence not
considered at Stage 3. When determining scenarios, the opinions of others acquainted with the
facts should be sought to ensure that all possibilities are considered. This is good practice and
particularly relevant in complex search operations.
Stage 6 – Raise Search Strategies
A search strategy should be planned for the most likely scenarios, identifying boundary
limitations and search areas, including any possible routes. Where an extremely probable
scenario exists, this search should be instigated as described in Stage 7 and prior to the
completion of the search strategies for the remaining scenarios. This is particularly relevant
where an officer is working alone or with limited resources. An assessment of the remaining
possibilities must be carried out at the earliest opportunity if the initial search is not successful.
An assessment of search resources that are available and those that might be required will be
made at this stage. Best use must be made of those that are immediately available. Searches of
areas and routes must be achievable by the allocated resource within the allotted time.
Stage 7 – Identify Priority Search
The knowledge gained from previous stages should be used to identify the best scenario. Each
scenario must be considered to identify the most likely option. It is possible that scenarios and
priorities will change as new information becomes available.
Where resources permit, multiple scenarios can be searched. Where this is not the case, priority
must be given to the most likely option. The decision-making process of determining and
prioritising scenarios must be recorded.
Stage 8 – Ongoing Reassessment
The whole process must be constantly reassessed to ensure the appropriate use of available
resources, and that the best scenario is being pursued. When reassessing the scenario, any new
information arising from the investigation must be considered. It may also be necessary to
review the search strategy, which should be carried out by a supervisor and/or PolSA, particularly
where expected results are not forthcoming. Any change from the selected scenario must be
carefully considered and based on confirmed information only.
32
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
2.8.6 OPEN DOOR SEARCH
This is the minimum standard that should be applied to the search of a building for a person.
This means that all doors must be opened, including cupboards and wardrobes, the loft and
cellar. The search must be to a standard that will discover a person who is not completely
concealed and to achieve the purposes of the search. Searchers must remember to consider
concealment within a purpose-built hide, eg, a child’s den. It is also important to remember that
people may conceal themselves under, behind or beneath furniture and other items, and these
should be dealt with accordingly. An open door search does not require that furniture is
dismantled or the structure of the building is investigated. Should this be deemed necessary
within the objects of the search, suitable authorities must be obtained where appropriate.
MANAGEMENT
When considering search strategies, from everyday crime searches to more complex investigative
searches, these simple steps can be used as the basis for the overall search plan.
MANAGEMENT ISSUES
• Force policies should establish appropriate management structures for search
activity.
• Search officers must be properly briefed and debriefed when engaged in a
search operation.
• Accurate documentation of all search activity is essential for accountability.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
33
34
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
SECTION 3
Section 3
POLICE FUNCTIONS
T
his section describes the various roles that are required in a search
operation and the levels of training that are applicable to these roles.
CONTENTS
3.1
3.2
Roles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.1.1 Supervision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Searchers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.1 Trained . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.2 Untrained . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.3 Search Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
36
36
36
37
38
38
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
35
3.1 ROLES
There are a number of different roles that the police carry out in a search operation.
3.1.1 SUPERVISION
Use of effective search techniques benefits investigations by evidence gathering. This applies to
searches at all levels, from those that are part of an officer’s normal duties to others that are
conducted as part of a major crime investigation.
This practice advice sets out the procedures for all types of searches and can be used to measure
whether or not they are being conducted correctly and thoroughly.
Supervisors must monitor searches to ensure that they are conducted where necessary, they are
lawful and use the correct systems and techniques, and are properly recorded.
Conduct – following a logical search sequence, a methodical approach is required to ensure
that nothing is missed. This may require searchers to work alone, or in a pair as part of teams of
two or more. Persons who are being searched or having their property, premises or vehicles
searched must be treated with dignity and respect. All actions must be proportionate as to the
level of intrusion and purpose of the search.
Legality – those involved in search activity must have regard to the relevant powers, and
supervisors should check to ensure compliance. Indiscriminate use of search can cause problems
for police and public relations, particularly in relation to stop and search activity. For further
information see ACPO (2006) Practice Advice on Stop and Search.
Technique – correct techniques must be used to ensure that the search is conducted
thoroughly and that health and safety and officer safety issues are considered. Supervisors
should monitor the abilities of staff conducting searches and implement a strategy for staff
improvement where necessary.
Recording – this should be considered on two levels:
• The legal requirement to record a search, and how the relevant paperwork will be managed;
• The need to record the extent and thoroughness of a search. This can be by using plans,
maps and written records.
In both cases details must be recorded accurately and maps or plans must be precise. There
should not be any ambiguity as to what has been done, what has not been done, by whom and
when it was done, as reference may be made to those records at a later time. It is incumbent on
supervisors to ensure that records are completed.
3.2 SEARCHERS
Apart from initial police training, the only officer training in search techniques that is recognised
by ACPO is provided by the Police National Search Centre (PNSC), see 4.9 Police National
Search Centre.
The PNSC stipulates four levels of knowledge and expertise to perform roles within a search
operation. These are:
• Search Aware personnel;
• Police Search Teams;
• Police Search Advisers;
• Search Coordinator.
Each of these levels has received training from the PNSC in the following categories.
36
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
Search Aware – this is basic awareness training by the PNSC or by a PolSA in search systems,
and may be given to police officers or police personnel. The training would normally take place
immediately prior to any large security event to ensure a heightened awareness of search
activity.
Police Search Teams (PST) – these are personnel trained by the PNSC and search in pairs, with
up to a maximum of five pairs under the command of a team leader. These teams are trained in
Counter-Terrorist (CT) search, having qualified on a four-day course. To retain this qualification,
they are required to conduct at least two days’ training and a minimum of four searches per
year under the supervision of a PolSA, with no period of inactivity in excess of six months.
POLICE FUNCTIONS
3.2.1 TRAINED
Police Search Adviser (PolSA) – is trained at the PNSC and is capable of planning, conducting
and controlling CT and conventional crime searches. They qualify on a three-week course, held
at the PNSC, having previously attended a one-week search team course. The qualification lasts
for three years subject to conducting four operational searches per year with no period of
inactivity of more than six months. PolSAs receive an insight into how to conduct a missing
person search and can offer advice on all search-related matters.
The trained and licensed PolSA is the most appropriate person to give advice and guidance to all
police officers regarding search related matters. They also have specialist knowledge of military
capabilities and availability which need to be used in specific search operations. They are the
best qualified people within the Police Service to manage search activity.
Lead PolSA – during high-profile missing person searches or other large non-CT search
operations, a number of PolSAs may be engaged to manage the various searches within the
operation. In circumstances such as in multi-venue CT searches, best practice is to introduce a
PolSC to coordinate the PolSAs concerned. Where, in a non-CT search, this is not possible, a
lead PolSA should be designated to act as the focal contact and overall search commander.
Police Search Coordinators (PolSC) – are usually senior officers who have attended a
one-week course at the PNSC. They are responsible for coordinating all search issues and act as
a focal point within their force. Operationally, this includes the coordination of responsibilities
and response, ensuring the appropriate deployment of resources when more than one PolSA is
engaged in a search.
Other Police Search Training – initial police training instructs officers in the technique of
person search only and this is contained in the ACPO (2005) Personal Safety Manual. Some
forces provide search training in other techniques such as vehicles and buildings, but they are
not to a nationally accredited standard.
Search of Hazardous Environments – difficulties can be encountered in confined spaces and
working at height. In every case a risk assessment must be completed and only appropriately
trained staff can conduct the search. In confined spaces, Working in Confined Spaces Teams
(WICS) may be used. When searching at height, rope access teams will be appropriate. Some
forces have teams trained in all of the relevant disciplines and are known as Hazardous
Environment Search Teams (HEST).
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
37
3.2.2 UNTRAINED
The majority of searches are conducted by police officers who have received no training other
than that described in 3.2.1 Trained (Other Police Search Training).
A search using untrained search personnel must be treated with caution in respect of the
integrity of the search. There may be good reasons for using untrained persons to conduct
everyday searches, such as a lack of time or resources, but they will not have the quality and
assurance provided by trained search teams.
Following a search by untrained staff where a higher level of confidence is required, and where
the justification, proportionality and relevant legislation still applies, the area should be searched
again using trained officers.
3.2.3 SEARCH MANAGER
The term search manager is sometimes used in the Police Service to refer to the officer in charge
of the search operation. This role and title should never be given to anyone who has not
received acceptable training in search management.
Search management is a pivotal position, providing leadership, support and direction to the
planning, resourcing and control of a search. A search management team will be able to
produce strategies and tactics. They should also be able to coordinate, plan, supervise, evaluate
and deal with logistics and communications for the search.
In the Police Service the PolSA or PolSC are best equipped for this role and it may be less
confusing to use these terms during any search operation, whether it is a crime or a missing
person investigation, especially in serious or high-profile investigations.
Mountain Rescue England and Wales (MR-EW) and similar groups use the term search manager
for those individuals, including police officers, who have attended a recognised Search Planning
and Management course. These courses are available through the MR-EW and
are predominantly based on missing person searches in open country and wilderness areas,
see 6 Volunteers.
MANAGEMENT ISSUES
• Appropriate use should be made of the skills of those in different roles.
• Searches should be supervised to ensure that the correct resources are used
and they are completed thoroughly.
38
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
SECTION 4
Section 4
ASSETS
T
his section provides information about the police assets that are
available to conduct or assist search operations. It also describes
the way in which they operate and the search patterns that can
be employed.
CONTENTS
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
Dogs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.1.1 Search Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.1.2 Advantages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.1.3 Limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.1.4 Tasking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Horses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.2.1 Search Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.2.2 Advantages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.2.3 Limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.2.4 Tasking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Underwater Search Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.3.1 Confined Spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.3.2 Use of Dragging Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.3.3 Search Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.3.4 Advantages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.3.5 Limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.3.6 Tasking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Marine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.4.1 Search Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.4.2 Advantages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.4.3 Limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.4.4 Tasking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Air Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.1 Search Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.2 Advantages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.3 Limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.4 Tasking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Home Office Scientific Development Branch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NCPE Specialist Advisers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chemical, Biological, Radiological and Nuclear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Police National Search Centre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
40
40
43
43
44
44
44
45
45
45
45
46
46
46
47
47
47
48
48
48
49
49
49
50
50
51
51
51
52
52
53
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
39
4.1 DOGS
The use of trained dogs can have many benefits in a wide range of scenarios. Police dogs and
their handlers are regulated by national standards approved by ACPO, requiring them to be
licensed in order to be used operationally. The licensed police dog should be the primary source
for police search where they are available.
No matter how highly trained, dogs can be affected by outside influences. Guidance should be
sought from the handler on the potential benefits of canine involvement in a search, their
effectiveness and any possible limitations.
4.1.1 SEARCH TECHNIQUES
Dogs and their handlers work together as a team. They are an extension of each other’s
capability, with the handler usually having visual contact with the dog in order to identify any
reaction to a particular scent. Various breeds are used, some being better suited to a particular
role than others. Dog teams are not restricted to working in daylight and can be particularly
useful during darkness when their scenting ability can be enhanced. As visibility is reduced
during night-time operations, any health and safety issues must be addressed.
The following terms specify a dog’s search abilities:
General Purpose Dog
The most commonly available team is the General Purpose Dog (GPD). This has the ability to
detect persons and property whether discarded or concealed. Two forms of scenting, the track
and free search, are ideal for locating offenders and missing persons.
The GPD is able to track an individual across varying terrain. The dog will also indicate items
dropped or concealed by the individual en route, which may be of evidential value. The last
known location of the person being sought is important as it gives the start point for the dog to
commence tracking. This should be left undisturbed to give the dog the best chance of finding
the scent. If the exact location is not known, the dog will search the area to find the person’s
scent. It is beneficial to ascertain in which direction the person left.
In ideal circumstances, a dog will track a person up to two hours after they have crossed grass
or fields and after thirty minutes across a hard or concrete type of surface. This time period may
be longer in some circumstances, although extreme heat, heavy rain or high winds will
drastically reduce these times. It must be emphasised that the track should not be disturbed by
humans or animals and, where this has occurred, the dog handler should be informed.
The GPD is also able to free search for persons in buildings or open spaces, whether the person
is hidden or not. The dog may search the air currents for scent or follow a trail if one is
available. The dog will generally be working off the lead and if outside will work into the wind
so that the individual’s scent is blown towards the dog. The dog will not differentiate between
other persons’ scents in the same area. The handler will, therefore, need to search a defined
area, which will preferably be contained prior to commencement.
Searching for property will normally be conducted with the dog working off the lead and
seeking human scent on discarded property. This is normally the case where evidence is sought
following a crime. The GPD will not distinguish between individual human scents. Property may
be located twenty-four hours after it has been discarded, if there is little disturbance in the area
and, in exceptional cases, even longer.
40
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
ASSETS
Scent Article Method (SAM)
SAM Dogs have been trained to follow a route identifying a specific individual’s scent. They are
able to discriminate from other scents and focus on the individual being trailed, ignoring other
people. In order for the dogs to trail they require suitable articles bearing the person’s scent.
These are best obtained from unlaundered clothing that has recently been next to the subject’s
skin, but may also include bedding, eg, sheets or pillow cases. Trails need to be as fresh as
possible, although successful trails have been conducted after a period of two to three weeks. If
the subject comes from the area or has visited it in the recent past, this may leave false trails
from that individual’s previous activity. Typical uses for SAM dogs include, escape routes from
crime scenes, routes taken by missing or suicidal persons, or to establish an offender route used
to dispose of a homicide victim.
Drug Detection
These dogs are trained to detect numerous narcotics including heroine, cocaine, morphine,
opium, cannabis, amphetamine, crack and drug cocktails. They can search buildings and open
areas at an extremely fast pace and will identify concealed drugs, including those buried in
hides, providing there is the means for the scent to escape. The dogs are not normally disturbed
by the presence of people in the same area and so are suitable to search areas where people are
present. The height of the search area within a building is not a barrier, but can present some
difficulties in interpreting the reaction of the dog. The size and agility of some breeds allows
them to be lifted into high confined spaces. The handler will decide whether the dog should
search prior to, or following, other search techniques. Guidance should be sought from the
handler as to the preferred method of operation.
Passive Drug Detection (Drug Scanning Dogs)
The passive drugs dog is trained to detect the scent of narcotics on people through a nonintrusive scan of the area around the individual. Successful indications are made by a passive
pose that is recognised by the handler.
Due to residual scent, the dog may indicate an individual who has recently possessed drugs
which have been discarded and/or persons who have unknowingly been in close contact
with drugs.
Use of a dog in this way is ideal for searching queues of people where intelligence indicates the
possibility of drugs being present, for example, at night clubs and ports.
The handler will require support staff to search individuals who are suspected to be in
possession of drugs, and consideration should be given to identifying a search location away
from public view. This may require a large number of staff, depending on the number of
persons to be searched and the proximity of the search site.
Firearms Detection
These dogs have been trained to detect firearms and ammunition including secreted weapons
within most environments. They work in a similar manner to drug detection dogs. The handler
will decide whether they search prior to, or following, other search techniques. Guidance should
be sought from the handler about this.
Firearms Detection Dogs should not be confused with a Firearms Support Dog.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
41
Firearms Support Dog
These are normally GPDs that have additional skills to work in close proximity to a police
firearms unit. Both handler and dog receive additional training to search for armed offenders in
the open or in buildings, under the direction and protection of a firearms team.
Not to be confused with a Firearms Detection Dog.
Victim Recovery Dogs
Also referred to as cadaver dogs, these animals are trained to detect buried or concealed human
remains within buildings and open areas. Typical areas include woodland, commons and
gardens. The body or grave sought may be recent or several years old. As the handlers are
trained in specialised field craft techniques to identify graves from ground sign interpretation,
consideration should be given to using these dogs prior to other search techniques that may
cause ground disturbance.
Explosive Detection
This type of search will be used for low-risk Counter-Terrorist Search (CTS) operations. These
dogs are able to detect a variety of explosive substances and will normally be tasked by a PolSA
during a CTS operation to work alongside trained police search teams.
Currency Detection
Currency Detection Dogs, also known as cash dogs, are trained to locate large quantities of
sterling (and can also be trained to locate Euros). They have the same ability as other search
dogs but are able to locate currency that has been concealed in various hides. Most have the
ability to work around officers during searches but advice on the preferred search system should
be sought from the handler concerned.
Crime Scene Identification Dogs
Crime Scene Identification (CSI) Dogs are currently being trained in some forces to locate an
area or article contaminated by very small samples of body fluid or blood. This dog has the
ability to detect, by scent, minute traces which are not visible to the human eye. They are able
to search open areas, buildings or vehicles to pinpoint a previous crime scene where a crime
scene investigator may then recover forensic evidence. Previous searches or disturbance of the
scene do not prevent the use of this dog which may be used effectively several months after the
original incident. Large quantities of clothing can be screened for human blood contamination,
even after being washed several times.
Currently, only a very small number of forces are operating this method which is in the
experimental stage.
Collapsed Structure Search Dogs
There are a number of search dog teams, operated and monitored by the Fire Service
Inspectorate. These have proved competent to work in the inner cordon (hazard zone) at a
major incident within the UK. A competent team consists of a dog and handler who can
consistently find live casualties in a disaster area. These areas consist of rubble pile, collapsed
structure, darkened room or open area. The handler must also prove that he or she has a
thorough, theoretical understanding of working safely within these areas, under the direction of
the Fire Service. The teams are located throughout the UK and are available through the Fire
Service call out procedure, see 5.2 Fire and Rescue Service.
42
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
ASSETS
Accelerant Detection Dogs
Accelerant Detection or Hydrocarbon Dogs are operated throughout the UK by the Fire Service,
for use during the investigation phase. They are trained to detect a range of accelerants at or
near the seat of the fire and have indicated petrol three months after the arson. Their handlers
have all received fire scene investigation training.
The teams that are located throughout the UK are available through the Fire Service call out
procedure, see 5.2 Fire and Rescue Service.
Non Police Dogs
There are other groups and individuals that have dogs that have been trained for a variety of
police-related uses. If police forces are considering using these dogs, they must make an
assessment of the dog’s abilities, and the credibility of evidence that may be required from the
search. Advice can be obtained from the ACPO Dog Committee with regard to suitability.
National Search and Rescue Dog Association (NSARDA) and Lowland Search Dogs
(LS Dogs)
These two volunteer groups operate dog and handler teams throughout the UK. They are
able to locate people using air scenting or tracking techniques in urban or rural areas, see
6.6 Search and Rescue Dogs.
4.1.2 ADVANTAGES
• A dog is compact, mobile and easily transported.
• The dog may give a direction of travel from the individual’s last known position.
• Dogs generally cover large areas quickly.
• They are able to locate hidden persons and/or property.
• They are effective during darkness.
• A dog can work in restricted conditions, eg, in confined spaces and over rough terrain.
• Overt use may enhance public perceptions, and assist in an appeal for witnesses,
particularly where community support is required.
• Overt use of dogs can act as a deterrent in certain operations.
4.1.3 LIMITATIONS
• Dogs can be distracted by food, persons or other animals.
• They can tire, sicken or become injured, and can also reflect the mood of the handler.
• Weather conditions may have a negative effect, particularly when they are extreme, for
example, high temperatures, heavy downpours or strong winds.
• They may leave excrement over an area that may need to be physically searched at a
later time.
• Disruption caused by inquisitive members of the public.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
43
4.1.4 TASKING
Tasking is through the normal chain of command whether within the Police Service or from
other agencies. As there are different types of canine detection, the dog handler should be
consulted before any decisions are made about the use of dogs. A request for a dog search will
require the following:
• A thorough briefing;
• Guidance as to what disruption, if any, has been caused within the search area prior to the
arrival of the dog team;
• An identified parking area;
• If part of a large operation, an identified area for exercise;
• If part of a large operation, an identified area and or building for ‘sweeteners’. (Sweeteners
are a training technique used to enhance the dog search capability, particularly during long
sustained searches where the dog may become bored). This option will not be suitable
where an inference of police malpractice in evidence recovery may become an issue.
4.2 HORSES
The use of the mounted section within certain aspects of search is well established. The ability
of the horse across varied terrain, in addition to the height and experience of the rider, act as a
valuable tool in search.
The height of the rider, on average between eight to nine feet, from the ground, is a useful
vantage point when viewing the tops of walls, roofs of sheds and/or garages. The speed of the
horse can also assist searches providing the rate is not detrimental to the quality of the search.
The advice of the mounted section should always be sought in the planning stage of a search, if
their services are considered to be beneficial to the operation.
4.2.1 SEARCH TECHNIQUES
Various factors such as the size of item being sought and the terrain will need to be considered
when planning a mounted search. The mounted officer or his/her supervisor will decide on what
technique to use, given the scenario and ability of the horse and rider. There will be occasions
where a number of techniques will be used.
It is estimated that a mounted officer can ride at approximately 4 mph during a walk and 8 mph
during a trot. A canter is, in all but exceptional circumstances, a difficult pace for searching with
confidence. The rider or mounted supervisor should determine the pace to be used.
The following techniques are considered good practice for mounted section officers.
Line Search – where more than one mounted officer is used, a line is formed abreast
with the appropriate critical separation allowing the defined area to be searched, see
10.1.3 Critical Separation.
It should be noted that mounted officers may be used to control the speed of a long line search
involving large numbers of persons. Strategically placed in the line, the height of the rider can
ensure progress at a steady rate.
Grid Search – a line search of an area complemented by a second line at ninety degrees to the
first for maximum assurance.
Spiral Search – the exact location or area has been defined and is then covered at a walk or a
trot from the perimeter in a gradually decreasing spiral. Once the target has been reached the
technique is reversed in an increasing spiral returning to the perimeter.
44
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
ASSETS
Barrier Search – the furthest point along a line of travel is identified, the search then follows
this line back to the original position.
Height Search – a specific height range is identified and only areas within this group are
searched. This type of search would complement a ground search where officers were unable to
see, for example, the tops of walls, garages and sheds.
4.2.2 ADVANTAGES
• The horse’s ability to cover wide open spaces including, for example, parks and car parks.
These areas may be rough terrain although not dense scrub and thickets.
• Horses can cope with long distances before needing to rest.
• The height advantage of a horse is ideal for complementing urban search.
• Speed of a horse is an asset with a walk at 4 mph and a trot at 8 mph. An effective search
would not be completed above these speeds.
• Use of mounted officers may enhance public perception and assist in witness appeals,
particularly where community support is required.
4.2.3 LIMITATIONS
• The height of the rider restricts close inspection without dismounting.
• There are minimal numbers available.
• The horse may tread on an article or churn up a crime scene.
• Excrement over an area that may need to be physically searched at a later period.
• Disruption by inquisitive members of the public.
• Hours of darkness may severely restrict mounted search depending on the terrain but well
lit areas can be searched. Advice should be sought from the mounted section during the
planning phase.
4.2.4 TASKING
Tasking is through the normal chain of command. As there are a number of issues involved,
early consultation prior to a search is advised. A request for mounted section assistance will
require the following:
• A thorough briefing;
• An identified parking area suitable for a large horse box.
4.3 UNDERWATER SEARCH UNITS
The primary role of a police diving team is to provide a search facility in support of police officers
investigating crime, dealing with reports of missing persons or lost property of high value or
particular significance.
Underwater searches pose particular health and safety issues. It is essential, therefore, that only
correctly trained personnel using approved equipment search this type of environment, as
described in the ACPO (2003) Police Diving Manual.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
45
The regulating authority for underwater search is the Health and Safety Executive (HSE) who
advise that recreational or volunteer divers should never be used on a police recovery search
diving operation. They advocate the use of police underwater search units or other suitably
qualified and experienced commercial divers. See Health and Safety Executive (1997) Diving at
Work Regulations.
Trained divers should be used when searching in any wet search area. A wet search area
includes the following:
• Rivers, streams, canals, locks, lakes, docks, wharfs, culverts;
• The water areas affecting ships, boats, ferries, submersibles, rigs, bridges;
• Fresh water services, reservoirs, sewers, storm drains, storage tanks, cesspools.
Other deployments include any area where the use of breathing apparatus or other specialist
equipment used by underwater units may be beneficial.
4.3.1 CONFINED SPACES
Confined spaces are potentially hazardous environments in which to search. A confined space
means any place, including a chamber, tank, vat, silo, pit, trench, pipe, sewer, flue, well or other
similar space which, because of its enclosed nature, presents a reasonably foreseeable risk.
Some underwater units are qualified and equipped to search within most of these environments
and should be considered if alternative qualified Working in Confined Space (WICS) teams are
not available.
4.3.2 USE OF DRAGGING EQUIPMENT
Officers should never resort to the use of grappling irons or similar objects with the intention
of attempting to recover the item. This can interfere with the work of the underwater search
team by:
• Reducing visibility;
• Moving debris over the object of the search;
• Moving the object or body;
• Mutilating a body;
• Causing damage to the scene and creating difficulties for further evidence recovery.
4.3.3 SEARCH TECHNIQUES
Early contact with the search team improves the chances of recovery. This is especially true of
underwater searches where tidal flows will have an effect.
Search methods are categorised as visual or physical searches.
Visual Search
When underwater visibility is good and there is no dense weed or soft mud to conceal the
object, the diver can keep clear of the bottom and so view a wider area. Where visibility is
exceptional, it may be possible to conduct the search from the surface using a diver snorkel or a
viewing box with a glass bottom.
Physical Search
Physical searches are used when visibility is poor or the conditions are not favourable for a visual
search. This type of search is much slower than a visual technique but is still thorough.
46
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
ASSETS
The dive supervisor decides which search technique or combination of techniques should be
used after making an assessment of all the facts. Search techniques are described in detail in
Appendix 3.
Some units have access to sonar equipment that can be used to search for items in water.
4.3.4 ADVANTAGES
• Advice is available quickly.
• All appropriate areas are searched within the constraints of health and safety.
• Specialist experience gives reassurance as to thoroughness of the search.
• Where conditions permit, finds can be photographed in situ and described, advice can
then be obtained from a crime scene investigator.
• Searching can be conducted during the hours of darkness.
• They may be able to search in confined spaces.
• They are more cost effective than commercial divers.
4.3.5 LIMITATIONS
• Weather can restrict dive capability, for example, rough water.
• Police divers are limited to a maximum depth of fifty metres.
• Time constraints, ie, the deeper the dive the less time a diver can be deployed.
• Time constraints because of the travelling distance to the scene.
• Cost implications where underwater search is not provided within force and no agreements
exist with other police teams.
4.3.6 TASKING
Tasking is through the normal chain of command. A request for the involvement of a police dive
unit within a search operation will require the following:
• A thorough briefing;
• The officer requesting the search to be available personally or by mobile telephone or radio
during search;
• The exact search area to be described, using known geographical points and/or Ordnance
Survey map references;
• Information about the length of time the object has been in the water;
• Whether dragging equipment has been used;
• Type of water, if tidal and any pollution thought to be present;
• Tidal times of high and low water, and speed of current if known;
• Estimated depth;
• Known underwater hazards, for example, sluices, dock or lock gates;
• Surface dangers, eg, shipping movements, floating debris;
• Whether specialist equipment is required at the scene, eg, heavy lifting equipment and
emergency lighting;
• Vehicle and trailer access where an inflatable is required. The vehicle may be large
horsebox size.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
47
4.4 MARINE
Ports, rivers, coastal and inland waters are hazardous environments and careful consideration
must be given to how they should be searched. A search of any area close to water, including
river banks and coastal areas, should not be conducted by personnel who are not familiar with
the associated dangers and without the provision of the correct personal protection equipment.
One of the key roles for marine units is managing risk within a marine environment. This is not
just for themselves but for other police staff and designated groups involved in the search
operation. The assessment may require the provision of a safety boat and/or life-jackets in
support of a shoreline search, particularly where there is moving water or other hazards. Advice
should be sought from marine units when working in such areas.
The standard functions of a police marine unit include searches for floating objects such as bodies,
debris which is a hazard to navigation, stolen property, parts of a vessel, safety equipment and lost
property. Correct protection equipment must be used when recovering bodies or associated
hazardous items from the water and its environs. Marine search includes seeking items on and
within the water, plus those that are over and adjacent to it, eg, cliffs and steep embankments.
The type of marine craft used in the UK varies and is governed by the needs of individual units.
The following is a summary of those available:
• Sea-going police launches capable of operating up to twelve miles out to sea;
• Sea-going police rigid inflatable boats and other similar craft capable of operating up to
twelve miles out to sea;
• Police launches operating on inland and tidal waters up to one mile out to sea;
• Police rigid inflatable boats and other small craft operating on inland and tidal waters up to
one mile out to sea;
• Police Personal Watercraft operating on inland and tidal waters up to one mile out to sea
including mobile and flood response.
Small craft may be transported by road with a mobile team especially where the water is
landlocked or progress would be slow due to the tide, distance or draft of the main vessel.
Access to underwater search equipment that is operated remotely varies, and if not maintained
by the individual unit agreements with civilian companies sometimes exist. For information on
searching these environments see 4.3 Underwater Search Units.
Units may have access to ‘mud paths’ which are predominately used for rescuing people stuck
in mud or ice. These can also be used to aid searching when there is thick mud and a danger of
getting stuck. The marine supervisor will make an assessment of the risk, liaising with a dive
supervisor where required, to ensure that the activity is managed properly and completed safely.
4.4.1 SEARCH TECHNIQUES
For searches on water using boats, it is suggested that search techniques used by Her Majesty’s
Coastguard are adopted, see 5.6.3 Techniques. When searching areas adjacent to water, see
10.2 Water.
4.4.2 ADVANTAGES
• Surface water can be searched relatively quickly.
• River banks can be searched.
• All the health and safety considerations involving the search on or next to water are covered.
• Not restricted by the hours of darkness.
48
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
ASSETS
4.4.3 LIMITATIONS
• Effectiveness is governed by the weather.
• Tidal influence.
• Response time due to transport and logistics.
• Search periods relative to refuelling.
• Cost involved if no marine unit within force.
4.4.4 TASKING
Tasking is through the normal chain of command. A request for the involvement of a marine
unit within a search operation will require the following:
• A thorough briefing;
• Exact search area required using known geographical points and/or Ordnance Survey map
references;
• Length of time object has been in the water;
• Whether dragging equipment been used (this should be avoided), see 4.3.2 Use of
Dragging Equipment;
• Type of water, tidal, type of pollution;
• If known, tidal times of high and low water, and speed of current;
• Estimated depth;
• Known underwater hazards, for example, sluices and dock gates;
• Surface dangers, shipping movements, floating debris;
• What specialist equipment may be required at the scene, for example, heavy lifting
equipment or emergency lighting;
• Vehicle and trailer access where small craft are required.
4.5 AIR SUPPORT
Air Support Units whether fixed wing or rotary are a valuable asset in assisting ground units to
search rooftops, open spaces and wooded areas provided there is limited leaf cover. They
provide considerable benefits in both the planning of a search operation and supporting
the search.
Equipment carried on the aircraft varies between each Air Support Unit and individual
capabilities should be verified by service users for their local area. All police aircraft are fitted
with a stabilised camera system capable of producing high-quality video pictures from the air.
The type, capabilities and quality of the camera systems varies from unit to unit. Most have a
broadcast quality daylight camera and a thermal infrared system fitted as standard. Some have
an additional high magnification camera fitted, which is often known as a spotter scope. The
capabilities of these cameras and quality of the imagery are under constant review and air
support units regularly update equipment to take advantage of technological developments.
Where available, Nite Sun allows the aircraft to engulf a small scene with a bright light during
darkness. This is achieved from heights in excess of 350 feet.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
49
4.5.1 SEARCH TECHNIQUES
The Police Air Operations Manual sets out national standards. This guidance explains the many
factors for crews to consider when planning a search and the various techniques available.
These include:
Datum Search – Used when a specific start point or the last location is known but not the
direction of travel.
Creeping Line Ahead – beginning with a suitable point from the last sighting or incident
location and then following the direction of travel.
Barrier Search – the furthest point along a line of travel is identified, then the search follows
this line back to the original position.
Grid Search – a methodical search where the area is broken down into grid squares or the
equivalent and each is searched separately.
Spiral Search – the exact location or area has been defined and is then flown over from the
perimeter in a gradually decreasing spiral. Once the target has been reached the flight is
reversed in an increasing spiral returning to the perimeter.
Contour Search – The aircraft flies around the selected area at a set height following that
contour level and on completion it rises to the next selected contour level for the process to be
repeated. This is used for searching hills and similar features.
There are a number of moving map systems on offer to air support units. These contain search
tools available to the operator, of these, Skyforce Observer II is the most popular. The search
tactics that are adopted by Air Support Units are listed in the Police Air Operations Manual and
on the advice of the ACPO Air Support Technical and Training Sub-Committee. These terms
should be adhered to. Terminology has however, been modified by some units in their standard
operating procedures to reflect that used by the moving map systems. Some units using
Skyforce Observer II have, for example, renamed the search patterns to match the names used
by Skyforce Observer.
Police Air Operations Manual Terminology
Datum Search
Creeping Line Ahead
Barrier Search
Grid/Spiral Search
Skyforce Observer Terminology
Sector Search
Rising Ladder Search
Race Track Search
Expanding Square
4.5.2 ADVANTAGES
• Large open areas can be searched with relative speed.
• Areas of water may be searched where health and safety would be an issue if searched at
ground level.
• The size of area covered may reduce the number of other police resources needed.
• Superior observation capability allows the containment of an area or group of buildings.
• Allows the PolSA or SIO to view the whole area from the air.
• Routes can be identified by observing ground disturbance, particularly across grassland.
• Hazards to ground searchers such as large dogs or physical features may be identified.
50
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
ASSETS
• Rooftops may be searched without risk to others;
• During the hours of darkness Nite Sun, thermal imagery or night vision goggles may be
used to assist a ground search.
• An imagery downlink may be used to assist the management of a search.
• Air support use may enhance public perception and aid witness appeal particularly where
community support is required.
• Ground resources may be coordinated effectively and efficiently.
4.5.3 LIMITATIONS
• Effectiveness is governed by the weather.
• Restricted visibility from, for example, buildings, trees and shrubbery.
• The difficulty of identifying individuals in heavily populated areas.
• Flight times are generally between one and three hours.
• Reconnaissance flights may give an alert to police activity.
4.5.4 TASKING
Tasking is through the normal chain of command. A request for the involvement of an Air
Support Unit within a search operation will require the following:
• A thorough briefing;
• A ground unit to ensure identification of a specific location, provide direct ground to air
communications and to act as ground support, particularly where there is a need to react
to airborne sightings swiftly.
4.6 HOME OFFICE SCIENTIFIC DEVELOPMENT BRANCH
The Home Office Scientific Development Branch (HOSDB) employs over 200 scientists and
technologists providing technical, operational and policy support to all areas of the Home
Office, UK police forces, the security services and other government departments. Police officers
work at the HOSDB in the role of advisers to the Police Service.
The HOSDB test and develop techniques for detecting explosives, drugs and weapons. They
hold a central stock of the latest search equipment and this is loaned to police forces on request
for major events and specialist operations. This equipment ranges from electronically-stabilised
binoculars, through to the latest techniques in metal detectors and X-ray to thermal
imagery systems.
Advice from HOSDB engineers is essential as they know how to operate specific equipment,
what it can do and how to get the best out of it. Training will be provided to selected officers in
the use of equipment and the opportunity exists in some circumstances for backup engineers to
attend major events.
PolSAs are aware of the extent of all the search equipment that is available and which is best
suited for the task in question. Requests for search equipment should only be made following
consultation with a PolSA who may take on the responsibility for arranging the search and
obtaining the relevant equipment.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
51
The advice of HOSDB should be sought when considering purchasing any specific specialist
search equipment. Using their specialist knowledge and skills, HOSDB will indicate the most
appropriate equipment to purchase.
HOSDB are based at two sites in the UK: Sandridge, Hertfordshire and Langhurst, West Sussex.
Contact should be made through:
Home Office Scientific Development Branch
Sandridge, St Albans
Hertfordshire, ALQ 9HQ
Telephone: 01727 865051 Fax: 01727 816233
Email: [email protected]
4.7 NCPE SPECIALIST ADVISERS
The National Centre for Policing Excellence (NCPE) offer a number of specialist advisers through
a single point of contact. The Crime Helpdesk and Uniformed Operations Desk have been
merged into the Opsline to provide advice on a number of operational issues including:
• The lawful and effective use of covert techniques;
• The investigation of murder, rape and series sexual offences;
• Public order and the policing of major incidents;
• Disaster management;
• The police use of firearms;
• NCPE doctrine and its implementation;
• NCPE specialist training;
• NCPE specialist advisers. A Police search adviser is available through the Opsline and can
give operational, tactical and strategic search advice in homicide, missing persons and
major disasters.
The Opsline is open Monday to Thursday 9am to 5pm and Friday 9am to 3pm. There is an outof-hours response for urgent enquiries. Contact may be made by telephone or email:
Telephone: 0870 241561
Email: [email protected]
4.8 CHEMICAL, BIOLOGICAL, RADIOLOGICAL AND NUCLEAR
The Home Office has established the Police National Chemical, Biological, Radiological and
Nuclear (CBRN) Centre. It is a police advisory and training facility at Winterbourne Gunner under
the command of a police chief superintendent. Currently, only PST officers are trained by this
unit for search in a chemical, biological or radiological environment. They use the correct
personal protection equipment and understand the evidential issues involved in such searches.
Information can be obtained from the CBRN Operational Procedures Manual and any enquiries
should be directed to the CBRN centre at Winterbourne Gunner. Contact details for
Winterbourne Gunner are held within the Police Almanac or main control rooms.
52
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
ASSETS
4.9 POLICE NATIONAL SEARCH CENTRE
The Police National Search Centre (PNSC) is situated within the Military National Search Centre
at Chattenden in Kent. The PNSC is responsible for the standardisation of all police counterterrorist search training within the UK and, where directed by the Home Office, overseas.
Funded by the Home Office and steered through ACPO Terrorism and Allied Matters (TAM), the
unit is staffed by both police officers and military personnel from the Royal Engineers, all of
whom are under the command of the Senior Police Officer (SPO).
The PNSC train PolSAs and PSTs, and run search awareness presentations around the country.
This is training in how to use defensive search as a means of protecting persons at public events.
It involves searching and securing the venue prior to the arrival of any potential target to ensure
that a bomb has not been placed there in advance. Teams are also trained to search people,
vehicles, buildings and open areas.
The PNSC provide the following training:
• Search aware training;
• Police Search Team training;
• Police Search Adviser (PolSA);
• Police Search Coordinator (PolSC);
• Security Coordinators (SECCO);
• PolSA Missing Person Search.
The PNSC will offer advice on request on all search matters, whether counter-terrorist or not.
Their close links with the military provide a useful source of knowledge for all police managers
seeking search advice. They also maintain a database of PolSAs who have particular skills for
specific searches such as searching landfill sites. The first contact for any manager should,
however, be with their own force PolSA.
Contact details:
The Police National Search Centre
Defence, Explosives Munitions and Search School, Lodge Hill Camp
Chattenden, Nr Rochester, Kent, ME3 8NZ
Telephone: 01634 250618 Fax: 01634 250664
Email: [email protected]
MANAGEMENT ISSUES
• Police officers and staff on specialist units should be consulted for their views
on how best the assets can be determined and used.
• Those responsible for search planning must understand how the skills of
specialist units will assist in search planning.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
53
54
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
SECTION 5
Section 5
SPECIALIST GROUPS
T
his section describes the various resources that are available to
assist the police in search operations. The skills possessed by the
groups, the search methods they employ and the advantages they can
offer are also discussed.
CONTENTS
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
5.6
5.7
5.8
Expert Advisers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fire and Rescue Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prison Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Aeronautical Rescue and Coordination Centre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maritime and Coastguard Agency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.6.1 Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.6.2 Auxiliary Coastguard Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.6.3 Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.6.4 Tasking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Royal National Lifeboat Institution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.7.1 Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.7.2 Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.7.3 Tasking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Military Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.8.1 Categories of Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.8.2 Specialist Military Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.8.3 Requesting Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.8.4 Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
56
57
59
59
60
61
61
61
61
62
62
63
63
63
64
64
64
65
65
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
55
5.1 EXPERT ADVISERS
It is becoming increasingly common for the Police Service to use the services of academics and
scientists to aid the search to locate phase of an operation. This is a development from the
approach already used in forensic examinations and recovery of evidence.
Before engaging any such person it should be confirmed that they are affiliated to their
professional body, have at least a masters or doctorate degree in the discipline and can prove
successful experience of police case work. They should also be able to provide details of at least
two PolSAs or SIOs to obtain feedback on their previous performance. Reference should also
be made to the approved list of advisers held by NCPE Opsline, telephone: 0870 241561 or
email: [email protected]
There are several scientific disciplines that can assist a PolSA or an SIO in search to locate activity.
Remote Sensing
This is conducted by aircraft or satellite imagery. It must be emphasised that it is the analysis of
the imagery that is the crucial element. Airborne imagery can assist a PolSA by locating items that
are not visible on the ground but which are from the air, or by indicating disturbed ground. The
analysis of imagery in various spectrums can enhance the detecting ability, eg, thermal imaging.
Environmental Profiling
This includes geology and biology and can be used to good effect by PolSAs when they are
inspecting an area prior to a physical search. Mineralogy and Palynology can be used to locate
areas of interest by identifying soil, plant or pollen type. A profiler accompanying a PolSA on
such a reconnaissance may be able to add value by indicating areas that have anomalous plant
growth or otherwise. This can be especially useful in determining areas for body deposition or
where items have been concealed underground.
A geologist can also assist a PolSA in interpreting the movement of land, to determine whether
the ground has been disturbed by man or has occurred naturally. This can assist in locating
people or items that have been buried.
Geo and Bio Chemistry
This discipline examines stable isotopes taken from ground water samples and can be used in
homicide investigations for wide area reconnaissance to determine the presence or absence of
human remains in an environment.
Forensic Meteorologists
The Meteorological Office has forensic meteorologists who can assist with land and sea-based
searches. They can provide bespoke forecasting services for the proposed search area. This is
useful and cost effective when planning the use of resources in hazardous or remote
environments such as collapsed structures, open seas and rural mountainous areas or when
using technical equipment such as cranes or geophysical instruments that are affected by
certain weather conditions.
Geophysics
Geophysical instruments can be used to detect concealed items in structures or underground.
The equipment is not, however, specifically designed for police use and this may limit its
suitability for some searches. In addition some equipment is not suitable to use in certain
environments or soil types and its use will provide false assurance. Examples of these
instruments are ground penetrating radar, magnetometers and metal detectors.
56
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
These specialists are able to provide data on flow rates, depth and topography of lakes, rivers
and the open sea. They can help the PolSA to decide where and how far to search in a
water environment.
Some specialists also have expertise in technical equipment for underwater use, such as side scan
sonar and magnetometers. Both these search assets can assist in the search to locate phase.
Forensic Anthropology
SPECIALIST GROUPS
Hydrologists and Marine Specialists
This discipline can be used at the scene to determine whether items found are human or animal
remains.
Forensic Archaeology
This discipline is of most use to the police after the object of a search on land has been found.
Forensic archaeologists are able to record and recover any land-based finds with forensic integrity.
Geomatics
The Ordnance Survey has specialist cartographers who can assist in search operations by
providing detailed bespoke maps for use in the reconnaissance phase.
There are also commercial specialists who can provide enhanced surveying services. These are
used to best effect where a large area needs to be surveyed to sub centimetre accuracy. Laser
scanning and 3D animated modelling are available which can produce detailed mapping and
records of evidential finds by a search team.
How to Obtain Advice
Where it is considered necessary to engage the services of any of these specialists,
contact should be made through the NCPE Opsline, telephone 0870 241 5641 or
[email protected]
5.2 FIRE AND RESCUE SERVICE
The Fire and Rescue Service (FRS) are trained in various aspects of search. This is particularly
relevant to the search for missing persons, especially in buildings and/or collapsed structures.
The Fire and Rescue Act 2004 allows the FRS to take action in situations which cause or are
likely to cause ‘one or more individuals to die, be injured or become ill’.
A national protocol has been agreed between ACPO and the Chief Fire Officers’ Association
(CFOA) for developing a framework for local operating procedures whereby the FRS will support
the police in the search for missing persons in the high and medium-risk categories only.
It must be remembered during the tasking stage that FRS personnel may be called away at
extremely short notice for fire fighting duties.
Capabilities
Fire fighters receive training in search techniques to locate persons who may have become
trapped or lost within the confines of a building or other structure. This training exceeds that
provided routinely to police officers, who do not receive specific missing person search training.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
57
Fire fighters are also trained to use water safety equipment search in hazardous environments
and make use of specialist equipment to negate the need to enter confined spaces. They always
carry out their own health and safety assessment.
In addition to the fire fighters available within each county, the FRS maintains a number of
specialist search teams across the UK that have the expertise to search collapsed structures. They
use specialist search equipment for this including hydraulic cutting and breaking tools, lifting
equipment, intrusive cameras, movement detectors, generators and lighting. Specialist teams
are subject to separate call-out procedures from those required when requesting county
resources in missing person search. Advice from the police point of contact should be sought.
FRS capabilities also include the use of Collapsed Structure Search Dogs and Accelerant Detector
Dogs. These capabilities are explained in 4.1 Dogs.
Protocols
Any request for assistance by the police should refer to the Police and FRS Missing Persons
Search Protocol. The request will only be made by the police force identified point of
contact, normally the force control room duty officer, to the FRS point of contact and not local
fire stations.
Requests will require:
• The missing person risk is assessed as high or medium;
• There is a commitment to the appointment of a PolSA to manage and coordinate the
search;
• Where specialist teams are called in, the assessment for their need must have been
completed by a PolSA;
• A thorough briefing;
• That police remain in overall control.
Requests for specialist search teams must include:
• Details of the nature of the search;
• The location of the incident;
• The assessment of risk;
• The contact details of the PolSA;
• Details of the rendezvous and if necessary the route there;
• Expected duration of the search;
• A sufficient working area to be identified;
• A rest area;
• Details of the provision of appropriate refreshments, if required.
Completion
A debrief from each of the FRS teams involved should be requested on completion of their
specific tasks. This may, however, need to take place at a later time if the team is called away for
other duties, but should be conducted as soon as possible.
Adequate records and documentation of the search should be completed. Advice and guidance
on search records can be provided by the PolSA.
58
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
One of the roles of a prison officer is to conduct person and cell searches effectively. Officers
learn these skills during their initial training.
In the Prison Service a person search is classified as either a rub down or strip search. A
rubdown search is broken into two further groups: level A or level B. A rubdown search at level
A includes looking into head orifices and removing the subject’s footwear (but not their socks or
stockings). A rubdown search at level B is a search of a person without looking into head
orifices or removing footwear. A strip search does not extend to an intimate search, which the
Prison Service has no authority to conduct.
SPECIALIST GROUPS
5.3 PRISON SERVICE
There is a Dedicated Search Team (DST) at each high security prison. These teams are trained by
the Prison Service in the following techniques developed especially for the prison environment:
• Rubdown search (level A and level B);
• Strip search;
• Cell search;
• Area search.
A DST uses specialist equipment teams with the ability to detect substances including drugs
and explosives.
The Prison Service also provides dogs at some prisons. These dogs have search capabilities and
are trained and accredited by the Prison Service (on a similar system to the licensing format used
by the police). The Prison Service search dog capabilities include searching for persons by
tracking and open area search, property search, drugs detection and explosives search. For
clarification of these categories, see 4.1. Dogs.
As prisons operate on an individual basis, contact should be made by a local force with the
prison in its area to establish the prison’s exact search capability and procedures for use, if
required. It may also be possible for prison officers to assist the police with cell searches,
depending on local arrangements.
5.4 HER MAJESTY’S REVENUE AND CUSTOMS
Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs (HMRC) has a responsibility at UK borders for the detection
and disruption of smuggling, fiscal fraud and non-compliance with international trade
procedures. HMRC officers involved in this work deal with a wide range of search situations
including persons, vehicles, containers, aircraft and ships.
Accountability for these frontier functions is with HMRC Detection. This is divided into four
regions: London, Central, North, Scotland and Northern Ireland.
Assets
Customs officers are trained in person search techniques. They also receive additional training in
the specific search skills required for the location in which they operate, for example, vehicle
and vessel search will be required at sea ports, and aircraft and baggage search at airports. The
skills developed from this specific training will exceed those of police officers in these particular
types of searches.
Assets include access to a range of search equipment including dogs trained in the detection of
drugs, tobacco, cash and meat, see 4.1 Dogs.
Other assets include a dedicated aircraft and five vessels (forty metre cutters with a large
operating range).
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
59
Requests
With their specialist search skills, HMRC can provide an effective source of advice to the police
particularly regarding searches of vessels, aircraft, refrigerated vehicles and container vehicles.
Supervisors planning a specific search operation where advice and guidance will be required
outside that available within the Police Service can contact the HMRC on:
Tel: 0870 785 3600 Fax: 0870 240 3738
5.5 AERONAUTICAL RESCUE AND COORDINATION CENTRE
All air rescue operations are coordinated and controlled in the UK through the Aeronautical
Rescue Coordination Centre (ARCC) located at RAF Kinloss. Information concerning aircraft in
distress is usually passed to the ARCC through the appropriate Air Traffic Control Centre (ATCC),
although on many occasions information is passed directly to the ARCC by civil authorities, eg,
the police or the coastguard.
The criteria for ARCC involvement in a search operation, following a request from the police is
that it is an immediate life-saving task. They will not search for bodies or property not
connected with a life-saving operation. Body recovery is possible where the recovery would
place the rescue teams in danger and this would be negotiable depending on the
circumstances.
The ARCC has the authority to call on the services of any aircraft or military organisation, or any
merchant shipping to assist in a search and rescue operation. It is preferable, however, that the
task be undertaken by specialist fixed and rotary wing aircraft. The resources available consist
principally of maritime patrol aircraft, Search and Rescue (SAR) helicopters and mountain rescue
teams who are on a one hour standby. In addition, Commands may be called on for additional
air assistance and also the Royal Navy for help from their surface craft. In liaison with the
coastguard, it may be possible to obtain the assistance of merchant shipping and the Royal
National Lifeboat Institution (RNLI). Overseas, transport aircraft may be used for SAR stand-by in
place of maritime patrol aircraft.
Search and Rescue Aircraft used by ARCC include the following:
Helicopters – the primary task of helicopters in the SAR role is to recover survivors from aircraft
crashes or ejections and they are equipped with winch gear and rescue strop to do this. They
carry emergency equipment for attending to and transporting injured survivors. They are also
equipped with a homing device which can detect signals from personal locator beacons (PLBs).
Helicopters are on a fifteen minute standby between 0800hrs and 2200hrs and on a forty-five
minute standby outside those times.
Fixed-Wing Aircraft – this is the best equipped aircraft for SAR purposes. It is a maritime patrol
aircraft fitted with radar and PLB homer, and is staffed by a large crew. In the RAF, it also carries
air sea rescue apparatus which can be dropped to survivors.
The ARCC has been used for urban searches in the past and deployment is negotiable
depending on the circumstances. (It must be appreciated that the Sea King helicopter produces
eleven tons of downwash which will cause concern in a confined spaces.)
Contact and tasking is through the normal chain of command. Search and investigation
procedures by the police must not be overlooked, as they may resolve the issue without making
inappropriate use of these expensive resources.
60
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
The Maritime and Coastguard Agency (MCA) includes Her Majesty’s Coastguard (HMCG) and
various other bodies that are responsible for maritime issues. The role of HMCG is to respond to
requests for assistance from or for vessels or persons in distress or potential distress, including
those vessels or persons missing at sea or on the coastline. They are financed by the Department
for Transport (DfT) and are responsible for the initiation and coordination of civil maritime search
and rescue within the UK SAR Region. This includes the mobilisation, organisation and tasking
of adequate resources to respond with search and rescue for persons either in distress at sea, or
at risk of injury or death on the cliffs or shoreline of the UK.
SPECIALIST GROUPS
5.6 MARITIME AND COASTGUARD AGENCY
A broad definition of their area of responsibility identifies this as initiating and coordinating all
civil and maritime search and rescue below the high water mark. There are occasions when
these parameters are extended to include cliff face and cliff top incidents. Coordination is also
provided for SAR operations on some inland waters.
HMCG will task the RNLI and other resources to respond to specific search requests, identifying
the appropriate search patterns to implement. The Coastguard use computerised systems for
tidal observations to identify search areas. On occasions anomalies may exist using this system
and when establishing search parameters advice may be sought from those with knowledge of
the area, for example, the Royal National Lifeboat Institute (RNLI), local coastguard and other
maritime operatives.
5.6.1 RESOURCES
There are approximately 600 full-time coastguard employees and 3,500 Auxiliary Coastguard
staff, see 5.6.2 Auxiliary Coastguard. Three helicopters with full night time and all-weather
capability cover the Shetland, Stornoway and Lee on Solent areas; another helicopter is based at
Portland with the ability to operate in daylight hours. All aeronautical rescue operations are
coordinated by the ARCC, see 5.5 Aeronautical Rescue and Coordination Centre. ARCC are also
able to provide additional aircraft cover. There are a number of coastguard marine craft at
locations around the UK but these are only used for the transport of personnel and do not have
a search capability. The RNLI provide the majority of search and rescue resources on behalf
of the coastguard. Any maritime craft may be used and tasked by HMCG for a search and
rescue operation.
5.6.2 AUXILIARY COASTGUARD SERVICE
The Auxiliary Coastguard Service is staffed by volunteers and provides Coastguard Rescue Teams
(CRTs) situated at strategic locations around the coast. Their role is to deal with incidents. They
are fully equipped for the risks associated with the local terrain, shoreline activities and
conditions. Where no CRTs are available but an operational requirement exists, small teams
known as Initial Response Teams (IRT) have been established to provide the first response. While
CRTs have a search capability and may have a cliff and/or mud rescue capability, IRTs are usually
equipped with a portable radio for reporting purposes only.
5.6.3 TECHNIQUES
Search areas on the sea are precisely designated on maritime charts. Searches will be for
persons or vessels that are under power or adrift. The search for a vessel under power will
identify likely scenarios, with the attention being focused on the most likely areas where the
vessel is thought to be. The search for a person adrift will identify the person’s last known
position which becomes the ‘drift start position’. Reference is then made to the direction of the
wind, tide and other relevant factors to establish likely search areas. Once these search areas
have been established an appropriate search resource is identified and tasked.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
61
A suitable search technique will be identified by the coastguard for the resource to initiate and
complete, concentrating on the area identified as the person’s expected location. Some
techniques make use of the term ‘sweep width’ which is the distance assessed between each
sweep as having the highest probability of detecting the item sought. The technique used will
be one of the following.
Expanding Square Search – the search area is identified on a chart by a box or square. The
search is then expanded from the centre outwards with the resource travelling for appropriate
distances, then making ninety degree turns so that appropriate sweep widths are maintained
for each turn. This will ensure that the whole square is covered in straight lines following right
angle turns.
Sector Search – the search area is identified within a circle on a chart but that circle will move
in relation to the expected wind and tide conditions. The resource travels from the centre to the
edge of the area and then makes a 120 degree turn travelling to the extent of the area where
another 120 degree turn is made towards the centre. This process is repeated for nine legs, thus
covering the whole area. This process can then be repeated if required with a varied initial
bearing course but maintaining the latter 120 degree turns.
Datum Point Search – a datum point is identified from the last known position taking into
consideration any expected movement caused by the wind and tide. This point is marked on the
chart. Any potential variance either side of this point is then identified by two further points,
each of which is placed on the chart either side of the original. A rectangular box identifying the
whole area around these three points is then marked on the chart. This rectangle then identifies
the search area. The size of the rectangle is governed by the estimated distance between the
three datum points and not how well a particular asset can cover the area. One of two search
patterns is then used to search this area.
Creeping Line Ahead – the asset starts at the nearest corner of the rectangle that they
approach and continues on a set bearing within the rectangle to the other side. The two closest
parallel sides of the rectangle are used as markers for these sweeps. A ninety degree turn is then
made for the distance of an appropriate sweep width. On completion another ninety degree
turn is made so that the asset runs parallel to the initial course. These ninety degree turns are
repeated until the whole rectangle has been covered.
Parallel Track Search – this uses the creeping line ahead method but the rectangle is searched
from the furthest parallel sides thus producing longer search legs.
Track Line Search – this is where the expected route from the last known position to the
destination is traced. Depending on the circumstances the search asset may travel the exact
route or parallel to one side of the route from start to finish returning on the other side of the
route, using appropriate sweep widths.
5.6.4 TASKING
Requests are made through the normal chain of command by using appropriate control room
contact details.
5.7 ROYAL NATIONAL LIFEBOAT INSTITUTION
The RNLI is a charity and is not centrally funded. It provides an on call twenty-four-hour service
to cover search and rescue requirements to a distance of 100 miles out from the coast of the UK
and on some bodies of inland waters. There are in excess of 230 lifeboat stations manned by
trained crews, the majority of which are volunteers. With the exception of the Thames lifeboat
stations which are on immediate standby, all lifeboat stations operate a call-out system. The
RNLI provides its service free of charge. Services may be provided during periods of flood.
62
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
A volunteer Lifeboat Operations Manager is appointed at every lifeboat station and this person,
or one of the Deputy Launching Authorities is responsible for authorising the launch of
the lifeboat.
5.7.1 RESOURCES
SPECIALIST GROUPS
The RNLI headquarters are situated at Poole in Dorset and provide administrative and support
backup to the lifeboat service. The UK and Ireland are divided into six operational divisions with
a Divisional Inspector of lifeboats responsible to the Operations Director for the operational
efficiency of the lifeboats within the division.
The service has a large number of different types of lifeboat which range from high-speed
inflatable 4.9 metre inshore lifeboats to 17 metre all-weather lifeboats. While all craft have
communication facilities, larger vessels are fitted with modern navigation and location
equipment. The type of lifeboat at a particular station depends on the features of the coast, the
type of expected search and rescue work and the cover provided by neighbouring stations.
Hovercraft are co-located with lifeboats in areas where there are expansive mud flats or
sandbanks and where it is not possible to operate lifeboats at certain states of tide. Relief
lifeboats are available to cover when the station lifeboat is withdrawn for routine refit or
emergency repair. This ensures the off-service time at a lifeboat station is reduced to the
absolute minimum.
5.7.2 TECHNIQUES
HMCG identifies and directs specific search techniques to be implemented in a particular
operation. While actual techniques are directed, the lifeboat coxswain or master using local
knowledge of the area has the authority to use another search pattern.
The following techniques may be used and are described in 5.6.3 Techniques.
• Expanding Square Search;
• Sector Search;
• Datum Point Search;
• Track Line Search.
5.7.3 TASKING
HMCG is responsible for the initiation and coordination of civil maritime search and rescue.
Requests for RNLI involvement in an immediate search operation will, therefore, be directed
through this organisation. Requests are made through the normal chain of command using the
appropriate control room contact details for HMCG.
Enquiries outside this remit may be directed through:
Royal National Lifeboat Institution
West Quay Road,
Poole,
Dorset BH15 1HZ
Telephone: 0845 122 6999
Fax: 0845 126 1999
Email: [email protected]
Website: http://www.rnli.org.uk
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
63
5.8 MILITARY ASSETS
Specialist military assistance can provide invaluable support for police search operations. This
assistance may come from military units trained in specialist search skills and techniques, and
the use of relevant equipment. General search skills and equipment are also available. For
example, in extreme circumstances, the military can provide large numbers of disciplined
personnel for major search operations, particularly those involving large open areas.
5.8.1 CATEGORIES OF ASSISTANCE
The Ministry of Defence (MOD) defines Military Aid to the Civil Authorities (MACA) as all
military service aid that is provided to the civil authorities for the fulfilment of primarily civil
objectives in peace. This assistance is divided into three categories.
Military Aid to Other Government Departments (MAGD) – is assistance provided to other
government departments by the armed forces on urgent work of national importance, or in
maintaining supplies and services essential to the life, health and safety of the community.
Military Aid to the Civil Power (MACP) – is the provision of military assistance to the civil
power in the maintenance of law, order and public safety using specialist capabilities or
equipment, in situations beyond the capability of the civil power.
Military Aid to the Civil Community (MACC) – is the provision of unarmed military
assistance to:
• The civil authorities when they have an urgent need for the help to prevent or deal with
the aftermath of a natural disaster or a major incident;
• Civil sponsors, either by carrying out special projects of significant social value to the
community or by attaching individual volunteers full-time for specific periods.
All military support to the police, including search support, is categorised as MACP. Military
assistance for any search operation should only be requested to enhance police capabilities, not
to replace it. Military support should be seen as the last resort after mutual aid has been
exhausted. Assistance should never be sought as a cost-saving alternative. Only the MOD can
authorise the use of military assets in support of MACA operations.
Requests for assistance and support from the military outside specialist military search may
involve personnel who have not received any search training. Such requests are only suitable
where large numbers of disciplined personnel are required to perform line searches, or where
other military assets are required. This is also classed as MACP.
5.8.2 SPECIALIST MILITARY SEARCH
The MOD possesses an Advanced Search (AS) capability within the UK for support to military
operations. Military AS can be requested to support any UK police force where conventional
police searchers do not have the relevant expertise or equipment to meet the task, or where
there is an insufficient number of police searchers.
The military AS capability has a wide range of specialist equipment not normally held by UK
police forces or available through mutual aid. In addition, the teams have access to scientific
support that can be deployed on the ground to enhance the level of advice and capability.
64
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
• Specialist equipment search capability which includes ground penetrating radar, non-linear
junction detectors, specialist imaging equipment including thermal and X-ray imaging
systems, specialist magnetometry and metal detection equipments, anomaly detectors;
• Specialist height access search capability;
• Specialist hazardous equipment search capability including working in confined spaces;
• Expert open area search advice;
The details of these military capabilities and the tasking route can be found in Home Office
Circular 49/97 and on the Operation RAINBOW website which can be accessed by Special
Branch officers in police forces. Further advice and guidance is available from the Police National
Search Centre. Any request for military AS capability should have the support and agreement
of a PolSA.
SPECIALIST GROUPS
In terms of overall capability, the military AS assets can deliver the following:
5.8.3 REQUESTING ASSISTANCE
All MACP requests require a formal request from the relevant police force. The MACP requests
must be submitted to the MOD via the Home Office Terrorism Protection Unit (TPU) as early as
possible. Search assets can only be requested at short notice in emergencies.
Specific authorisation levels within the Police Service are required to support requests to the
Home Office. Such applications should only be directed in accordance with individual force
policy and in compliance with Home Office guidelines.
5.8.4 COSTS
The deployment of military resources can have a cost implication for the police force concerned.
These costs vary according to the number of personnel involved, types of equipment used and
duration of the task. Travel and subsistence costs may also be claimed by the military. The MOD
is responsible for identifying and raising costs. Guidance from the MOD should be sought on
the likely scale of costs before any military resources are deployed.
MANAGEMENT ISSUES
• Working practices should be developed with the organisations discussed in
this section to ensure that their skills and capabilities are used effectively in
search operations.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
65
66
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
SECTION 6
Section 6
VOLUNTEERS
T
his section gives information on the volunteer groups that are
available to assist the police with search operations, and how they
can be contacted. It describes any skills they may have and how these
may be used to assist in a search. Also included in this section is
information on how best to use members of the public who volunteer
for individual searches.
CONTENTS
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
6.7
6.8
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Working Practices and Protocols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.2.1 Standard Protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.2.2 Protocol for Dealing with Fatalities and Difficult to Reach Crime Scenes . .
6.2.3 Liability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.2.4 Health and Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mountain Rescue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Association of Lowland Search and Rescue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Method of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.5.1 Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.5.2 Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.5.3 Tasking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Search and Rescue Dogs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.6.1 Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.6.2 Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Caves and Mines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.7.1 Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Public Involvement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
68
68
68
68
68
69
69
69
70
70
70
70
71
71
72
72
73
74
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
67
6.1 INTRODUCTION
There are a large number of volunteer search and rescue (SAR) teams located throughout the
UK who will assist the police. There are groups that cover mountainous areas which are
coordinated by the Mountain Rescue England and Wales (MR-EW), and others in lowland areas
coordinated by the Association of Lowland Search and Rescue (ALSAR). Dogs and handlers that
are trained to locate people are also available. The two governing bodies are the National
Search and Rescue Dogs Association (NSARDA) and Lowland Search and Rescue Dogs (LSDogs).
For underground rescue the British Cave Rescue Council (BCRC) is the governing body. These
are charitable organisations without significant central funding.
6.2 WORKING PRACTICES AND PROTOCOLS
Volunteer search teams can be an extremely useful resource in assisting the police in their
responsibilities relating to the preservation of life. Locating lost and missing people can require
extensive search activity which will have varying degrees of urgency according to the level of
risk. The overall responsibility for locating lost and missing persons always rests with the
police who will have overall control of any search operation. The only exception to this would
be in coastal search and rescue which is coordinated by HMCG, see 5.6 Maritime and
Coastguard Agency.
Police forces should be aware of any volunteer search teams that are available for use within
their area and liaise with them to better understand their capabilities, and to define call-out
procedures. Both parties can also benefit from joint training sessions.
While such teams do not charge for their services and are self-sufficient for the first few
hours, they should be provided with refreshments and shelter, especially during long search
operations. Consideration should also be given to reimbursing their fuel costs and other out-ofpocket expenses.
When working with volunteer search teams, it is important that there are appropriate
agreements in place regarding operating practices. This is usually best achieved by way of a
protocol setting out actions and responses. There are two types of protocol that can be used.
6.2.1 STANDARD PROTOCOL
This sets out such things as call-out procedures, primacy, confidentiality and deployment. It is
reproduced in Appendix 6.
6.2.2 PROTOCOL FOR DEALING WITH FATALITIES AND DIFFICULT TO REACH
CRIME SCENES
Some people may be lost or missing in difficult terrains where only those possessing the relevant
skills may be able to reach them. Should the person be deceased or the victim of a crime, there
will also be evidence recovery issues to deal with. It is unlikely that crime scene investigators will
be trained or equipped to reach these places. In such situations, these tasks should be delegated
to appropriately trained search team members, see Appendix 6.
In all circumstances, the police must provide a liaison officer to work alongside the search team.
6.2.3 LIABILITY
The police are responsible for the safety and welfare of anyone who is searching under their
direction or control. As such, they may be liable for any accident or injury the person suffers.
Force legal departments should be contacted to establish the extent of their public
liability insurance.
68
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
Chief officers have a responsibility for the health and safety of all persons engaged in search
activity, including members of volunteer teams and other agencies. They should be satisfied that
the competence of each team is reviewed and recorded on a regular basis.
VOLUNTEERS
6.2.4 HEALTH AND SAFETY
Most teams work to recognised practices and are properly equipped and affiliated to an
established body such as:
• Mountain Rescue England and Wales;
• Mountain Rescue Committee of Scotland;
• Association of Lowland Search and Rescue;
• British Cave Rescue Council.
Other volunteers, including members of the public, should be considered to be a higher risk.
This is because they are unlikely to have received recognised training or to be properly equipped
for the tasks.
Search teams have access to the Land Search and Rescue Generic Risk Assessment and it is
suggested that this is used in relation to these issues.
6.3 MOUNTAIN RESCUE
Mountain Rescue Teams (MRTs) have been in existence for many years. Their primary purpose is
to ‘provide assistance to anyone who becomes lost or injured in the mountains, fells or
moorland for whatever reason.’
Although it is not within their normal remit, teams will respond to calls for assistance from the
police and operate outside their normal terrain to search for missing people.
Note: This remit is to search for people who are believed to be alive; once it is known that the
person is deceased, it is not usually appropriate to request assistance from an MRT.
The teams are mainly based in mountain and moorland areas. There are also four RAF Mountain
Rescue Teams based at RAF Valley, Leeming, Leuchars and Kinloss. They are available for
deployment by the police in cases where life is at risk. A request for their assistance must be
made to the Aeronautical Rescue Coordination Centre (ARCC) at Kinloss.
MRTs can be assisted by search dog teams, SAR helicopters and other assets as dictated by the
circumstances of the search.
6.4 ASSOCIATION OF LOWLAND SEARCH AND RESCUE
ALSAR is staffed by volunteers, and operates in a similar manner to MR-EW. The teams are
based in non-mountainous areas and are able to search open rural areas. As they are usually
located close to urban areas, they also undertake training to enable them to search the urban
environment.
The type of terrain in which they operate means that searches usually involve looking for
missing persons. ALSAR teams also work in conjunction with search dog teams and other
relevant assets.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
69
6.5 METHOD OF OPERATION
SAR teams from MR-EW and ALSAR work in a structured manner providing training for
searchers, search procedures, agreed standards and management systems.
6.5.1 RESOURCES
SAR teams are fully equipped to deal with all types of incident in the terrain for which they are
responsible. Many teams have search managers whose role is to direct the search. They may
also be able to contribute to the overall search planning and management.
The services of these teams are available at any time and are free of charge.
6.5.2 TECHNIQUES
Lines of searchers moving across an area are rarely used unless in a search for evidence. This
particularly applies where items are small. There are various techniques that can be used
depending on the circumstances of a search and the available resources and terrain to
be searched.
Hasty (Initial Visual Check)
This is carried out in the early stages of a search where small teams move quickly through the
area in which the person is thought to be. This is a technique that is often successful. It can also
be used while a more formal search strategy is planned and resources are gathered. The initial
check may include trail running or following likely routes on mountain bikes. All such searches
must follow the principles of points and lines described below.
Systematic Search
Once a plan has been developed based on where the person is thought to be lost, the order of
priority in which the segments of the area that should be searched must then be determined.
Search activity will generally comprise searching potential routes that the lost person may be
following and open area searches using critical separation, see 10.1.3 Critical Separation.
Experienced teams will also have local knowledge of places where people can come to harm,
especially in mountainous areas.
Points and Lines
This is a technique used to identify parts of an area that will offer the best probability of locating
the person. Points are places of attraction or decision points that may draw the lost person, eg,
campsites, gates or stiles. Lines are roads, streams or paths that the lost person may follow or be
drawn to.
Attraction techniques can also be used in a search for lost persons. This is where the searchers
use sound and a high level of visibility to attract the person’s attention, and it is based on the
premise that they will want to be found.
6.5.3 TASKING
This should be through police control rooms, using established call-out procedures. Teams must
also be given adequate briefings so that they are aware of their role and how this fits with the
overall search operation. Debriefing is equally important to ensure that comprehensive feedback
is obtained on the activity that they have undertaken. It should include any problems
encountered, new information gained and the level of thoroughness of the search.
70
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
The National Search and Rescue Dog Association (NSARDA) and Lowland Search Dogs (LSDogs)
are umbrella organisations for civilian search dogs with members in England, Wales and
Scotland. Both of these are voluntary organisations responsible for the training and deployment
of air scenting and tracking search and rescue dogs. They may be deployed to search for
missing persons in rural and urban areas, either working in conjunction with MRTs, ALSAR
teams or on their own.
VOLUNTEERS
6.6 SEARCH AND RESCUE DOGS
The aims of NSARDA are to:
• Provide a single voice for Search and Rescue Dog Associations;
• Raise public awareness of Search and Rescue Dogs;
• Raise and maintain the capabilities and standards of air scenting search dogs in the UK;
• Foster responsible dog ownership.
The aims of LSDogs are to:
• Promote and coordinate adequate search and rescue dog arrangements in the lowland
areas of the UK and its offshore islands;
• Assist and advise statutory bodies in lowland search and rescue dog work;
• Promote and encourage discourse and cooperation between any and all lowland search
and rescue dog organisations in the UK.
6.6.1 CAPABILITIES
NSARDA search dogs are trained to search for missing hill walkers, ramblers and climbers. Their
skills are increasingly being used, however, for searches involving persons missing from home in
both rural and urban locations. LSDogs specialise in searching for lost or missing vulnerable
persons in lowland rural and urban areas. They are trained to follow the scent of an individual
that is carried on the air. LSDogs provide an efficient method of searching large areas quickly
and there is no need to provide scent from items of clothing or personal effects of the missing
person. In ideal conditions, ie, fine weather and a slight breeze, NSARDA and LSDogs can detect
a human scent from a distance of 500 metres.
There are currently ninety qualified search dogs in NSARDA and twenty qualified search dogs in
LSDogs which are on call every day of the year. Night-time incidents are not a bar to the
deployment of these teams but normal health and safety issues should be addressed.
RAF and Navy squadrons commonly make provision for NSARDA dogs and handlers to be
deployed in remote areas by aircraft, thus reducing attendance times. Familiarisation to
accustom the animal to being winched in and out of helicopters is part of their training.
As LSDogs only operate in lowland rural and urban areas, they have no air deployment
capabilities.
Some LSDogs units can provide search managers and other facilities such as communication
systems.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
71
6.6.2 REQUIREMENTS
NSARDA or LSDogs teams operating on behalf of a police managed search operation will
require the following:
• Full details of the nature of the incident and search requirement including location;
• The police incident or report number;
• Details of the rendezvous point and, if necessary, the route to it;
• A police liaison officer, including full contact details;
• A full briefing;
• Access to witnesses where appropriate.
On completion of the search the handler will return to the search control room or other
designated location and provide a full debrief. This will cover the area searched and any other
factors including limitations that have been encountered during the search.
Protocols
Call-out procedures already exist between some police forces and their local NSARDA or LSDogs
group. Any request for assistance should be made using the current system.
Where such a system does not exist and there is likely to be a need for the services of a civilian
dog team under the umbrella of NSARDA or LSDogs, the police must establish which is the
relevant team for their area. This information and answers to any other enquiries can be
obtained by contacting NSARDA via their website http://www.nsarda.org.uk or LSDogs at their
website http://www.lsdogs.org.uk
Completion
A debrief from each of the dog handlers involved in a police search operation will be required
on completion of their specific tasks. Adequate records and documentation of their search
should be completed. If witness statements are required, these should be overseen by the
investigating officer or their nominee.
6.7 CAVES AND MINES
Caving enthusiasts are now venturing further and deeper underground into increasingly difficult
caves or reopened mines. It is the only environment in the British Isles where original exploration
is still possible and each year enthusiasts find and explore new passages and shafts. Many
people with varying levels of skills and expertise go caving every week and most do so without
coming to any harm. There are, however, numerous reports of missing or overdue persons
underground each year.
Many difficult areas are encountered in caves. These include vertical shafts, constricted passages
and squeezes, static or running water which sometimes completely fills the passage, foul air,
mud, blocked or unstable passages and problems with communications and route finding. All
of these difficulties are faced in complete darkness other than extremely limited artificial light.
Gas and foul air are not common hazards in caves or metaliferrous mines and expertise and
equipment to cope with these problems is, therefore, limited.
Search and rescue within these hazardous environments should only be undertaken by
experienced personnel using the correct specialist equipment. The British Cave Rescue Council
(BCRC) will provide this service in support of a police operation.
72
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
There are sixteen cave rescue organisations throughout the UK coordinated by the BCRC. Each
one has their own specific geographical area of operation which together covers the whole of
the British Isles. In practice, however, operations are usually confined to the main limestone
caving areas. In total, there are nearly fifteen hundred members available for search and rescue
in caves and mines (some with specialist skills such as underwater diving) and who have the
equipment and organisational structure necessary to carry out such SAR operations.
VOLUNTEERS
6.7.1 CAPABILITIES
Not all BCRC member organisations are equipped with the same resources. The major teams
based in the primary caving areas such as the Yorkshire Dales, the Peak District and South Wales
have comprehensive access, rescue and casualty care equipment, vehicles and communications.
Outside these areas, teams tend not to have such a comprehensive range of equipment but still
maintain their expertise through training.
Requirements
Cave rescue teams are self-sufficient but any request for assistance should include the following:
• Full details of the nature of the incident and probable search area, including location;
• The police incident or report number;
• Details of the rendezvous point, and if necessary, the route to it;
• A police liaison officer, including full contact details;
• A full briefing;
• Access to witnesses where appropriate.
The very nature of the specialist skills required to access many caves and mines will identify a
shortfall in the ability of the police to reach these areas. As they are only accessible by an
appropriately skilled person, consideration must be given to supplying advice and training in
evidence recognition and retrieval for any underground crime scene.
Protocols
Call-out procedures are already well established between certain police forces and the BCRC,
and any request for assistance should be made using the current system where appropriate.
Forces should establish protocols with their local teams.
For further details of the BCRC teams see: http://www.caverescue.org.uk
Completion
A debrief from each of the cave rescue teams involved in a police search operation should be
required on completion of their tasks. Adequate records and documentation of their search
should be completed and, if additionally required, witness statements should be overseen by the
investigating officer or their nominee.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
73
6.8 PUBLIC INVOLVEMENT
There are occasions when members of the public are encouraged to assist with a search or they
turn up of their own accord at a search operation. This happens particularly during searches for
vulnerable missing persons that attract significant public interest. The emotions generated drive
concerns for the safety of those lost and potentially at risk. These concerns are normally time
critical, eg, because of the vulnerability of the missing person due to their age, the adverse
weather conditions or other hazards. Members of the public assisting in a search will be an issue
that the officer in charge of the search needs to address and should be prepared for.
In these circumstances, where the public are responding because of their concerns, there is a
need for careful management. The integrity of the search must be maintained and best use
made of these volunteers. The public should be briefed on the critical elements of a search and
this should also be explained to journalists. The key message should be that public assistance is
valuable and appreciated but it has to be managed within set criteria to ensure it does not
compromise the legal process. This will create public sympathy, enhance the reputation of the
Police Service and avert the possibility that people will conduct their own searches, or be hostile
to the police operation.
It should be explained to the media that the most effective help the public can give is to
be vigilant and especially to check their local area, including their own property, garden or
outbuildings.
Trained searchers should be used in those areas where there is a high probability of finding
something, especially in relation to issues of preservation of life, evidence recovery and prevention
of trauma to members of the public. Where there is an overriding need to commit members of the
public to a search operation, the officer in charge of the search must be aware of the following
issues, particularly when seeking vulnerable missing persons or articles of a sensitive nature.
• It must be appreciated that while the use of members of the public in a given search may
bring problems, it does have advantages. Their exclusion should never be prompted by
reason of the difficulty of managing them. Each occasion should be assessed, considering not
just the search but also the wider implications for public attitudes and the force’s reputation.
• There will be circumstances where assistance from the public in searching for a specific
object or person is vital. This is particularly true where there is a time concern and the scale
of the search can not properly be addressed by the police resources available.
• Where an SIO/IO has been appointed, early consultation with the officer in charge of the
search concerning the use of the public is essential.
Volunteer Appeals
In general, appeals for volunteers during high-profile enquiries through the media will bring
large numbers of willing members of the public who are eager to become involved. At the time
of making the initial appeal, the profile of people sought should be specified, along with the
expectations of what can be achieved and the restrictions and limitations which are necessary.
Their suitability must be assessed at an early stage, as persons of all ages and levels of fitness
will attend. Parents will bring children to assist in the search. Specific requirements stating age
range, appropriate fitness and equipment required during the appeal may help to alleviate these
concerns. An appeal for volunteers should only be made after consideration of all the factors
involved in the subsequent management of that search.
Individual Details
Full details of each person involved should be recorded for future evidence and information.
While this may not always be practicable because of the volume of volunteers, it should be
completed wherever possible, and is considered good practice.
74
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
Large groups are difficult to brief, especially where the briefings occur outside and they are to
an audience whose ability to retain information is unknown. Members of the public must,
however, receive a briefing identifying what they are looking for, where to search, the actions
they should take on finding something and any health and safety issues. Debriefing members of
the public will pose similar problems but any relevant information they have obtained must
be gathered.
VOLUNTEERS
Briefings
Journalists may also try to debrief volunteer searchers. The searchers and team leaders must be
advised of the dangers of discussing aspects of a criminal inquiry and the possibility of being in
contempt of court when proceedings become active. Searchers should also to be aware of the
impact on survivors, victims or their families if sensitive information is published. The media
liaison officer will advise on these matters.
Evidence Recovery
It is imperative that volunteers have an understanding of the actions required in the event of a
find. They must be aware of contamination issues and how evidence such as DNA may be lost if
articles are handled incorrectly.
Documentation
It may be difficult to record details of who has searched what, when and where.
Offender Involvement
The offender may use the search operation as an opportunity to provide a reason for their DNA,
fibres and other physical evidence being at the scene. Evidence may also be missed if they use
the opportunity to ensure that items in their allocated search area are not found.
Health and Safety
A lack of understanding of health and safety issues may put members of the public at risk when
searching areas with varied terrain and other hazards. Where appropriate, the need for using
personal protective equipment and suitable clothing must be stressed. Local media will help to
convey these messages to the public.
Liability
The police are responsible for the safety and welfare of anyone who is searching under their
direction or control. As such, they may be liable for any accident or injury that a volunteer may
suffer. Force legal departments should be contacted to establish the extent of their public
liability insurance.
Welfare Issues
There are welfare concerns for searchers who locate disturbing evidence, in particular bodies or
body parts. This concern is increased where members of the public are concerned. Specific
advice and guidance must be sought in each case involving a member of the public who has
potential welfare needs.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
75
Drain on Police Resources
The management of a large number of volunteers involved in a search requires the deployment
of police officers for their control and organisation. This can be a drain on officers who would
otherwise be available for the operation.
Effectiveness of the Search
Although large groups of persons searching gives the appearance of an effective search, the
quality and depth will always be in question. Guidance should be sought from a PolSA, who,
following evaluation of the area and the object sought, will provide an opinion as to the
integrity of the search
MANAGEMENT ISSUES
• Establish protocols with volunteer groups to develop good working
arrangements.
• Ensure primacy remains with the police and that volunteer groups have a
point of liaison during search activity.
• Ensure that the implications of using members of the public in searches are
fully understood.
76
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
SECTION 7
Section 7
PERSON SEARCH
T
his section describes the methods to use when searching people. It
also deals with recovery of the deceased.
CONTENTS
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Search Categories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.2.1 Initial Person Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.2.2 Detailed Person Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.2.3 Strip Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.2.4 Intimate Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How to search a person . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.3.1 Pre-Search Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.3.2 Search Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.3.3 Person Search System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.3.4 Strip Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.3.5 Persons with Disabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.3.6 Post-Search Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Baggage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Recovery of the Deceased . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
78
78
79
79
79
79
80
80
81
82
84
84
87
88
89
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
77
7.1 INTRODUCTION
Searching people is the most common type of police search and is used on a daily basis. A
thorough search of an individual is essential as incriminating items can be concealed about a
person’s body, clothing and within articles used or carried by them. Many offenders handle
property and carry unlawful items about their person. Finding articles on a person shows a strong
link between them, the article and the suspected offence. All searches must be conducted
thoroughly and lawfully and this practice advice must be read in conjunction with PACE.
Police officers can expose themselves to unnecessary risks when searching a person because
they lack knowledge of police powers, possess poor search technique or do not have any
system of search. Periodic checks of police vehicles and cell areas where prohibited articles,
including offensive weapons, are found justify this concern. This places staff and other
persons at risk. Proper search techniques will enable the best evidence to be obtained to
support any proceedings.
Searching people is intrusive and must be conducted with respect, consideration and tact. The
search must be lawful in relation to the relevant powers, PACE and Human Rights legislation. It
is essential that a searcher is fully aware of the laws relating to their actions, particularly with an
uncooperative subject. This will ensure that officers are confident their actions are legal,
allowing them to concentrate on the search.
Search Circumstances
The circumstances in which a person search will be carried out are broadly as follows.
• As a condition of entry into a particular building or event where security and safety is an
issue. This will be a consensual search.
• At an incident check point with legal authority arising from PACE.
• Under the Terrorism Act or Criminal Justice and Public Order Act legislation.
• Where a person is reasonably suspected to be in possession of stolen and prohibited
articles and a search power exists.
• Following arrest or other circumstances where the individual has had their liberty removed.
• As a precautionary measure while the person is in custody.
7.2 SEARCH CATEGORIES
Person searches may be placed into four categories:
• Initial person search;
• Detailed person search;
• Strip search;
• Intimate search.
The category used for a specific person search will depend on:
• The size of the item being sought;
• Whether the item sought is restricted to a particular part of the person;
• The environment in which the search will be undertaken;
• Supportive legislation providing legal justification;
• The legal extent to which clothing may be removed;
• Whether the search extends to intimate parts of the body.
A brief explanation of each category of search follows in 7.2.1 to 7.2.4 and should be read in
conjunction with the relevant legal powers.
78
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
This is normally carried out in the following circumstances:
• When dealing with large numbers of persons where a more detailed or in-depth search is
not required;
• As a preliminary to a detailed search when there is an immediate requirement to detect
anything which could be used to harm the searcher, person being searched or any other
person;
• As a preliminary to a detailed search where the immediate requirement is to secure any
evidential material which could be jettisoned or destroyed before the detailed search.
PERSON SEARCH
7.2.1 INITIAL PERSON SEARCH
7.2.2 DETAILED PERSON SEARCH
This is carried out when:
• There are reasonable grounds for suspecting that the subject is in possession of illegal
and/or prohibited items;
• A higher level of confidence is required to ensure that the subject is not in possession of
such items.
7.2.3 STRIP SEARCH
A strip search should not be routinely carried out if there is no reason to suspect that articles
may be concealed. These should only be conducted in the following circumstances:
• Appropriate authority has been granted and it is deemed necessary to remove a person’s
garments involving more than their outer clothing (outer clothing includes shoes and
socks); and
• There are reasonable grounds to believe that an object sought is concealed on the person
in a position where this level of search is required.
The search must be conducted by a person of the same sex and out of view of any person of
the opposite sex.
If any item is discovered in a body orifice other than the mouth which the detainee refuses to
hand over, the removal will constitute an intimate search.
For information on the authorisation and conduct of strip searches, see PACE Code C, Annex A,
paragraph 11.
7.2.4 INTIMATE SEARCH
This consists of the physical examination of a person’s body orifices other than the mouth. This
can only be conducted when properly authorised and there are reasonable grounds for believing
that a person may have concealed on themselves:
• Anything which they could and might use to cause physical injury to themselves or others
at the police station; or
• A class A drug which they intend to supply to another or export; and
• An intimate search is the only means of removing those items.
The search may only be carried out by a healthcare professional or registered nurse in
accordance with PACE Code C. It is the responsibility of the person authorising and/or
conducting a search to ensure that it is within the confines of the law with regard to the level of
intrusion required.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
79
7.3 HOW TO SEARCH A PERSON
If a search is to be effective it must be conducted methodically and systematically following the
procedures in this section.
7.3.1 PRE-SEARCH CONSIDERATIONS
It is essential that whatever method of searching is used the subject should never be placed
against a wall, vehicle or other solid object for searching. This is because it gives the subject an
area to push against, so that they can flee from or attack the searcher. It may also allow the
subject to remove any forensic traces by rubbing against the structure or to discredit forensic
evidence with claims that the traces were picked up from the object they were against.
There is no such technique as a fast and thorough search. While the search should be achieved
in the quickest time possible to avoid embarrassment to the subject, it should never be at the
expense of the quality of the search.
The search of an individual should ideally be completed by two persons. This will allow one
searcher to concentrate on carrying out the search while the other observes both the searcher
and the subject. The observer should note the person’s non-verbal communications, eg,
increased nervousness or tension, and will also be able to corroborate the searchers actions
including the finding of evidence. Any safety and security issues can also be monitored.
Searching should always be carried out by a person of the same sex as the person being
searched otherwise the quality of the search may suffer. A search by a person of a different sex
is legally permissible, unless it involves the removal of more than an outer coat, jacket, gloves,
headgear or footwear, or any other item concealing identity.
There must always be proper regard to the culture, sensitivity and vulnerability of the subject to
avoid the possibility of embarrassment as much as is possible.
Professional persons including VIPs and celebrities may object to being searched, or be perceived
to have an objection, but this should never prevent a thorough search taking place.
The behaviour of a subject will have a bearing on the quality of the search. While an abusive or
obstructive manner will be detrimental to the ease of the search process, an over-helpful subject
should be treated with suspicion as it may be their intention to break the searcher’s
concentration and lead them away from a prime area.
Equipment including hand or archway metal, substance detectors, and X-ray machines may
assist in a search, especially when processing large numbers of people at access control points.
Where possible, the location of the search should be decided prior to the actual search
especially where legal constraints apply.
Searching a subject contaminated with bodily fluids, for example, blood, urine or faeces, will
present particular difficulties. Gloves and appropriate Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
should be used on each occasion.
The search of children, young persons, older persons and disabled persons should be completed
with the same thoroughness as any other individual, although consideration should be given to
issues of vulnerability as appropriate.
Familiarity with the subject, eg, if they were a friend, neighbour or relative, can jeopardise the
thoroughness of the search. Where possible, a colleague should complete the task.
A recovery strategy will be required prior to locating any items of investigative value. All
potential evidence must be dealt with according to local policy and procedures.
80
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
7.3.2 SEARCH TECHNIQUES
The appropriate search technique to use will be determined by whether the subject is compliant
or obstructive. A search is far easier to complete on a consenting subject, therefore, cooperation
should always be sought even where the person originally objects to the search.
PERSON SEARCH
When receiving a subject from another person never assume that the person has been searched
thoroughly. This should not be taken to mean that the competence of the initial officer is in
doubt, but merely as a safeguard to all involved in the process. Unless the thoroughness of the
search can be confirmed, always repeat the exercise.
When dealing with violent, potentially violent or non-compliant detainees, a number of
restraining techniques can be used in conjunction with the search. While the person search
systems remain basically the same, dealing with a non-compliant subject is not addressed within
this manual but is available in the ACPO/Centrex (2005) Personal Safety Programme. Police
personal safety instructors teach these techniques, and their advice should be sought.
While two searchers are ideal for a person search, this may not always be possible. The
following techniques are designed for one or more searchers.
Communication
When initiating a search, clear and concise verbal questions and commands must be used to
direct the individual for the purpose of the search, and to elicit important information from
them. Conversing with the individual may identify their demeanour and intention. Questions
and answers can provide information that will safeguard the searcher. The subject may be asked
if they have anything in their possession that may harm the individual conducting the search
such as sharps or needles. These should be open questions including, ‘What weapons or drugs
have you got on you?’ and ‘Where are they?’
Questions during a search may constitute an interview and may, therefore, need to be recorded
in accordance with PACE Code C.
Positioning
Control of the individual and safety of the searcher are paramount. The searcher should not
stand directly in front of, or behind, the subject to avoid being kicked, kneed or head butted. A
compliant subject may quickly become uncooperative or aggressive. A planned approach will,
therefore, allow suitable reaction should there be a change in the subjects demeanour. The
searcher should not become distracted or intimidated but remain assertive while sympathetic to
any possible embarrassment the person may experience.
The searcher should take up a four o’clock or eight o’clock position ensuring that they are not in
a position to be unduly distracted. If there is a solid structure, such as a wall, the searcher may
use this as protection behind them to prevent out-of-vision approaches by offenders or persons
intending to interrupt proceedings.
The subject should be asked to stand with their legs slightly apart, arms extended sideways with
palms facing up and their fingers extended. A visual assessment of the subject should be carried
out prior to physical contact, looking for bulges, clothing disarrangement or bodily
compensation for something being carried.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
81
7.3.3 PERSON SEARCH SYSTEM
Any items that are carried by the subject of the search may be dealt with first or placed in a
controlled area to be searched or dealt with at a suitable time.
To ensure the search is carried out systematically, an imaginary line running vertically from the
top of the subjects head to between their feet with a secondary line bisecting the first
horizontally at the belt line, will form four quadrants. This will allow the searcher to concentrate
on one quarter of the person at a time.
Illustration 1 Body Search Quadrants
When searching each quadrant, the search must begin and continue over each of the imaginary
lines thereby always overlapping the boundaries to ensure that nothing is missed. It is preferable
to initially search the subject’s right side as the majority of people are right-handed. Any
interruption that causes a break in the search will require the search to be restarted at the
beginning of the quadrant where the interruption occurred. This will negate any areas
being missed.
Clothing should be considered first, especially items contained within pockets or secreted in
clothing seams, waistbands, belts, collars, hoods, lapels, padding, cuffs and turn-ups.
Pockets must be searched with care and a compliant subject may be encouraged to empty their
own pockets. An examination of the items and the pocket will then follow. Weapons may be
secreted in a pocket so that when the subject is not compliant, or where their demeanour is
suspect, the searcher should control the person and search the pocket themselves. The subject
should be asked if there is anything in their pocket that may harm the searcher prior to starting
that part of the search.
Gloves are available which are resistant to needles and other sharps. In the absence of these, a
rubber band wrapped around the end of a pen can be used to probe the contents of the pocket.
The pen can then be rotated inside the pocket so that the rubber band gathers up the pocket
lining allowing it to be pulled out. The searcher can then safely take hold of the farthest part of
the lining, ensuring access without risk. Unstitched pocket linings must be investigated, as they
may allow the subject access to items taped to their body, or to dispose of them discretely.
82
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
When searching sensitive areas, the searcher may use the back of their hand to alleviate any
embarrassment, providing this does not compromise effectiveness. It must be appreciated that
criminals are aware of the reluctance of some searchers to probe areas of the body where
embarrassment may occur, so they deliberately secrete items in these areas.
PERSON SEARCH
Each quadrant should be searched in a clockwise motion, starting at the top and covering both
front and back. A gentle sliding motion of the hands should be used, feeling for objects
through the clothing, using both hands with thumbs and fingers touching where practical.
Patting should never be used. Care must be taken to search all external body depressions, for
example, armpits, and genital areas.
Clothing should be searched prior to being removed where possible. Any items not thoroughly
searched while being worn should be searched again in view of the subject once the clothing
has been removed, to ensure that the search has been thorough.
When in public view, only the person’s outer coat, jacket and gloves may be removed. There is
provision in PACE for removing other outer clothing provided this is done out of public view.
Information from clothing including name tags, manufacturer’s labels or laundry marks, may
provide valuable evidence or intelligence.
When concentrating on the top quadrants careful attention should be given to searching the
head hair to ensure it is free from hidden articles, particularly when the hair is very long.
Behind and within the ears must be checked as well as within the nostrils. Viewing inside these
orifices may require additional lighting. The close proximity required will increase the risk of
assault from a subject, therefore appropriate safeguards must be taken.
The subject should be requested to open their mouth and move their tongue from side to side
and up and down to ensure nothing is hidden within. Additional lighting may be required to
view the side of the gums and under the tongue. Dentures should be removed to ensure the
mouth is clear. The searcher should be aware of the risk of being bitten.
When moving down from the head, slide fingers in a feeling motion around the collar (if they
have one) as this bulkier part of the clothing acts as a void for small hidden items.
After searching the sleeves, the cuffs or stitched hems should be checked along with any
bracelets and wristwatches. There are a number of manufactured jewellery items on the market
that are purpose-made with hidden compartments in which to hide items. Nothing should be
taken at face value and everything must be thoroughly inspected.
The searching of the lower quadrants will require the searcher to adopt a kneeling position on
one knee for comfort and balance. For the officers protection this is best completed from
behind the subject. When concentrating on the subject’s right leg the searcher should drop to
their own right knee ensuring that their left leg is placed directly at the back of the subject’s
right leg to prevent any kicking back. The searcher should again ensure that they use both
hands in a sliding motion, feeling for any object through the clothing both at the sides, front
and rear of the leg. Patting should never be used and all body depressions within this area
should be checked. Once completed, the searcher should move across and kneel on their left
knee behind the subjects left leg with their own right leg placed against the subjects left leg
where the search process is repeated.
Feet are checked from the rear with the subject bending their leg backwards, lifting their foot
from the ground, for the searcher to control and search. Officers must ensure that sufficient
space is allowed in case the person being searched tries to kick out.
Medical dressings and fracture casts provide hiding places. A healthcare professional may be
required to examine these potential areas of concealment.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
83
7.3.4 STRIP SEARCH
A strip search may be required to look for any items that may be attached to the body or
secreted within clothing that is worn next to the skin. This must be authorised and conducted
with proper regard to the sensitivity and vulnerability of the subject. It may only be carried out in
the appropriate circumstances and in compliance with the provisions of PACE Code C, Annex A.
Clothing must be removed and searched one item at a time, starting with the top half of the
body. Each item should be searched in the presence of the subject, with the article then being
neatly placed to one side. Where forensic evidence is sought, it may not be prudent to search
the items as they are removed as evidence may be lost or become contaminated. These items
may require immediate labelling and bagging for later forensic examination. The subject should
be standing on a forensically clean surface for this. Local policy must be referred to with regard
to contamination issues in these circumstances. Once the person is naked from the waist up,
they should be asked to hold each arm in the air so that armpits may be checked. Under breasts
and between folds of fat should also be checked, with the subject being requested to lift
relevant body tissue. Once all top items have been searched and cleared, the subject should be
allowed to put them back on or be provided with a suitable alternative if clothing is seized.
The bottom half should then be searched. Once all the clothing from this area has been
removed and searched, the subject should be requested to lift the top clothing above the waist
line. This will allow the searcher to view all the skin and to overlap the boundary, ensuring a
thorough search. The feet should be lifted and checked from the rear to ensure nothing is taped
to the soles or between the toes. If a man is being searched, he should be asked to hold his
penis and scrotum to one side and then the other, so that the area behind may be viewed.
Where appropriate, the subject should be requested to bend over with their legs apart so that
all body orifices may be checked. Officers must be aware that if items are located within a body
orifice other than the mouth and the detainee refuses to hand them over, their removal would
constitute an intimate search requiring appropriate authority and procedures. The detainee must
be allowed to dress as soon as the procedure is complete.
7.3.5 PERSONS WITH DISABILITIES
Sometimes it is necessary to search a person who has a disability. In such cases, it may be
advisable to seek the advice of a healthcare professional prior to the search. Asking a person
about the nature of their disability may alleviate any problems by developing a better
understanding of the situation. Searching a person with a disability may provoke an aggressive
reaction from other persons present such as a concerned relative, friend or other associate.
Special regard should be paid to the sensitivity of these circumstances and, where appropriate,
apprising those involved should be considered.
When searching bags, care must be taken to avoid exposing personal medical supplies, such as
continence materials, as this can cause acute embarrassment to the person. The person’s
attempts to hide their embarrassment may give the impression that they are trying to
hide something.
Latex gloves should not be used during the search of a person. This is because some people will
have an allergy to latex. For example, those with spina bifida (spinal cord on the outside of the
spinal column) may be highly allergic to latex, which can cause the person to go into shock, and
can lead to their death. For personal protection thin protective gloves should be worn.
In conjunction with seeking medical advice, the following descriptions of specialist equipment
may be of assistance.
84
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
A prosthetic device is an artificial replacement for a missing body part. Generally, three types of
prosthetic devices are currently in use:
• Upper extremity prostheses;
• Above elbow prostheses;
• Lower extremity prosthesis.
PERSON SEARCH
Prosthetics
Upper Extremity Prostheses
Mechanical prostheses are moved by the use of cables and straps attached to the opposite side
of the body. Myo-electrical prostheses are moved by muscle contractions within the prosthetic
socket. One form of arm or hand prosthesis is the hook or terminal device. The hook may be
open or housed in a plastic anatomically correct mould of the hand. Lower-hand amputees will
be able to swing the limb outward and extend the arm.
Above Elbow Prosthesis
Above elbow prosthesis devices are usually attached by means of a harnessing system. This
system significantly limits the subject’s arm movements. The subject may be able to elevate the
arm, but not have the range of movements to swing the arm.
Lower Extremity Prosthesis
Lower extremity prosthetic devices fall into the categories of endoskeletal (soft with metal
internal components) or exoskeletal (hard shell which is often hollow). Exoskeletal below knee
devices usually have an insert for the residual limb and are held on the limb by straps or other
binding devices. Suction devices may also be used. A medial wall insert prosthetic device is
attached to the limb by an insert on the medial or outside wall of the knee.
Searching Prosthetic Devices
The decision to remove a prosthetic device should be determined by the possibility and/or
probability that the device may have been used for concealment or may be used as a weapon or
implement for escape. If an officer intends to remove the device, they should only do so if they
have the knowledge and expertise to do so, as legal issues may arise if a limb is injured during
the removal of the prosthesis, or if the prosthesis is damaged.
Relevant legislation, the circumstances and medical issues may determine whether the
prosthesis should be removed or not, and whether a healthcare professional should be
contacted. If should also be noted that not all healthcare professionals have the relevant
expertise in the removal of such devices.
The hook or terminal device may be removed by unstrapping the harnessing system and
detaching the prosthesis.
Depending on the type, lower extremity prosthesee are large enough to hold prohibited articles
and weapons in their hollow cavities.
Exoskeletal below knee devices usually have an insert for the residual limb. To remove
such devices, release the binding or break the suction seal between the prosthesis and the
residual limb.
A medial wall prosthesis is attached to a limb by an insert on the wall of the knee. This metal
insert can be sharpened to form a sharply pointed and/or edged weapon, or it can be used to
house a weapon.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
85
Wheelchairs
A wheelchair provides mobility to those people who, because of a disability, are unable to stand
and walk on their own. To successfully conduct a search, officers need to understand the
possible limitations of a person in a wheelchair and ways to reduce the risk of injury to them. A
person in a wheelchair may be paraplegic (paralysis of the lower part of the body, including
both legs) or quadriplegic (paralysis of the four limbs and usually the trunk).
Generally, two persons are required to search a subject in a wheelchair, and they should be
positioned at the four o’clock and eight o’clock positions. If the wheelchair has brakes then
these should be set.
Constant use of the upper body muscles and arms to push the wheelchair means that many
paraplegics have tremendous strength in these areas. They are therefore, able to manoeuvre
themselves rapidly and if they grasp a fixed object, it can then be very difficult to force them to
release their grip.
Searching the person is the same as for an able-bodied subject, with the exception that on
completion of the search, the subject should be asked to do an ischial shift so that the buttock
and groin area can be searched. The ischial shift (lift) is taught in all physiotherapy units to
people using a wheelchair. They push themselves off the seat to take pressure off the ischials
(bone on which one sits), to prevent an ulcer or bedsore from forming.
If the person is unable to perform the ischial shift, three people will be needed to lift and search
the person. Two searchers should slide their nearest arm under the person’s armpits to lift them,
but care must be taken to ensure that this does not cause harm to the person. Then, with a
mutually acceptable signal, both must lift the person enough so that the third searcher can
search the buttock and groin area. Officer safety PPE must be kept out of reach of the subject.
When conducting this procedure, searchers must be aware of the following points:
• Inform the subject, and any concerned relatives or friends who are present, what you are
doing, prior to carrying out the action to prevent or minimise anxiety and distress;
• Complete the task with minimum movement to the subject;
• Do not move the subject in a manner that will exacerbate their injury or illness;
• Do not lift by grasping an injured part of the body;
• Avoid twisting or bending;
• Lift the person using appropriate health and safety lifting practices.
Once the person has been searched, the seat cushion of the wheelchair can be removed and
searched. During this procedure the person should be lowered back down and seated on a soft
surface such as a pillow, piece of foam or clothing, to prevent decubitis ulcers (bed sores).
Colostomy Bags
A colostomy is a permanent or temporary opening in the abdominal wall through which solid
waste may pass and then be collected in a waste bag that is attached to the body.
Urinary Devices
This collection bag may be worn on the upper or lower leg, or near the pubic or groin area.
Internal tubing (penis in men, meatus in women) is indicative of an indwelling catheter or
urinary device. Catheters are maintained in the bladder by inflating a balloon type device and/or
by sutures. If a pouch or tubing is felt when conducting a search, the officer must visually
inspect it and confirm that it is some type of colostomy or urinary collection device or catheter.
These devices are fragile and care must be taken not to damage them. Exposing such a device
in public may cause embarrassment to the person.
86
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
When searching people who have impaired vision searchers should:
• Inform the subject who the searcher is and what their role is, eg, name of the police officer;
• Inform them that they are going to be searched and give them the reasons why, including
under which powers, where appropriate;
PERSON SEARCH
Vision, Hearing and Mobility Impaired
Circumstances involving subjects who have a hearing impairment will require:
• The use of an interpreter if appropriate;
• Wherever an interpreter is not available, requests must be made in writing.
When searching a subject who can stand but whose mobility is impaired by age, illness or injury
and so uses a walking stick, crutches or other device, the following procedure should apply:
• Ask the subject if they can walk or balance without the use of an aid;
• Be responsible for the subject’s balance while the aid is removed;
• Allow them to support themselves against a fixed structure if appropriate;
• Complete the search adopting the normal search procedures;
• If necessary ask the subject to sit down so that the search can be completed in the same
way as for a person in a wheelchair.
• Ensure that the mobility aid is also searched.
A person with poor balance may instinctively reach out for something to support themselves
with and this should not be misinterpreted as a threatening action.
Walking sticks and umbrellas can, however, be used in close quarters as jabbing and
bludgeoning weapons. They can also contain swordsticks and single shot firearms. A subject
may possess a stick for reasons other than the need to support a disability.
Recovered Items
Any item located during the search should be moved out of the person’s reach and protected from
third-party interference. The article may be handed to another searcher, secured in a vehicle, placed
behind the custody office counter or, if these are impractical, placed in a holster on the officer’s belt
for safety. Any needle, point or sharp weapon should be protected, especially if the subject may
react adversely to the discovery and a struggle ensues. The safety of all concerned is paramount.
A full description of the article recovered and the circumstances in which it was found must be
recorded. The continuity of evidence throughout the investigation is essential to supporting
a prosecution.
7.3.6 POST-SEARCH CONSIDERATIONS
A number of factors may increase the anxiety and tension of the searchers. These factors will
have a marked effect on how thorough a search is and they include:
• The subject’s demeanour – are they drunk, disorderly, resistant, physically or verbally abusive;
• The presence of bodily fluids;
• The environment – is the search being conducted in a dimly lit or dark area;
• Adverse weather conditions;
• A hostile crowd forming close to the search location;
• Lack of control of the subject providing the opportunity to discard or reposition the
object sought;
• The focus of the searcher, which may be reduced following a dramatic incident such as a
pursuit or the disarming of an armed offender;
• Impaired health of the searcher, which may affect the quality of the search.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
87
If any of the above concerns exist then consideration must be given to re-searching the
individual if it is lawful to do so.
On conclusion of the search, full documentation must be completed.
7.4 BAGGAGE
Baggage includes suitcases, bags, holdalls or any container used for the carriage of goods by a
person. The search of baggage mainly occurs at ports or airports, or at a venue as a condition of
entry. These searches may be classed as defensive where baggage is confirmed to be free from
certain items, or offensive where specific articles are sought with the expectation that they will
be located. Baggage search may be included within any other search discipline, for example,
person or vehicle search, but must be treated as a separate process.
Baggage is personal and as such requires the search to be conducted with respect. Contents
must, where possible, be kept out of the public view, particularly where they may cause
embarrassment to the person being searched or the searcher.
The person in possession of the baggage may or may not be the owner and may be unaware of
the contents of it. Thought should be given to any questions about the item and particular care
exercised in respect of health and safety issues where details of the contents are vague. The use
of appropriate personal protective equipment must be considered where there is a potential for
injury to the searcher from needles, sharp instruments or other harmful materials or fluids.
Defensive baggage searches may be conducted relatively quickly and, depending on the article
being sought, will not always require the container to be emptied. Offensive baggage search,
particularly where small items are sought, will require an in-depth examination, while giving
consideration to the available information about the item. The following is the suggested search
technique for an offensive baggage search.
If it is expected that the baggage contents will be emptied out, a secure and safe working area
must be identified for this to prevent items being damaged or affected by outside elements. The
owner or person in possession of the baggage should be required to stand across from the item
being searched where they can view the search but not interfere with it. The search should
never be completed on the ground with the searcher kneeling or bending in front of the person
thus making themselves vulnerable to attack. Any items identified as of interest must be
retained out of reach of the person concerned to avoid evidence destruction. These items may
be placed in a locked vehicle, an appropriate drawer or kept securely by the searcher.
Where a number of bags are to be searched, each should be dealt with fully before starting the
next. Prior to opening the baggage, the outside should be viewed for any obvious anomalies or
other points of interest requiring attention. The search of the item should then be separated
into two parts, ie, that of the items inside the container and the container itself.
When the container is opened, the searcher should focus on the contents, noting the location
of each item to assist with the correct repacking. Items should be removed separately and
searched to the extent required for the article sought. To check an item of clothing this must
include searching each pocket and its lining when, for example, seeking small amounts of
drugs. The items should be inspected over the container which will allow anything that falls to
drop safely into it. Once searched, the item should then be placed next to the container where it
cannot be confused with the other contents yet to be inspected.
Each item must be thoroughly and methodically searched, with searchers not progressing too
rapidly through the items as this is when articles may be missed. The person should be observed
during the search to ensure that they do not interfere with items that have been, or are about,
to be searched.
88
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
PERSON SEARCH
Once all the items from inside have been searched and having ensured that all compartments
have been dealt with, a search must be made of the container. Bags are generally designed to
be light and strong. Any alteration is likely to affect the weight. Attention should be focused on
finding a false top or bottom, particularly on hard-shell containers where an additional inner or
outer skin is applied to conceal items in between. The same practice may be used on soft fabric
containers where base or side stiffeners are used. A search of the framework of the container is
also required. A systematic approach should be used covering the container from left to right
and both inside and outside, ensuring that the whole item including the top or lid is searched.
Signs of alteration may include new rivets, seams, stitching or the smell of adhesive or fragrance
to smother glue aroma.
After the container has been searched, it should be repacked to the original condition or, where
items have been discovered in a dishevelled state, returned in a tidier condition, with any
clothing appropriately folded. This may reduce animosity and limit any allegation of an
unprofessional search technique. Any finds must be dealt with in accordance with local
procedures, as should any documentation.
7.5 RECOVERY OF THE DECEASED
When dealing with apparently deceased persons, life must be pronounced extinct by an
appropriately qualified person. This requirement must be carefully balanced with the need for
scene preservation and forensic issues.
In all cases treat as homicide until it is proved otherwise.
Bodies will normally be searched after recovery to a mortuary. Only in certain circumstances
should bodies be searched in situ, and these are mainly:
• Where there is evidence to indicate terrorist activity and/or the presence of an explosive or
other device;
• If a weapon or any other item that is likely to cause harm is evident.
Stand back two metres from the body and, where possible move 360 degrees around
it and record what can be seen. If any items cannot be seen – do not look for them.
A risk assessment must be made to consider all hazards that the body may present, then a
secondary assessment must be made to deal with its recovery. These assessments must consider:
• The circumstances in which the body has been found;
• Intelligence relating to the most probable scenario in relation to the death;
• The likelihood of infection.
The body should then be labelled, placed in a body bag in accordance with national body
recovery standards, and removed to a mortuary or temporary mortuary.
Once at the mortuary, the search will continue under the supervision of a pathologist who must
be informed of any earlier search and the items recovered. The search will be conducted for the
benefit of the following persons:
The Coroner – to establish the identity of the person, and where and when they died.
The SIO – to establish the identity of the person and where and when they died and to gather
evidence for the investigation.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
89
It may be beneficial to use an X-ray or fluoroscope to look for evidence of bullets or other
intrusions into the body.
The search must be systematic and all items recorded on the relevant forms. These are Disaster
Victim Identification (DVI) forms for Interpol or Victim Profile Forms where it is believed the
majority of the victims are UK subjects.
The search should commence with the identification and recording of all items not on the body
but which are contained within the body bag. Recording should only take place after the item
has been removed from the body. Items of clothing should be individually searched once they
have been removed. All individual items must be recorded. This means that, for example, a pair
of socks should be recorded as right sock and left sock.
When it is necessary to turn the body over, use the recovery position as this is a safe and
convenient way of doing so.
Consideration must be given to personal safety especially in relation to infections. See
HSE publications, Safe Working and the Prevention of Infections in the Mortuary and PostMortem Room.
If cross-contamination of forensic residues is likely to occur, gloves and body bags together with
scene suits and masks, should be appropriately bagged and exhibited.
Mobile phones can cause difficult issues at the scene and the mortuary. It is highly likely,
particularly at the scene of a major incident, that the people will ring the deceased person’s
telephone to enquire after their welfare and for work or routine domestic matters. It is strongly
advised that these calls are not answered and the telephone is turned off or placed in a foil bag
to isolate it. If the phone is near to a body it should remain there, or be identified in such a way
that it can be associated with that body at a later stage.
After a Chemical Biological Radiological Nuclear (CBRN) attack, normal mortuary working
practices will not apply because of the risk of contamination. In the event of a major disaster or
other situation involving a large number of casualties including CBRN issues, see Home Office
(2004) Guidance on Dealing with Fatalities in Emergencies
http://www.ukresilience.info/publications/fatalities.pdf
MANAGEMENT ISSUES
• Ensuring that searches are carried out correctly.
• Ensuring that officers understand the correct techniques that should be
applied to searching people.
90
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
MISSING PERSON SEARCH
SECTION 8
Section 8
T
his section gives advice on planning searches for missing persons,
including those that fall within high-risk categories.
CONTENTS
8.1
8.2
8.3
8.4
8.5
8.6
8.7
8.8
8.9
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Classification of Risk and Response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Missing Person Categories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Theory and Search Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
8.4.1 Scenario-Based Search for Missing Persons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Search and Investigation Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Home Address Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Search Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
8.7.1 Legal Powers for a Missing Person Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Search Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Grampian Research Guidance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
8.9.1 Children 1 to 16 Years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
8.9.2 Suicide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
8.9.3 Mental Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
8.9.4 Psychosis or Schizophrenia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
8.9.5 Depression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
8.9.6 Dementia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
8.9.7 Hypomania or Mania (Manic Depressives) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
8.9.8 Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
91
8.1 INTRODUCTION
Reports of missing persons must be accurately assessed to determine the appropriate level of
risk and degree of urgency that the search activity requires. It is necessary, therefore, to
establish:
• The need for a search;
• The extent of the search;
• The purpose of the search.
In some cases the purpose of the search may be to save life.
When dealing with missing persons, reference should be made to the ACPO (2005) Guidance
on the Management, Recording and Investigation of Missing Persons.
A missing person search not only involves looking for the missing person, but also for any
evidence or intelligence that may be connected with them. While the information derived from
an investigation is most important to the search and integral to the planning process, these
activities should be kept separate. The investigation must focus on all lines of enquiry and
examine any information and intelligence that may identify locations which will be the subject
of a search. The search will concentrate on the resources, techniques, and quality of the search
activity. The investigation and the search may initially be conducted by the officer responding to
the missing person report in those investigations that require a limited response. In a large scale
investigation, it is important to separate these functions, see 8.7 Search Considerations.
A missing person search should follow a logical sequence, after all the available facts have
been assessed. This will apply to a response involving one officer checking a location in the
initial stages of a report through to an operation involving large numbers of search personnel
and assets.
Missing Person Definition
The ACPO definition of a missing person is:
Anyone whose whereabouts is unknown whatever the circumstances of disappearance.
They will be considered missing until located and their well-being or otherwise established.
8.2 CLASSIFICATION OF RISK AND RESPONSE
A report of a missing person requires a risk and response assessment to be completed after a
critical appraisal of the facts. The risk assessment provides a basis to identify the risk posed and
the subsequent level of police response required. As an enquiry continues, so the risk and
response must be regularly reviewed.
The risk and response assessment will identify the urgency of any search needed and, the type
and number of the resources required to achieve it.
92
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
HIGH RISK
The risk posed is immediate and there are
substantial grounds for believing that the
subject is in danger through their own
vulnerability; or they may have been the
victim of a serious crime; or the risk posed is
immediate and there are substantial grounds
for believing that the public is in danger.
This category requires the immediate
deployment of police resources and a
member of the BCU senior management
team, or similar command level, involved in
the examination of initial lines of enquiry
and to give approval for appropriate staffing
levels. Such cases should lead to the
appointment of an SIO, and a press/media
strategy and/or close contact with outside
agencies.
MISSING PERSON SEARCH
Table 1 Classification of Risk and Response
MEDIUM RISK
The risk posed is likely to place the subject in
danger or they are a threat to themselves
or others.
This category requires an active and
measured response by the police and other
agencies in order to trace the missing person
and support the person making the report.
LOW RISK
There is no apparent threat of danger to the
subject or the public.
In addition to recording the information on
the PNC, the police must advise the person
reporting the disappearance that, following
basic enquiries and unless circumstances
change, further active enquiries will not be
carried out by police. The missing person's
details will be passed to National Missing
Persons Helpline (NMPH) in line with the
national protocol. Low-risk missing persons
must, however, be kept under review as risk
can increase over time.
The level of risk assessed will not identify where to search for the individual. The suspected
location of the missing person may, however, have an immediate effect on the level of risk
classified for that particular subject.
8.3 MISSING PERSON CATEGORIES
The categorisation of a missing or lost person will indicate how an investigation should be
structured, based on the type of behaviour involved. There are three categories of missing
persons.
Table 2 Categories of Missing Persons
Lost person
This is a person who is temporarily disorientated and would
wish to be found, eg, someone who has gone walking and
does not know where they are;
Missing person who has
voluntarily gone missing
This is someone who has control over their actions and who
has decided on a course of action, eg, they wish to leave home.
It includes those who are missing and vulnerable because of
mental health or other medical issues.
Missing person under the Someone who has gone missing against their will, eg, an
influence of a third party
abduction or murder victim.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
93
The information received on a missing or lost person must be regularly reviewed to ensure that
the correct category has been allocated. As further information becomes available a report of a
lost person may develop into one of a voluntarily missing person or under the influence of a
third party. Such a change in category may also change the locations where a the missing
person might expect to be found.
8.4 THEORY AND SEARCH PROCESS
The overriding aim in any missing person enquiry is to establish the well-being of the individual
concerned. Search is a routine element of investigating reports of missing persons. It involves
making an assessment of what the initial enquiries suggest are the most likely circumstances
of the person’s disappearance, and then concentrating the search in accordance with
those circumstances.
Where it is thought that there is a risk of harm to the missing person, the early part of the
search should concentrate on rescue and recovery. To achieve maximum coverage and if the risk
is high, it may be necessary to recruit the missing person’s friends, family and neighbours to
help. Although this may be difficult to manage, it may be the most effective option. In the early
stages, it may be of benefit to telephone relatives and places frequented by the missing person
to notify them that the person is missing and to ask them to make immediate checks of their
premises. The thoroughness of these checks should not be relied on and they may have to be
searched at a later stage. The actual search response will recognise two phases of search
capability.
The initial phase of the search will probably make use of untrained BCU staff and, where
appropriate, the public. It is essential that a record is kept of exactly where has been searched,
by whom and to what scenario, see 8.4.1 Scenario-Based Search for Missing Persons. This will
help any later review of what has been achieved.
The second phase of the search applies when the first has failed to locate the person, or where
the situation demands it. It involves fully managed systematic searching of all likely locations,
using search-trained teams and other resources, all of which should be managed by a PolSA to
produce a high level of assurance as to the quality of the search.
8.4.1 SCENARIO-BASED SEARCH FOR MISSING PERSONS
In order to locate the missing person an assessment of what may have happened should be
considered. The application of Scenario-Based Searching will assist in this process. It may be
used in a simple incident that is resolved within a short time involving one or two officers, or in
large-scale operations over long periods of time involving numerous resources.
Figure 1 identifies the route from the initial information to potential search locations which
may be helpful in this process. It must be emphasised that information produced by the
investigation may influence any part of the search process at any time and will, therefore,
require constant review.
Scenario-Based Searching assesses the reasons for the disappearance of a person, and considers
factors that may assist or hinder discovery. A search strategy is developed from this based on a
full evaluation of the available information. It also allows consideration of multiple scenarios and
ensures that the best assets available are used. The following stages (1 to 8) identify suggested
actions which can be adapted to suit individual circumstances. This method should be applied to
all search planning as it gives a structure to the process. In small scale-searches, each stage can
be considered quickly.
94
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
Associated Locations:
Neighbours
Family
Friends
School/College
Work
Areas of initial concern
re safety
Lost Person #
Key * PLS: Place Last Seen
* LKP: Last Known Position
* H/A: Home Address
Places Frequented:
Club
Pub/Bar
Shopping precinct
Potential Routes
*PLS/LKP
*H/A
If not PLS/LKP
Legend # Where appropriate refer to relevant statistical information if available,
see 8.5 Search and Investigation Structure.
• Grampian Statistics • ERI Statistics • Catchem Database
Other:
Hospitals
Custody
Subsequent Sightings
NB: Confirmed Identity
Missing Person
(Under influence of Third Party) #
Areas of Individual Interest:
Recent family graves
Favoured leisure spots
Missing Person
(Voluntary) #
Information from: Family, Friends, Neighbours, Associates, Witnesses, Others
I N V E S T I G AT I O N
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
MISSING PERSON SEARCH
Figure 1 Initial Information to Potential Search Locations
I N V E S T I G AT I O N
95
S
C
E
N
A
R
I
O
Specify Item Sought
Confirm Last Location
Establish Circumstances of Disappearance
Note Factors Influencing Discovery
Analyse Possible Scenarios
Raise Search Strategies
Identify Priority Search
Ongoing Reassessment
Stage 1 – Specify Item Sought
A detailed description of the missing person should be obtained. This must include all clothing,
jewellery and articles that they may be carrying so that any discarded item may be recognised.
A profile of the person should be obtained and include all relevant history that may identify their
thought processes. This information will normally be obtained from family, friends and others
with knowledge of the person, eg, social worker, doctor, healthcare worker or teacher.
The medical history and the use of any essential medication must be established when profiling
the missing person, particularly where this may influence behavioural patterns. Any mental
health issues such as suicidal tendencies must be identified.
The physical fitness of the person and whether they exercise regularly is important. Their
hobbies, skills and knowledge may also provide vital information that will influence the search
strategy, as will their familiarity with the area in which it is believed they are missing.
Stage 2 – Confirm Last Location
Either the Place Last Seen (PLS) or the Last Known Position (LKP) is used as the point to begin
the initial search. The PLS is used to describe the location where the person was last seen by a
credible witness, eg, a child seen playing in the rear garden. The LKP is the last position to be
identified from clues or evidence, for example, an abandoned motor vehicle used by a missing
person. CCTV is often used to confirm a missing person’s last location, and all potential sources
should be considered and the accuracy of the information assessed.
As the last confirmed location is a primary search site, exact timings and locations are essential.
If they are approximate, this should be clearly stated.
The last sighting is always relevant. In the few cases that result in homicides the PLS or LKP is
often related to the crime and the sighting may provide best evidence of demeanour,
description and intention. Officers must consider who made the sighting, when and in what
circumstances, and establish whether these can be corroborated by other means.
As people move, both the PLS or LKP may change when fresh clues or sightings become
evident. These updates may assist in identifying the person’s direction of travel.
Caution must be emphasised concerning sightings of a missing person following the initial
report, particularly when there is a high level of media interest. For further information see
16.2 Sightings.
Stage 3 – Establish Circumstances of Disappearance
This stage examines the circumstances of the disappearance. All facts, no matter how trivial,
should be considered as it is within this stage that the most successful clues for locating the
missing person are often found. Incidents of homicide can first come to the notice of the police
when the murder victim is reported missing by the offender, after the commission of the crime.
96
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
Reasons for voluntary departure are generally readily identifiable. The most common are
children in the care of local authorities. Social services are usually well placed to provide a
reasonable assessment, and often those missing from care have an established record of
absconding.
Establishing the state of mind of the missing person at the time of their disappearance should
allow the appropriate categorisation of either a lost person, voluntary missing person or missing
person under the influence of a third party. Such facts may even identify that the subject is not
actually missing but the report has been made because of genuine concern through incorrect or
incomplete knowledge. All relatives, friends and associates should be identified and interviewed
where they may be able to provide information that will assist the search.
MISSING PERSON SEARCH
The search for a missing person may be influenced, for example, by their involvement in a
dispute, or the weather conditions. Both this stage and stage two will have a primary impact on
deciding if a missing person is lost intentionally or unintentionally, or is under the influence of a
third party, such as an abduction.
Behaviour that is apparently out of character is a risk factor that increases concern. A
disappearance that is inconsistent with previous behaviour means that other explanations have
to be considered. It should signal caution in accepting accounts being offered. The key to
making this judgement is obtaining credible evidence of what represents normal behaviour. Any
suspicion should lead to corroboration of normal behaviour from a third party.
Even where the person making the report is a close relative of the person missing, it cannot be
assumed that they will know all the relevant contacts the missing person might have. This is
particularly so with young persons where their peers may know of a wider range of contacts.
Equally, some relationships may be secret (for example, affairs) and tactful enquiries should be
made with friends, other relatives and colleagues. When children are missing, enquiries with
schools are significant. If bullying is a factor, it may not be immediately obvious but this should
always be examined.
Efforts should be made to find all witnesses to a disappearance. House-to-house enquiries may
also provide information. Enquiries may reveal later sightings and/or unknown personality traits
of an individual, particularly from neighbours. Incidents of previous disappearance should also
be researched to identify possible locations.
Stage 4 – Note Factors Influencing Discovery
The effects that the weather, both current and forecast, may have on the missing person and
the search are a primary factor, particularly within rural environments and, sometimes, in urban
areas. Other elements such as wind and tidal influences should be assessed where a person is
missing on, or near, water.
Family and friends may wish to involve themselves and circumvent the search strategy. Other
individuals and groups may also effect the search. For further information see 16 External
Influences on Search.
Public intrusion into the search area should be considered and may require adequate preventive
measures to be put into immediate effect, should the circumstances dictate. A search to save
life or prevent harm to a person will override many forensic needs but should be done in such a
way as to minimise any such harm.
Lack of medication may influence the person’s behaviour or increase the risk of harm,
particularly where the subject may be in a coma and unable to respond to calls or other
search activity.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
97
Stage 5 – Analyse Possible Scenarios
This is the ‘what happened’ phase and must include identification of all likely scenarios from the
previous four stages. It will involve assessment of any relevant information and intelligence not
considered at stage three. Reference to the category of a missing person being lost, voluntarily
missing or missing under the influence of a third party will steer this process.
Young children are usually found quickly. If they are not, concerns that they have come to harm
increase. The immediate areas in which they have gone missing must be checked thoroughly,
including any buildings. Sometimes young children will hide or fall asleep and can easily be missed.
If the person has been missing before, previous missing person reports should be routinely
checked. Experience shows that people who go missing regularly are likely to be traced to
where they were last found.
It is possible that the missing person has been arrested or taken ill. If it is the former, they may
be trying to disguise their identity. If they are known to the police, checks against warrants and
records of arrests should be made. Enquiries should also be made with hospitals.
The potential for suicides can be assessed against issues such as family and medical information,
previous missing behaviour, the presence or absence of medication and recent state of mind.
Missing person behavioural characteristics can be examined with a view to establishing potential
locations and areas to be searched, see 8.5 Search and Investigation Structure.
When determining scenarios, it may be of benefit to seek opinions of other people involved in
the investigation to ensure consideration of all possibilities. This is particularly relevant in
complex search operations and is considered good practice.
Stage 6 – Raise Search Strategies
A search strategy should be planned for the most likely scenarios, identifying boundary
limitations and search areas, including any possible routes. Where a highly probable scenario
exists, this search should be instigated as described in stage 7, and prior to the completion of
the search strategies for the remaining scenarios. This is particularly relevant where an officer is
working alone or with limited resources. An assessment of the remaining possibilities must be
carried out at the earliest opportunity if the initial search is not successful.
An assessment of search resources that are available and those that might be required will be
made at this stage. Best use must be made of those that are immediately available. Searches of
areas and routes must be achievable by the allocated resource within the allotted time.
Stage 7 – Identify Priority Search.
The best scenario may be identified with the knowledge gained from the previous stages. Each
scenario must be considered to identify the most likely option. It is possible that scenarios and
priorities will change as a result of new information becoming available.
Where resources permit, multiple scenarios can be searched. Where this is not the case, priority
must be given to the most likely option. The decision-making process to determine and prioritise
scenarios must be recorded.
The three following areas are to be considered a priority search, depending on the circumstances
and information available:
• The Place Last Seen (PLS);
• The Last Known Position (LKP);
• The Home Address.
98
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
The search of any route that may have been taken by the missing person must always be
considered. This may include the areas adjacent to, or nearby such routes. A child may have
been drawn by an exciting attraction on their journey, resulting in a delay and causing their
parents or carers concern.
When conducting an initial search of these immediate locations, the possibility that a crime has
been committed must not be overlooked and any potential crime scene relevant to the
disappearance of the person must be identified, for example, the signs of a struggle.
MISSING PERSON SEARCH
The home address should be considered at an appropriate stage for the reasons identified in
stage 6, if it is not a PLS or LKP. A child missing in a shopping centre would require a search of
the immediate area around the PLS or the LKP. The validity of the information given in relation
to the PLS or LKP should be assessed.
Stage 8 – Ongoing Reassessment
The whole process must be constantly reassessed to ensure the appropriate use of available
resources and that the best scenario is being pursued. When reassessing the scenario, the
examination of all available information should be made, including the outcomes of any
investigative activity.
A review of the search strategy by a supervisor and/or PolSA, could be beneficial, particularly
where expected results are not forthcoming. Any change from the selected scenario must be
carefully considered and based on confirmed information only.
These eight stages may be used to develop search strategies for routine missing person reports
that end relatively quickly. They also apply to more complex investigations and searches where
they can be used as a basis for the overall search plan.
8.5 SEARCH AND INVESTIGATION STRUCTURE
Where the investigation demands a separate search element, this should be managed by a
person who has received appropriate search training such as a PolSA. Although the
investigation and search must be treated as separate activities, there must be strong links
between them. Search activity may become redundant or have to be adjusted in the light of
new information. Similarly, searching may produce results that will influence the investigation.
The Grampian Police Research Unit is completing a UK wide analysis of over 3,000 closed
missing person cases. The study has resulted in a unique set of missing person data that
provides potential missing person behavioural patterns that can assist officers to:
• Quickly establish the size of the search area;
• Identify and prioritise likely places the missing person will be found;
• Identify who the missing person may be with and what they may be doing.
The behavioural characteristics of some high-risk groups have been reproduced in brief, see
8.9 Grampian Research Guidance and in full in Appendix 7. These should be referred to when
planning search strategies for a missing person.
When searching for lost persons, reference may be made to data produced by MR-EW, which is
gathered annually from searches conducted by their members. See Mountain Rescue Council
(2004) The UK Missing Behaviour Study
http://www.mountain.rescue.org.uk/publications/MPB%20Report%202004.pdf
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
99
Where the person is reported missing in circumstances under the influence of a third party, they
may have been abducted. In such circumstances the use of lost person behavioural
characteristics will not assist in the search strategy. Instances of potential child abduction should
be referred to the Centralised Analytical Team Collating Homicide Expertise and Management
(CATCHEM) database. CATCHEM is a database of all child murders committed in England,
Wales and Scotland, since 1 January 1960. It includes girls under the age of 21 years and boys
under the age of 17 years at the time of death. Contact with CATCHEM is via the NCPE
Opsline, see 4.7 NCPE Specialist Advisers.
8.6 HOME ADDRESS SEARCH
The home address should be searched not merely to look for the person but for evidence of
whether they prepared for their absence, for example, missing food, credit cards or passport. A
search of a home or bedroom may reveal what clothing and possessions they have taken. Not
taking appropriate clothing, spectacles, money and means of obtaining welfare or support is
inconsistent with a voluntary departure, unless contemplating suicide. Evidence of planning or
preparation indicates a different category of missing person. If the exact details are not
available, family members may be able to deduce what clothing the person may be wearing,
from what is missing.
The object of the search must be proportionate to the circumstances of the disappearance. It
may be necessary to examine records to try and find out about motives and lifestyle. Missing
persons may have problems that they have concealed. Their intimate relationships may have
been secret. It is possible that communications records will be revealing. The following have
provided useful leads in previous cases:
• Handwriting samples;
• Diaries, notepads, correspondence;
• Computers and electronic devices for communication, which show any details of chat
rooms, messaging, emails, contact addresses;
• Landline and mobile telephony and text messages;
• Refuse;
• Any evidence of substance abuse or dependence and/or any reliance on medication.
Consideration must be given to capturing physical evidence which might assist in the
identification of recovered bodies or future enquiries into homicide. This means obtaining
identifying characteristics for reference from the objects left behind. This process is not simply
collection. Investigative effort must be made and recorded to establish, as far as possible, the
link between the recovery and the missing person. The following types of physical evidence
most likely to be recovered are.
• DNA profiling – the object would be to retrieve articles likely to yield the DNA profile of the
missing person. Guidance should be sought from crime scene investigators and it may be a
policy consideration for an SIO to submit the sample to the National DNA Database as a
crime scene stain for a possible match or elimination in the future. For this to be applicable,
the missing person must be considered to be subject to, or have committed, a crime. It is
also an option to determine natural parents and siblings, and take samples from them.
• Blood grouping from evidence located – for which the advice of crime scene investigators
should be sought.
• Fingerprints and palm prints – for which the advice of crime scene investigators should
be sought.
• Full details of all bank accounts and credit cards.
• The missing person’s passport.
• Conformation of a full description of the clothing worn by the missing person, including labels.
100
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
PLS/LKP Identification
Consideration should be given to taking the witness identifying the PLS or the LKP to that
location, if it is different from the place of interview. This will allow identification of the exact
place described and clarify the direction of travel of the person. The officer will also have a
better understanding of the area.
Containment
Early containment of the area based on the maximum likely distance the missing person can
travel will assist the overall search operation. Ideally, containment would be provided by aerial
support but other techniques including notifying people at key locations, eg, bridge keepers,
railway signal workers or static night watchmen, may prove fruitful. The sterility of the area
must be assessed and can only be guaranteed when properly cordoned off.
MISSING PERSON SEARCH
8.7 SEARCH CONSIDERATIONS
Scoping
Potential search locations should be assessed to identify the likelihood of the person having
entered the area. Appropriate resources and techniques must be identified to locate the person,
taking into account any health and safety issues. Scoping should be done by a person with
relevant search knowledge.
Documentation
It is essential that a full record is maintained of who has searched, where they have searched
and how thoroughly. These should include any areas that were, for whatever reason,
inaccessible. The time and duration of the search must also be recorded, together with the
scenario on which the search was based. In the early stages of a missing person investigation
this information may be included in a missing person log. As the investigation and search
develops, consideration must be given to using separate search documentation.
In the case of a managed search, a search log must be kept by the person in charge of the
search in order to document all decisions made. This log must be separate from, but in line
with, the investigating officer’s log.
Maps
Maps of search areas are essential in identifying exact locations, access and exit points.
Ordnance Survey (OS) maps 1:25,000 for rural areas and 1:10,000 for urban areas are
recommended. Digital mapping may also be used where available. Advice on suitability and
availability for specific areas may be sought from individual force contingency planning
departments or similar units. Where many assets are involved in large search operations, it is
advisable to mark those individual asset search areas on a specific map within the control room.
Evidence Recovery
Although the initial intention is to search for a missing person, potential evidence may also be
found. Standard force procedures will apply for officers who initially attend but during
protracted operations, forensic advice should be sought to avoid evidence being compromised.
During this latter type of operation, advice from the SIO or IO should be obtained to devise
a forensic strategy and identify what items of investigative value should be recovered and in
what manner.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
101
Search Assets
Search assets should be deployed as described in 4 Assets, 5 Specialist Groups and 6 Volunteers.
The nature of the terrain and the search objectives will determine the most appropriate use of
assets. It may be necessary to search the same area with more than one type of asset depending
on the level of assurance required. For example, air support can provide a rapid overview of a
large field, while police dogs search through any shrubbery within the same location.
Thermal Imagery
Heat sensing devices particularly those used by air support will aid the search for persons
missing in the open environment, see 4.5 Air Support.
Use of Sound
Where it is thought that the missing person will respond to the sound of searchers, it may be
appropriate to shout or use whistles. A lost child may have been instructed not to respond to
strangers, therefore taking a relative or friend through the area and calling the name of
the child for any response may be beneficial. This may be of particular assistance in rural
overgrown areas.
Re-Search
It may be appropriate to re-search locations with a different resource to increase confidence that
the missing person is not there. There is a possibility that a missing person will move unobserved
into an area that has been searched, unless a sterile controlled area has been imposed during
and since the initial search. The persons involved must be informed that the search they are
undertaking is a re-search of that area, and the reason for such action, eg, a child seen in the
area following the initial search.
Involvement of Local Residents
Thought should be given to requesting neighbours and local residents to search their own
houses and outbuildings. This is of particular value when looking for lost children missing in a
residential area as they have been known to go to such places and hide or fall asleep.
Refuse Collections
Bodies or other evidence can be concealed or disposed of in refuse. Searching containers, where
appropriate, must be considered, as should cancellation of all refuse collections within the
location. When making this decision, the full details of the disappearance must be evaluated
against the inconvenience that will be caused by this particular action.
Areas of Concern
These will include areas that are accessible to the missing person and present a high risk of
injury. Each must be identified and receive appropriate attention. It may be beneficial to mark
such locations on a map but, in the absence of this facility in the early stages of an investigation,
each should be individually listed. The local authority will be able to identify areas such as drains
and water courses, when this is appropriate.
Members of the Public
Involving members of the public in a missing person search can be helpful, particularly in the
early stages of the search for a lost child. The advantages and disadvantages of this action must
be assessed prior to asking for such help. For further information see 6.8 Public Involvement.
102
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
Many persons are reported missing during the evening, necessitating the search of areas in the
dark. In the early stages of an investigation it is unusual not to search at night. There will be
occasions, however, especially during protracted enquiries, where the search may be suspended
during this period. There are a number of reasons for this, including the effectiveness of the
search activity, the safety of those involved in the search, and the need for searchers to rest.
Where it is anticipated that search activity will be suspended thought must be given to the
emotions of the family, friends, the public and the media. A strategy should be developed
regarding night-time operations.
Alternative action must be considered which can cater for the different responses the missing
person may have at night. High-visibility patrols may be appropriate, as well as checks of
potential shelters.
MISSING PERSON SEARCH
Searching at Night
Search Review
The effectiveness of a search at each location should be reviewed to ensure that is has been
completed to a sufficiently high standard. Where there are any doubts about this, further
searches must be considered. For further information see 1.8 Search Capability.
8.7.1 LEGAL POWERS FOR A MISSING PERSON SEARCH
A missing person search will generally involve emotive issues particularly where the young and
other vulnerable persons are involved. The majority of missing person searches will be
conducted with consent of the person entitled to grant permission; must not normally object.
Where consent is sought, the purpose and extent of the search must clearly be stated by the
officer conducting the search.
There will be occasions, however, when such authority is refused. This may result in suspicion of
the individual refusing consent and their motives for doing so. Such motives may include:
• Concealment of the missing person or relevant evidence subject of a crime;
• Concealment of the missing person who is hiding with their consent;
• Prohibited property on the premises unconnected with the missing person investigation;
• An unwillingness to cooperate in general.
In such cases the officer proposing the search must always consider whether there are grounds
for access to the property. Such lawful access can be provided by the following:
• Consent of a person entitled to grant entry;
• Provision of a search power within a specific Act;
• Search warrant.
Where consent is refused and reliance on another power is required, the location to be searched
should be kept under observation, within the scope of any relevant legislation. This is to prevent
the removal or destruction of evidence where there is a delay in obtaining the authority.
All search actions must be fully documented from the outset. A record must be made of:
• The exact location or address which is to be searched;
• The precise depth of the intrusion, eg, it was restricted to the child’s bedroom in the
premises searched, using an open door policy and only to the depth of locating a child
who is hiding;
• Details of police officers conducting the search;
• Duration of the search.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
103
Such basic details will provide an overview of the initial search conducted. Should the enquiry
develop further, decisions can be made as to whether subsequent searches of the same
locations are required.
All property received or recovered during a missing person search must be appropriately
recorded, labelled and packaged according to local procedures.
8.8 SEARCH CONCLUSION
As a general principle, search activity should continue until the missing person has been located
unless there is a need to search for evidence in relation to a crime. Until this time, relevant areas
should be searched to a level of assurance that is required in the circumstances. Once all areas
have been completed, searching may be suspended until any new information comes to light. It
must not be forgotten that missing people move around and may enter areas that have already
been searched, requiring them to be searched again.
The investigation may at any time reveal additional locations that need to be searched. An
assessment of available resources should, therefore, be maintained.
The completion or suspension of a search should be relayed to the family of the missing person,
or the investigative element of the enquiry. The issues relating to concerns and strategy as
outlined in 8.7 Search Considerations (Searching at Night) must be considered.
Prior to the release of search assets, the person in charge of the search should review the
original objective to ensure that, wherever possible, this has been achieved and any
developments or opportunities have been maximised. Where the person has been found, they
should be thoroughly debriefed to ascertain if there is any need for further searches. The
information they provide may also be useful in any future investigations and searches.
On conclusion of the search of any area or location, any evidence or intelligence gained must
have been seized and retained in the manner required by law and local procedure. In a search
operation, this requirement must be guaranteed by the officer in charge of the search
operation.
Any search documentation should be completed correctly. It should emphasise the exact
location searched, which should be clearly shown by identifiable boundaries, and the
thoroughness of the search achieved.
There should be a debrief of the operation as appropriate, see 2.4 Briefing and Debriefing.
Welfare issues must be addressed, particularly where the missing person has not been found
and the searchers may feel a sense of failure, see 2.7 Welfare.
104
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
The information contained in this section is based on a study of over 3,000 missing person cases
in the UK and has been subject to academic scrutiny to ensure the validity of the data. The
research was conducted by Grampian Police and is produced with the permission of the Chief
Constable. It gives information that will assist in search planning for certain categories of
missing person.
8.9.1 CHILDREN 1 TO 16 YEARS
Reports of missing children and young persons must be treated with urgency and should fall
within the high-risk category in the first instance. In order to locate them as quickly as possible it
is necessary to target action in the most likely areas that they will be found. Some indications
about the types of area in which they are likely be found and distances from the place they
went missing can be found in Table 3.
MISSING PERSON SEARCH
8.9 GRAMPIAN RESEARCH GUIDANCE
Statistics from the CATCHEM database indicate that if child has been abducted and murdered,
it is almost certain that death occurred within six hours of the time of their abduction. This
major factor must be considered when planning the search and the investigation.
Table 3 Missing Children 1 to 16 years – Places Likely to be Found
1–4 years
5–8 years
Distance
Places found
Points to consider
70% within
750 metres
58% playing in
street.
• The younger the child, the closer to
80% within
900 metres
33% at home,
friends, neighbours,
relatives address.
70% within
1.1 km
31% walking in
street/park.
90% within
1.8 km
40% at friends or
relatives address.
the place from where they are
missing they are likely to be found.
• Those traced beyond 900 metres
were subject to parental abduction
or mistakenly reported missing.
• They are now at school and learning
about new areas and travelling
further.
• Obtain class list from school, now
likely to have friends not known to
parents/guardian.
• Those traced beyond 1.8 km were
subject to parental abduction or
mistakenly reported missing.
9–11 years
70% within
3.2 km
35% found in a
public place.
80% within
5 km
29% found at
friends or relatives
address.
• Virtually none were found walking
further than 3.2 km away and
beyond this distance often found at
friend or relative’s house.
• Girls usually at friends or relative’s
houses and boys on the streets.
12–14 years
70% within
8 km
33% in public place
or street.
• Diagnosed mental conditions become
80% within
18 km
36% at friends or
relatives address.
• Those suffering with ADHD tend to
apparent at this age.
travel further than others.
• Girls tend to be at friends’ homes
and boys on the streets.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
105
Table 3 Missing Children 1 to 16 years – Places Likely to be Found (continued)
15–16 years
Distance
Places found
Points to consider
70% within
23 km
25% in public place
or street.
• Diagnosed mental conditions
80% within
40 km
35% at friends or
relatives address.
• Depression, particularly in men, can
continue to appear.
lead to suicide. Signs – becoming
withdrawn, loners, and talking about
taking their own life.
• Girls tend to be at friends’ homes
and boys on the streets.
8.9.2 SUICIDE
When dealing with missing persons who may be suicidal, two important questions should
be addressed.
• Is the person at risk of suicide?
• What should the search strategy be?
There may be explicit information that they have gone to commit suicide, for example, a note,
but it may be less clear. It can be difficult to determine if the person has gone to commit suicide
or if they have gone to be alone for a while and think about their problems. Where the situation
is not clear, it may be prudent to develop a twin-track approach. This means planning for both
normal missing person behaviour and the possibility that they are suicidal.
There is a strong association between suicide and mental illness, particularly depression, but not
everyone with a mental illness will try to kill themselves. Two strong indicators that a depressed
person may be at risk of suicide are:
• They have written a suicide note indicating that they will take their life;
• The person has recently talked about taking their life.
The investigation should try to ascertain if there are any events in the person’s life that may
cause them to want to take their life. Problems in any of the following areas may be triggers for
them to take such action:
• Relationships;
• Finances;
• Sexual;
• Employment;
• Education;
• Medical;
• Mental health;
• Addictions.
106
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
• If someone has never been reported missing, but has previously attempted to take their
own life, they pose a very high suicide risk;
• Someone who has recently talked in depth about taking their own life to the extent of
describing, for example, how they will commit the act, what they will be wearing, how
their friends will feel afterwards, present a very high risk of suicide;
• If the disappearance coincides with any significant dates in their life, eg, birthday, the death
of a loved one, the date of a divorce, then the risk of suicide is significantly higher;
• Those with strong religious beliefs appear less likely to take their own lives;
• Someone who has access to the means to commit suicide is likely to be high risk;
• Someone becoming significantly more affectionate prior to their disappearance;
• Men, particularly the elderly, leaving wedding rings on bedside cabinets or other obvious
places prior to their disappearance;
• People setting their affairs in order prior to their disappearance;
• People leaving wallets, purses, mobile telephones, cigarettes or other necessary items behind;
• Men are three times more likely to take their own lives than women, and although this
ratio can fluctuate across the lifespan, men are generally more at risk;
• Men aged between 25 and 40 are at the highest risk of suicide;
• Traditionally, men use more violent methods to commit suicide than women;
• Married men are less likely to commit suicide than single men. Women who are single are
not, however, more at risk.
MISSING PERSON SEARCH
Further points to consider:
Search Planning
Knowing the method by which a person will commit suicide will be an advantage in planning
the search. The following points can help in that process:
• People choose the location for one of two reasons
– Practical, eg, nearest railway line or body of water
– It is an area of personal significance;
• The mode of suicide will draw a person;
• When they have taken the decision, they usually want to carry it out as quickly and easily
as possible;
• The area will be familiar to them.
People do not tend to travel long distances to commit suicide as illustrated by the table.
Table 4 Distances Travelled to Commit Suicide
Women
Men
Method of travel
Distance between place missing and found
Foot
70% within 3.2 km
Car
80% within 25 km
On foot having left car
80% within 500 metres
Foot
70% within 1.3 km
Car
80% within 22 km
On foot having left car
80% within 600 metres
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
107
Methods
Men generally use more violent methods of committing suicide than women, with men being
more likely to hang themselves and women more likely to drown.
Despite this women do hang themselves, particularly those in their twenties. Men also drown
themselves, particularly those in their forties. If people choose to commit suicide away from
their home, those people living in cities often find it difficult to locate a private place where they
can commit the act. These people often resort to booking into a room at a nearby hotel where
privacy is guaranteed, or they simply jump off the closest tall building.
Detailed investigations carried out into the background of the missing person, as well as
knowledge of the surrounding area, will normally provide clues as to the likely method and
location of a suicide.
8.9.3 MENTAL CONDITIONS
Approximately eighty per cent of all missing people reported to the police over the age of 16
years, suffer from some form of mental health issue. These conditions can be broken down into
distinct groups:
• Psychosis or Schizophrenia;
• Depression;
• Dementia (Cognitive Impairment);
• Hypomania or Mania;
• Child Behaviour Disorder;
The mental state of a missing person can have a significant influence on how that person will
interact with both the environment they find themselves in and the people they meet.
When formulating a search strategy for any missing person, it is necessary to establish what, if
any, mental health issue that person might be suffering from. This might be a clinically
diagnosed condition or simply an observation made by the person reporting, a friend or a
family member.
Having established the mental health condition of the missing person, it is equally important to
have an understanding of how this might influence their behaviour.
The following paragraphs provide additional information relating to each of the
recognised mental conditions, as well as the behavioural influence these conditions will have
on the sufferer.
8.9.4 PSYCHOSIS OR SCHIZOPHRENIA
Those suffering from these conditions:
• Do not usually drive;
• Are more likely to use public transport than the general public;
• Fifty three per cent choose to travel on foot;
• They travel for a purpose;
• They have a tendency to gravitate towards places they have been in their past, for
example, places treated, hospitals, accommodation or previous addresses;
• If they are not taking their mediation, they do not usually care for themselves and sleep
rough such as in a tent or create a hide or shelter, or use derelict or empty buildings;
• They do not usually go to places that are not known to them.
108
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
On foot
Distance
Places found
70% within 4.2 km
25% returned home
20% on the streets
Remainder in a variety of places
Public transport
70% within 162 km
25% returned home
20% on the streets
Remainder in a variety of places
8.9.5 DEPRESSION
MISSING PERSON SEARCH
Table 5 Distances Travelled – People with Psychosis or Schizophrenia
Depression is the most commonly diagnosed mental condition. Many adults reported missing to
the police will be suffering from depression.
People suffering from depression usually feel hopeless about the future, and are unable to see
any positives in their lives. They may be apathetic and unable to participate in activities they
normally enjoy. This condition may develop into major or clinical depression. Clinical depression
simply means that the condition is severe enough to require some form of treatment.
If a person has travelled by vehicle, there is a high probability they will be located with that
vehicle. A vehicle tends to be easier to locate than a person.
A depressed person is not automatically at risk of suicide. If this is thought to be a possibility, see
8.9.2 Suicide. Some depressed people will contemplate suicide, potential locations for this such
as local woodland or areas of water should therefore be considered, especially if they hold some
significance to the missing person.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
109
Table 6 Distances Travelled – People with Depression
Women
Method
of travel
Distance between place Places found
missing and found
On foot
70% within 4.1 km
23% friends or relatives
90% within 9.5 km
17% walking in urban or city centre area
17% returned home
Car
70% within 30 km
32% returned home
90% within 107 km
Some at rural areas or beauty spots
and some at friends or relatives
Others booked into accommodation or
turn up at hospitals
Public
transport
70% within 68 km
90% within 440 km
Usually travelled with a purpose to
significant location
30% friends or relatives
Men
On foot
Car
70% within 4.3 km
35% returned home
90% within 17 km
Most likely to be found walking in rural
areas, or occasionally in city centres
70% within 48 km
34% returned home
90% within 168 km
Tend to seek rural beauty spots or
secluded areas
Can go to relatives’ addresses
Public
transport
70% within 135 km
90% within 390 km
Usually travelled to significant
location, eg, relatives address or
home town
Postnatal Depression
Postnatal depression can occur from about two weeks after the birth of the child to two years
after. This can range from mild post birth depression to the more serious cases where the
mother has to go into hospital to stop her injuring herself or the baby.
Bi-Polar Depression (Manic Depressive)
A person will experience repeated occasions when their mood and activity level are significantly
disturbed, usually by increased energy and activity and an elated mood (mania or hypomania).
At other times they will experience decreased energy and activity (depression), and a lowering
of mood. Manic episodes usually begin suddenly and can last from two weeks to four or five
months, whereas depressions usually last about six months, but rarely for more than a year.
When dealing with someone suffering from this disorder, it is essential to establish if they are in
a manic (high) phase or a depressed phase of the illness.
8.9.6 DEMENTIA
It is important to ascertain if the person is suffering from a mild or severe condition. Those
suffering from the mild form can still use public transport, travel greater distances and look after
themselves reasonably well. Those with the severe form are much less able to travel or look
after themselves.
110
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
Dementia sufferers tend to be found fairly quickly and a thorough search of the place from
which they have gone missing is essential. They are also likely to follow barriers and can become
stuck where barriers intersect, eg, fences.
Table 7 Distances Travelled – People with Dementia
Women
Men
Distance on foot
Places found
70% within 1.2 km
59% on the street
Distance on public transport
Places found
80% within 24 km
On the street, returned to place missing
or went to home address
Distance on foot
Places found
70% within 4.6 km
52% on the streets
Distance on public transport
Places found
80% within 28 km
39% on the street
MISSING PERSON SEARCH
There is a tendency for all dementia sufferers to wander and get lost as they are disorientated,
restless, agitated or anxious. This may result in random or goal-driven wandering. Random
wandering can have no real purpose and although something may initially attract their
attention, they can be quickly distracted by something else. Goal-driven wandering is purposeful
and they are usually looking for someone or something from their past.
8.9.7 HYPOMANIA OR MANIA (MANIC DEPRESSIVES)
Hypomania and Mania are both terms used to describe the condition of Bi-Polar disorder.
Bi-Polar disorder causes people to have dramatic mood swings. They go from overly high and/or
irritable to sad and hopeless and then back again, often with periods of normal mood in
between. Severe changes in energy and behaviour go along with these changes in mood. The
periods of highs and lows are called episodes of mania and depression. A common term for this
is manic depressive.
Signs and symptoms of mania (or a manic episode) include:
• Increased energy, activity, and restlessness;
• Excessively high, overly good, euphoric mood;
• Extreme irritability;
• Racing thoughts and talking very fast, jumping from one idea to another;
• Easily distracted, unable to concentrate well;
• Little sleep needed;
• Unrealistic beliefs in one’s abilities and powers;
• Poor judgement spending sprees;
• A lasting period of behaviour that is different from usual;
• Increased sexual drive;
• Abuse of drugs, particularly cocaine, alcohol, and sleeping medications;
• Provocative, intrusive, or aggressive behaviour;
• Denial that anything is wrong.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
111
Signs and symptoms of depression (or a depressive episode) include:
• Lasting sadness, anxiety, or empty mood;
• Feelings of hopelessness or pessimism;
• Feelings of guilt, worthlessness, or helplessness;
• Loss of interest or pleasure in activities once enjoyed, including sex;
• Decreased energy, a feeling of fatigue or of being slowed down;
• Difficulty concentrating, remembering, making decisions, restlessness or irritability, sleeping
too much or inability to sleep, change in appetite and/or unintended weight loss or gain;
• Chronic pain or other persistent bodily symptoms that are not caused by physical illness
or injury;
• Thoughts of death or suicide, or suicide attempts.
Anyone who talks of suicide must be taken seriously
Search Strategies
It is important to establish whether the person is in a manic or depressed state at the time they
went missing. If they are in a manic phase, they are less likely to cause themselves harm. Those
in a depressed phase are more likely to be at risk and they may be contemplating suicide.
The following statistics show people with this condition:
• Travelled on foot – 56%;
• Of those who travelled on foot, 80% were found within 4.6 km;
• Travelled on public transport – 24%
• There is a tendency to go to place that they are familiar with and may have stayed previously.
8.9.8 ATTENTION DEFICIT HYPERACTIVITY DISORDER (ADHD)
What is ADHD?
Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) affects children and adults. The main
characteristics are hyperactivity and impulsive behaviour, usually coupled with a very short
attention span and difficulty forming relationships. ADHD is commonly treated using one of two
drugs: methylphenidate (Ritalin) or dexamphetamine (Dexedrine) – both of which are very
effective in controlling the symptoms.
An ADHD sufferer can behave quite differently from a non-ADHD sufferer. Being aware of these
differences in the early stages of a missing person incident should lead to a more informed
enquiry and search.
ADHD in Children
The following are the most typical behavioural characteristics:
• Overactive behaviour ( hyperactivity)
This is typically a child who races around, is unable to sit still and who often interferes with
other children’s activities. Children with severe ADHD may be rejected or disliked by other
children because they disrupt their play or damage their possessions.
• Impulsive behaviour
This includes saying or doing the first thing that occurs to them. They are also easily
distracted by irrelevant issues.
112
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
They have a short attention span, find it hard to concentrate and therefore hard to learn
new skills, both academic and practical. They can also be forgetful.
• Problems settling at school
As they are overactive and impulsive, children with ADHD often find it difficult to fit in at
school. They may also have problems getting on with other children, and these difficulties
can continue as they grow up. Note: ADHD is not related to intelligence.
Attention Deficit Disorder – ADD
Some children have significant problems with concentrating and paying attention but are not
necessarily overactive or impulsive. These children are sometimes described as having Attention
Deficit Disorder (ADD) rather than ADHD. ADD can easily be missed because the child is quiet
and dreamy, rather than disruptive.
MISSING PERSON SEARCH
• Difficulty in paying attention
ADHD in Adults
While some children outgrow ADHD, approximately sixty per cent will carry some of their
symptoms into adulthood. Adults tend to have ADD rather than full blown ADHD. Symptoms of
this may include lack of focus, disorganisation, restlessness, difficulty finishing projects, and/or
losing things. Adults suffering from ADD may experience difficulties at work, in their personal
relationships or at home.
Missing Children
Children with ADHD, who go missing, can be at greater risk because of their condition. Their
awareness of danger is reduced, which can lead them to become involved in some physically
dangerous activities, such as playing near fast flowing rivers or railway lines. They have a
tendency to travel further than other children of a similar age. Their poor social skills may make
it difficult for them to ask for help or to engage with others. The effects of ADHD medication
lasts for around four to five hours. For this reason it is important to establish when the child last
took their medication.
As the children have an impulsive nature because of their condition and tend to be distracted by
irrelevant things, it is difficult to predict the places where they will be found. It is, therefore,
extremely important to establish what their interests are as these may provide vital clues to the
places they are likely to go to or the activities they might indulge in. Note: No label or diagnosis
will give a definitive description of an individual child with ADHD. They are all different, and will
act in different ways.
MANAGEMENT ISSUES
• Force policies should reflect the difficulties that public interest in high-profile
cases can create.
• There must be a recognition of the need for sufficient resources to search for
high-risk missing persons.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
113
114
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
BUILDINGS
SECTION 9
Section 9
T
his section gives guidance on how to search buildings. It includes
the preparation and planning stages to give a thorough and
methodical approach to this type of task. Information about the
construction of buildings, indicating places where articles can be
concealed is contained in Appendix 4.
CONTENTS
9.1
9.2
9.3
9.4
9.5
9.6
General Issues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Search Circumstances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Pre-Search Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Pre-Search Phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Building Search Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Search Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
115
9.1 GENERAL ISSUES
A building in this context is any structure comprising a roof and walls. It includes constructions
of various sizes and use, for example, dwellings, outhouses, factories, offices, farm buildings
and hospitals. These premises may be occupied, unoccupied or derelict, and each will have their
own characteristics.
The time and resources required for a building search depend on the scale and complexity of
the premises, and the size and importance of the item being sought. The search for a missing
person at their home address will take less time and be less detailed than a search for evidence
relating to their disappearance from the same premises. Each requires a specific search plan, but
the same systematic approach may be used and tailored for the structure concerned. Although
the task should be completed as quickly as possible, the quality of the search should not be
sacrificed for the sake of speed.
Most building searches are of peoples’ homes. This can be an intrusive and unpleasant
experience for the occupiers and for those conducting the search. These situations must be
treated with understanding and courtesy, with any embarrassment to the occupiers being
minimised. The building may, however, be a crime scene and an occupier who is the perpetrator
of that crime may play on the issues surrounding privacy and intrusion. A careful balance is
required in order to avoid breaching the Human Rights Act, in particular Article 8.
Consideration must be given to the faiths and beliefs of the people in the building and of those
who use it. For further advice see National Community Tensions Team (NCTT) (2004) Guidance
on Police Activity at Religious Premises, or contact the NCTT at [email protected]
When searching a building, it is probable that there will be people inside it, in close proximity to
each other and any evidence that might be present. Consideration must be given to the
control of those persons, especially if there is a risk of their interfering with evidence. Crosscontamination of forensic evidence can occur and searchers should have a high level of
forensic awareness.
Relevant experts may be required to assist with the recovery of forensic evidence. Where this is
identified as a priority, it will take place before the search commences. The search will then
ensure that nothing of interest remains secreted. Handling of any potential exhibit or suspected
drugs should be kept to a minimum to reduce disturbance or contamination and negate
any health risks. Local policies and procedures must be maintained and be uppermost in a
searcher’s mind during a building search. For further information see 15 Crime Scenes.
The Police National Search Centre (PNSC) has defined strategies on how to complete a building
search and train Police Search Teams (PSTs) in searching buildings. Wherever possible, and in
building searches of particular importance, the use of a PST under the instruction of a PolSA
should be used. The guidance in this section uses an adapted version of the PNSC techniques
that can be used by untrained searchers.
9.2 SEARCH CIRCUMSTANCES
A building search is conducted for one or more of the following reasons:
1. To locate a person;
2. To locate an item known or believed to be within specific premises, this includes stolen
and prohibited articles and any other item sought in relation to any enquiry;
3. As part of the forensic examination of a crime scene;
4. A supporting search which follows the search in point three, and is completed by a PST;
5. A defensive search prior to a specific event or the attendance of a particular individual.
116
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
BUILDINGS
Techniques involving points three, four and five are well documented in this practice advice. This
section covers those searches identified in points one and two which are mainly conducted by
officers who are not trained in search techniques.
It is the responsibility of the person authorising or conducting a search to ensure that it is being
conducted lawfully and to the depth of intrusion required by the nature of the item sought. This
will stop any search being rendered unlawful and impairing legitimate attempts to
investigate offences.
9.3 PRE-SEARCH CONSIDERATIONS
Health and Safety
A risk assessment must be completed prior to the search to identify any risks that may arise
from the occupants, the premises or anything therein. The circumstances may dictate the need
for support from the force health and safety officer. A secondary assessment should be made on
arrival at the premises and prior to commencing the search, particularly where it has not been
possible to view the property beforehand. The risk assessment for any building search must
consider the provision of correct PPE such as gloves, overalls, hard hats, masks and goggles.
Evidence
When identifying what is being sought, consideration must be given to seeking forensic advice
to ensure the preservation of evidence. This may avoid evidence being compromised and help to
identify what is to be recovered and how. A recovery strategy will be required to ensure that this
is done correctly. Where appropriate, a property and exhibits officer should be appointed at the
search premises. All items of potential evidential value must be dealt with according to local
policy and procedures.
Premises Location
The correct address and precise location of the property is essential especially where any legal
documentation is required. This must include, where appropriate, any outbuildings, garages or
other structures that are to be searched. These may be separate from the main building, for
example, a nearby garage block. Consideration should also be given to whether associated
vehicles need to be searched.
Influence on the Community
Thought should be given to the effect that a search can have on the local community. Wherever
appropriate, consultation with relevant sections of the community should be sought, see
16.4 Community Impact.
Interpreter
The services of an interpreter should be obtained whenever appropriate.
Plans
A plan of the building concerned and maps of the area will assist in the planning stage of any
search. These may be obtained from a number of sources, including any previous search
documentation of the same location or similar premises. The local planning department or Fire
and Rescue Service may assist, upon receipt of the relevant authority.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
117
Occupants
Details of occupants or persons who have access to the premises, especially those who may be
present, should be obtained. Any relevant intelligence or information concerning these persons
should be noted. Where their presence will have a marked effect on the search, for example,
they may interfere with police action, the details should include: exact numbers known or
expected, sex, age, employment, health, expected mood and warning signals. This assessment
will determine the staffing levels required to ensure that there are sufficient personnel to control
the occupants, secure the premises and carry out the search, for example, including female
officers to search women, or other agencies to deal with children.
Animals and Reptiles
Animals, in particular dogs, may cause problems. Prior knowledge of any dangerous animal
allows measures to be taken to deal with its presence. It is not an uncommon tactic for items to
be hidden in an animal’s bedding, cage or similar place. Dog handlers, the RSPCA or any other
relevant body can provide guidance or assistance with searching areas in close proximity to dogs
or potentially dangerous creatures.
Other Agencies
The services of other agencies may enhance the search capability, for example, HMRC or local
authority staff. Their involvement must be within the constraints of the law. The attendance of
utilities providers such as gas, electricity or water may also prove beneficial.
Body Fluids
The inside of a building may be contaminated with body fluids including blood, urine or faeces,
particularly after a crime or stressful incident. This contamination may be deliberate. Other
actions to deter searchers may include discarding soiled nappies. This should not deflect the
purpose of the search but appropriate PPE must be used.
Detection Equipment
Detection equipment may be available for use in a search. Equipment should always be used in
accordance with manufacturer’s guidelines and operated by a trained operator. The use of a
detection dog may also be of benefit, see 4.1 Dogs. Equipment such as ladders, mirrors and
torches, particularly for the roof or attic and other dark areas, should be available where
required. Forensically clean equipment should be used where contamination may become an
issue. Advice from the force forensic department should be sought where applicable.
Transport
How to transport staff to the premises and whether the approach is to be overt or covert has to
be decided. Other issues include the security of the vehicles at the site and whether there are
sufficient vehicles to transport any prisoners or witnesses. To maintain the integrity of forensic
evidence, due consideration must be given to the appropriate transportation of prisoners
and exhibits.
In preparation for a search of a large building involving many searchers, a formal briefing
should be provided. Where this is not feasible, an informal briefing must take place so
that each person is aware of their responsibilities and what function is required of them. The
factors contained within this section should form the basis for the briefing, see 2.4 Briefing
and Debriefing.
118
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
The method of entry to the premises and initial actions taken lay the foundations of a successful
search. Information and intelligence about the nature of the search, the premises and its
occupants should indicate how this should be done.
BUILDINGS
9.4 PRE-SEARCH PHASE
Where it is suspected that the occupants may try to escape or dispose of property, the premises
should be contained. This procedure may be resource intensive and will almost certainly be
required prior to an offensive premises search, where surprise is the key to maximise arrests and
minimise the loss of evidence. Each possible exit should be covered. This includes having officers
located in prominent positions where they can safely observe items that may be thrown from
the property and, where appropriate, recover them. Action must be taken to prevent the loss of
evidence through the sewer system and if evidence is disposed of with this way, it must be
possible to ensure that it can be attributed to the premises. Health issues are relevant in this
type of situation.
Where there are concerns about disposal of evidence, entry into premises must be rapid, with
sufficient personnel to cover each part of the premises and deal with any occupants. Correct
Method of Entry (MOE) procedures should be adopted to cater for this eventuality, preventing
any confusion and reducing potential tensions.
The security of the premises during any search must be addressed to ensure nothing is removed
or introduced without the officer in charge of the search being aware. Where deemed
appropriate, a security cordon should be applied to ensure sterility of the premises. This will also
allow the premises to be searched without interruption. Where resources prevent this from
happening, there should be control of lockable doors, particularly the main entrance.
The location of occupants inside the premises should be noted and, where necessary, they
should be either searched or controlled. Any search of a person should be conducted in
accordance with the techniques described in 7 Person Search. Persons who are allowed to leave
the building should be searched to the level permitted by the search authority.
Persons who remain at the premises can be managed in one of two ways. They can either be
controlled and kept in one place or allowed to accompany the searchers. Which of these is most
appropriate will depend on the circumstances and should be decided before commencing the
search. Allowing individuals to accompany the searchers has benefits in relation to access,
avoiding claims of planting evidence, noting reactions and asking relevant questions. Wherever
an individual is permitted to observe the search they should be placed in a position in each
room where they can observe, but not interfere with, the search or searchers. Any hostile
person or those with a potential to react in an aggressive manner must be monitored by officers
not actually involved in the search, to allow the searchers to concentrate on their task in hand.
The needs of those occupants that are permitted to remain should be catered for, allowing
them access to a room which affords sufficient comfort, such as seating. It may be appropriate
to use the sitting or living room for this purpose. The more people that remain, the greater is
the difficulty in controlling them. Persons assembled within this room must be constantly
observed to ensure that nothing is secreted or discarded if they or the room have not yet been
searched. Once a suitable room has been searched, the occupants can be moved to it from their
original holding room after they have been searched. Subsequent movements should be
controlled to prevent evidence destruction or interference with the search. Keeping people
together has disadvantages because there is the potential for cross-contamination and
discussion of stories, thereby allowing them to increase their confidence.
Where there is an identified need for a forensic examination of any room or area, or such a
need becomes obvious, it must take place prior to the search. Sufficient precautions must be
put into place to prevent the loss of forensic evidence and prevent actions that will allow
discrepancies in evidence.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
119
Prior to the start of any search the person in charge, or their nominee, should ask the owner or
occupier and any other appropriate person if there are any firearms, ammunition, drugs
(medication or other) or any persons or property that cannot be properly accounted for on the
premises. They should also ask if there is any item present that may cause injury to the searcher
or other person. Questions may be asked to identify if there are large amounts of cash or other
valuables present, which may then be identified and placed in safekeeping for the duration of
the search. All questions during a search must be subject to PACE and local protocols.
Should these questions result in the production of the item or items sought, further search can
only be continued with additional lawful authorisation. Where the item or items have not been
completely recovered, the search should continue in a systematic manner.
Where the scale of the search involves a large number of personnel, a secure sterile area should
be identified for storage of any equipment. This area should be searched prior to use. Where
secure vehicle parking is available close to the premises, this may be a suitable place for the
storage of equipment.
A plan of the premises should be drawn and may be included within the search documentation
or pocket notebook. It should be of sufficient clarity to identify each room and include
entrances, exits and relevant prominent features. Each room and area should be individually
referenced to avoid the confusion of room names or functions, for example, the term sitting
room, living room, lounge or front room may refer to the same room. Ideally, the reference
should begin near to the main entrance with corresponding floors identified by a different
prefix, eg, room B2 upstairs front bedroom, see Illustration 2.
Illustration 2 Room Reference Plan
B3
B4
B1
B2
A4
A1
120
A5
A2
A3
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
BUILDINGS
A damage check of the whole premises must be completed prior to a search. The person in
charge of the search must carry this out with another member of staff, if available, who will
complete the documentation and be a witness. Where the owner or occupier is present, they
should be encouraged to accompany the inspection to ensure the validity of the exercise.
Photographs may be taken to record the condition of the premises before and after the search,
thus refuting any future claims. Any damage should be recorded in the documentation and
photographed. The occupant should sign the documentation as being an accurate record.
If it is likely that any of the utilities at the premises need to be used, over and above the
amounts that would normally be used by the occupier, all meters should be read and the details
recorded in the documentation. These will include gas, electricity and water meters, and the
reading should be witnessed by the occupier. The meters will be read again and readings
recorded on completion of the search. Any claims for use of utilities can then be judged fairly.
The allocation of a property and exhibits officer is always beneficial, but this may not be possible
in all searches. The officer taking possession of any item must ensure its security and the
continuity of evidence. Security of a recovered article during a search may be achieved by
handing the article to a trusted person, securing the item in a lockable cupboard or room in the
premises or in the boot of a secure vehicle. If it is small enough, it may be stored securely and
safely in the searcher’s possession once correctly recorded. Searchers should be objective and
allow time to thoroughly examine items of interest while at the premises, only recovering those
that are required. Advice should be sought where there is doubt, rather than automatically
recovering everything. This will reduce the problem of irrelevant material being recovered which
may result in resource, storage and disclosure concerns at a later date.
9.5 BUILDING SEARCH TECHNIQUES
Once the pre-search actions have been taken, the search may be started. It must be conducted
in a systematic manner to ensure recovery of the items if they are present. While the process
outlined implies a dwelling, the same technique can be used on any premises from a single
room to larger premises such as offices or a factory. The principles are based on dividing the
building into separate, identifiable search areas, normally a room.
The person in charge of the search must obtain and retain any keys that are relevant, or be
aware of their location if they are with a trusted person.
If more than one searcher is available, it is preferable to work as a pair. Both searchers should
concentrate on the same room, working side by side over the same area and any furniture
at the same speed. Although this may mean that the search takes longer, it is preferable
to the pair separating and conducting individual approaches. This buddy system has the
following benefits:
• Attention to detail;
• Depth of search involving each item encountered;
• All areas and items within a room or area are covered;
• Each searcher remains focused and motivated by communicating with each other about
the item being searched;
• Corroboration of any evidence obtained;
• Confirmation of actions employed particularly where malpractice is alleged either at the
time or subsequently.
The order in which rooms are searched depends on the circumstances and may be dictated by
the intelligence which led to the search. In other cases it is better to deal with the toilet and
kitchen areas first, as the facilities of these rooms may be required by the occupier or the
searchers. The living room may also be a priority if more than one person is on the premises and
a secure location is required as referred to in 9.4 Pre-Search Phase.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
121
Where there is no need to prioritise the rooms to be searched, searchers should start with the
first one that is available and next to the entry point, progressing through each adjacent room
until the furthest part of the building is reached. The ground floor will be completed initially, with
the same technique used on subsequent floors. Progress is made through the building, searching
each room and then each floor in turn until the whole premises have been completed.
Illustration 3 Progression of Search Through Building
This technique is of particular value where retrieval of forensic evidence or safety is a concern
and provides a sterile area should the need arise to withdraw or retrace steps. The technique
may also be of benefit where a number of rooms are of the same appearance, for example, a
hotel or school, potentially causing confusion as to which room has been searched. This is
particularly the case when it is not practical or necessary to complete documentation of
individual room searches, for example, a search for an intruder in large premises. As the search
progresses, it may assist to mark each room once it has been searched. This may be done with
some form of temporary marking or if searching for an intruder during the hours of darkness
simply leaving the light on in each room completed, providing the searcher(s) are the only ones
using this method. Searchers should never be tempted to leave unsearched areas between the
search point and the initial entrance.
The searcher must remain focused using all of their senses, especially that of sight. They must
think three dimensionally in a building to consider where voids may be located. Deliberate
damage should only be caused with the authorisation of the person in charge of the search and
then only where circumstances direct. The correct use of appropriate tools and search
equipment will minimise and prevent damage.
122
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
BUILDINGS
The following technique is recommended as good practice and has been reproduced with the
authority of the Police National Search Centre. The application of this system ensures that each
room is thoroughly searched in a systematic manner. The in-depth nature of the whole
technique may not be required for each search situation and depends on the information and
circumstances at the time. The basic concepts remain valid, however, and should be followed
in order to achieve the best results. Although the system is designed to be completed by
two searchers, it can still be used by one person searching a room. Each stage should be
completed in sequence.
Stage One
Stand at the doorway of the room, look and listen. This will be for anything that may affect the
search. It will allow a short time for composure, to focus on the task in hand and think about
how to approach the search.
Stage Two
Identify anything that is visually obvious and relevant to the search. This may be evidence of any
kind or other item such as a prominent health and safety issue. Obvious and accessible evidence
should be correctly recovered or preserved and any health and safety issue dealt with prior to
the next stage. This stage does not involve any physical searching, therefore anything
prominent, such as a box within the room, should not be searched until reached during stage
four, unless it is obvious that it may contain the item sought. This ensures that everything within
the room receives correct attention in a systematic manner as opposed to haphazard searching
of various things which may mean items are being missed. It also allows those obvious items to
be dealt with immediately, thereby removing their potential to affect the concentration of the
searcher during the next stages.
Stage Three
Visually search all walls and fittings looking for anomalies. Each wall is covered in a systematic
manner either left to right, top to bottom or vice versa ensuring that all fittings also receive a
visual inspection. A more physical search of these areas will be covered in stage six.
Stage Four
Search all furniture and fittings in situ. This involves the close physical inspection of every item in
the room. The searcher must employ a systematic approach to ensure all furniture and other
items are searched leaving nothing unchecked. This may be achieved by progressing clockwise
from the door around the room, dealing with each item in turn and concentrating on those in
the centre at an appropriate time. Where there are numerous items, it is sensible to use a
marking system, for example, adhesive labels that will not leave a permanent mark.
Alternatively a cleared area can be used to place each item once it has been searched.
Searchers must ensure that not only the contents of furniture are searched in a thorough
manner, but also the furniture itself, for example, underneath a drawer for stolen credit cards
stuck to the bottom. The search of items, particularly clothing, should conclude with them
being replaced in a tidy manner, even where initially found in an untidy manner. This
considerate approach may assist in defusing any tensions created by the search operation and
the tidying will be of benefit should there be a need to retrace part of the search.
Stage Five
Move all items into one half of the room. Divide the room into two parts by an imaginary line
and place all the furniture and loose objects from one half into the other. If necessary, any floor
covering such as carpet or linoleum can be rolled back and consideration given to raising any
floorboards or other flooring.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
123
Stage Six
Search the floor, walls, ceiling and fittings in the cleared half of the room. Check each in a
systematic manner, working around the room from a chosen point. It is important that
the doorframe receives attention during this or the next stage as should the door itself. Inspect
walls from floor to ceiling, looking for any anomaly such as recent plastering which, if evident,
must receive closer inspection. The height and width of these walls should be considered
against those of adjoining rooms to identify any potential hidden voids or other irregularity.
Stage Seven
Replace the floor covering and move all furniture and fittings to the searched side of the room.
Repeat the process on the other side, removing the flooring if appropriate. Search the floor,
walls, ceilings and fittings in this part of the room, ensuring that there is an overlap between the
two parts of the room.
Stage Eight
Return the room to the original state in which it was found on completion of the search. In
many cases the procedures outlined in stage four will result in the room being returned to a
tidier condition, which if evidenced may negate false claims of damage. Any damage caused
must be recorded in the appropriate documentation with photographic images, where possible.
Stage Nine
Measure walls if appropriate. If considered necessary, the building should be measured both
internally and externally. The subsequent comparisons will identify the existence of anomalies
that may contain false walls, ceilings or panels that need to be examined further.
Stage Ten
Ensure that the grounds, including all outbuildings and vehicles within the boundaries of the
premises, are searched. This includes ensuring that all structures and vehicles within the
boundaries of the search are examined and accounted for using the specific search technique
for the individual task. The garden or area within the boundaries must also receive attention.
During the search of any building it may become apparent that a particular room or part thereof
cannot be fully accessed. This may be for a number of reasons including locked doors or
drawers, or because a contractor is required to assist in moving a gas fire. The search should
continue past this point, unless there is good reason not to. The reason must be recorded,
noting the exact limitation. The person in charge of the search should be notified and a decision
made on how to resolve this problem. Where damage is to be caused to allow access to a
restricted area, this will only be done with the authorisation of the person in charge of the
search. In circumstances where the issue cannot be resolved before the completion of the
search, a record should be made in the relevant documentation describing the search limitation
and reasons. Where the area has not been secured, any later re-search may find that items have
been removed or there has been other interference since the identification of the limitation, and
the subsequent search.
124
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
At the conclusion of a search of premises they must, as a minimum standard, be returned to
their original condition. Any evidence or intelligence found must be seized and retained in an
appropriate manner to satisfy legal and procedural requirements.
BUILDINGS
9.6 SEARCH CONCLUSION
The person in charge of the search should review the original objective to ensure that, wherever
possible, this has been achieved and advantage has been taken of any developments or
opportunities.
All tools, equipment and documentation used in the course of the search should be accounted
for and recovered. Any item taken into the premises and subsequently discarded, including
disposable gloves not required as potential evidence, hand cleansing materials and any
refreshments and packaging should be placed in a refuse sack and removed from the premises
for later disposal.
The person in charge of the search, along with another member of staff where available, should
request that the occupant accompany them for a final damage check and witness the
appropriate meter readings at the premises. Exact readings and any damage should be noted
and witnessed by the occupier in the same manner in which no damage is recorded. Where
possible, the evidence of damage or no damage should be recorded by video or digital
equipment to ensure an accurate record is maintained and to refute any spurious claims.
After completing all these checks, the premises should be secured, particularly if left
unoccupied. Any documentation should be completed.
MANAGEMENT ISSUES
• Ensuring that search teams are aware of the many places where objects can
be concealed.
• Developing a systematic approach to ensure that the search is conducted
thoroughly.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
125
126
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
OPEN AREAS
SECTION 10
Section 10
T
his section describes the techniques that should be used for
searching all open areas of land and water.
CONTENTS
10.1 Land . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
10.1.1 Pre-Search Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
10.1.2 Search Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
10.1.3 Critical Separation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
10.1.4 Search Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
10.2 Water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
10.2.1 Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
127
10.1 LAND
These techniques should be applied to all open areas in rural or urban areas such as gardens,
parks and car parks. Those areas that encompass water may be dealt with as an open area or
as a separate search using water search techniques, see 10.2 Water. This decision will
depend on the size and nature of the water, and it is beneficial to obtain advice from a PolSA.
The type and number of resources required and the expected duration of the search depend on
a number of factors including:
• The size of the area and the nature of the terrain;
• The size of the item sought;
• Whether the item has been hidden or abandoned where it cannot easily be seen;
• The present and expected weather conditions.
The probability of finding something in the type of area to be searched, with the available
resources, must be considered. If it is decided that it is not appropriate to search for the item,
this should be recorded as a policy decision.
Other factors to consider when searching open areas include the effects of the weather and
disturbance to the object of the search and whether this may be detrimental to what is being
looked for, or its evidential value. This will influence decisions about the type and number of
resources to be used and the manner in which they search. A technique that is used to recover
an item quickly will not usually give the same level of assurance as a slower and more
methodical one.
Criminals sometimes use open areas to hide property as such locations are not attributable if
not owned by them or are public or common land.
Permission may be required from the owner of the land, or other legal authority obtained in
order to be able to conduct the search. It is the responsibility of the person authorising and/or
conducting a search to ensure that it is conducted lawfully.
10.1.1 PRE-SEARCH CONSIDERATIONS
The different types of terrain that may be encountered require that a number of factors are
identified and resolved prior to the search.
Location
Maps and, where appropriate, aerial imagery should be used to identify the area and provide a
topographical view. The exact area must be identified and recorded, see 10.1.2 Search Techniques.
Local Knowledge
People with local knowledge of the area to be searched can be of value in identifying factors
that may affect the search. These may be people with links to the location such as owners,
tenants, local residents, park wardens or game keepers.
Health and Safety
A risk assessment must be completed prior to the search. The circumstances of the search or the
nature of the environment may require support from the force health and safety officer.
Wherever possible, a reconnaissance of the area should be made when planning a search to
ensure all health and safety matters are identified.
128
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
The risk assessment must recommend the correct PPE for the searchers.
OPEN AREAS
It may be necessary for searchers to conduct secondary risk assessments of specific areas in
which they are working. This is where the total area to be searched is large and it has not been
possible to cover these specific areas within the overall risk assessment.
Evidence Recovery
Where evidence recovery is relevant to the search, the way this should be carried out must be
identified. An exhibits officer should be appointed where a number of items are to be
recovered. Advice and guidance should be sought to ensure that any forensic exhibits are
recovered correctly.
Effects of the Weather
The weather, both current and forecast, may have an adverse effect on the condition of the
item sought and the search resources.
The weather at the location since the article was originally lost, discarded or placed may also
have a bearing on the search. When searching for articles that are light in weight, such as paper,
the wind direction will be relevant. The search should not only be of the area where the item is
thought to be, but also of any downwind boundaries. Heavy rainfall will also affect
identification and recovery.
Other Persons
When searching open areas that cannot be secured, there may be interruption or intrusion by
the public, or people working on the land. It may be beneficial to inform these people of what
is being looked for and how to respond should they find anything.
Effect on the Community
The search may have an effect on the local community. Wherever appropriate, there should be
consultation with relevant sections of the community, see 16.4 Community Impact.
Search Assets
There are a number of assets that are available for this type of search. Search dogs, mounted
officers and aerial support can cover large areas more quickly than searchers on foot. Individual
assets or a combination of each asset may be used to make an effective search of the area. The
advice of a PolSA should be sought with regard to the most appropriate assets to use and how
to plan and execute the search.
Environmental Issues
An open area may consist of or contain habitats or reserves where the preservation of wildlife
and plant life is paramount. In addition, in the UK there are 4,000 Sites of Special Scientific
Interest (SSSI) that are designated for their importance to wildlife. Where circumstances demand
the search of such an area, advice and guidance should be obtained from the local authority
environment officer, or from the following websites:
England http://www.english-nature.org.uk/special/sssi/
Wales http://www.ccw.gov.uk
Ireland http://www.ehsni.gov.uk
In open areas police activity and evidence recovery may be observed by the offender, an
accomplice, members of the public or the media. The potential implications of this should be
considered at the planning stage.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
129
Steps should be taken to ensure the security of search vehicles and equipment that may be left
unattended during large open area searches.
10.1.2 SEARCH TECHNIQUES
The manner in which open areas are searched depends on the scenario or scenarios that have
been determined for the circumstances, see 2.8.5 Scenario-Based Searching. Some techniques
are not appropriate for some scenarios, for example, conducting a line search may not always
be the best use of assets. Some scenarios prioritise the search of particular features within the
area, or they may indicate which sections to search first.
It is good practice to use a map, identifying the search area by use of eight figure grid
references. Where this is not possible, the search area should be clearly identified by describing
its boundaries.
Large areas should be broken down into smaller, manageable sections, that can be identified
easily and each should receive its own unique reference number. Boundaries should be clearly
identified using, for example, paths, roads, hedges and ditches. Reference numbers should
correspond to any documentation and should be in an obvious sequence, eg, sectors A1, A2,
A3. When determining the size of the area, it must be possible to complete the search during
the tour of duty of the asset allocated to it.
Initial Visual Check
Where resources are limited and the situation demands, an initial visual check of the area may
be completed. For further information see 2.8.1 Initial Visual Check. Due regard must be given
to forensic disturbance if this technique is to be employed.
Offender’s Routes
If the circumstances warrant it, the route taken by an offender through an area may be
surmised and the search based on this area. Such routes may be identified through local
knowledge or the use of available information and intelligence about the incident and the
area concerned.
When conducting such a search, an area to either side in which an article may be discarded or
secreted must be included. Throwing an item of similar size and weight to that which is sought
will indicate the distance either side of the route to be covered. This distance should be
extended by one metre to give some extra leeway. Consideration should be given to where the
offender may have been when the item was thrown.
Line Search
The length of the line must be governed by the number of searchers that are available, using
critical separation to determine the distance between searchers. This separation between
searchers will be judged on the size of the item and the nature of the terrain and not the width
of the area to be searched, see 10.1.3 Critical Separation.
The extended line then progresses across the search area with either the left or right end of the
line adjacent to the boundary. If the complete width of the area is not covered by the initial
sweep, the searchers re-form at the end of the search area and complete a second sweep in the
opposite direction. The line will re-form and sweep as many times as required by the size of
area, critical separation and number of searchers used. Line discipline is essential and the whole
line has to wait for difficult areas to be searched thoroughly before moving on.
130
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
• It is essential that each sweep overlaps the previous one to ensure that there are no gaps;
• The speed of the line will move at the pace of the slowest searcher and the line must halt
during the inspection of any item of interest;
OPEN AREAS
During this search the following points must be noted:
• Items sought may be above ground level, on or within individual features.
Individual features within the area, for example, bushes or trees are dealt with as the line
progresses. Should the feature be impractical to search properly without holding the line for an
unreasonable amount of time, it should be designated as a separate search. Where this is
deemed necessary, the feature must be made safe and secure.
Where an area contains features that can be identified at the planning stage, a decision should
be made as to whether they are dealt with as part of the line search or as separate searches
and, if so, whether they can take place before or after the line search.
During any search it is essential that searchers must look both at and above ground level. The
item that is being looked for may be attached to, secreted on, within or under any feature in
the search area.
Boundary Search
Boundaries should be searched on both sides and throughout their width to include, for
example, ditches. If the boundary is a hedge, it must be decided how far into it to search. Items
that are capable of being blown by the wind may become entangled within any foliage.
Overgrown areas are attractive places for items to be deposited or secreted.
10.1.3 CRITICAL SEPARATION
This is used when two or more searchers are working together. It can be used to determine the
spacing of searchers engaged in a line search. It defines the maximum separation between the
searchers while having the maximum opportunity to locate the article they are searching for.
Factors that determine critical separation are:
• Size and characteristics of the object sought;
• Type of terrain being searched.
A similar object should be placed in the terrain that is to be searched and the maximum
distance at which it can be seen determined. The searchers then circle the object to ascertain if
this distance is constant throughout the circle. To be confident that the separation is
appropriate, the shortest distance from which it can be seen should be used. A judgement may
be taken to use an average of minimum and maximum distances but the reduced level of
confidence must be appropriate under the circumstances.
This technique will allow more efficient use of resources than an arbitrary shoulder to shoulder
line search.
10.1.4 SEARCH CONCLUSION
At the conclusion of a search any items that have been moved should be returned to the
original site and condition, and any access gates must be closed. Any evidence found must
be seized and any intelligence retained in an appropriate manner to satisfy legal and
procedural requirements.
The person in charge of the search should review the original objective, to ensure that,
wherever possible, this has been achieved and any developments or opportunities have
been maximised.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
131
All tools, equipment and documentation used in the course of the search should be accounted
for and recovered. Any item introduced into the area and subsequently discarded, including
disposable gloves not required as evidence, hand cleansing materials and any refreshments and
packaging should be placed in a refuse sack and removed from the area for later disposal.
The officer in charge of the search should consider how thorough the search has been. A
number of factors may increase the anxiety and tension of the searcher(s) and they may have a
marked effect on how thoroughly the search is completed, these include:
• Searching in a dimly lit or dark area;
• Any restrictions in the area, eg, boggy land or difficulties over access;
• Weather conditions such as rain, severe winds or excessive heat;
• The presence of an inquisitive or hostile crowd;
• Lack of necessary search equipment or PPE;
• A reduction in the focus of the searcher(s) following a dramatic incident such as a pursuit
or disarming of an armed offender;
• Any phobias or allergies, for example, cattle, sheep or hayfever;
• Impaired health of the searcher may reduce their effectiveness.
If any of the above concerns apply, consideration must be given to searching the area again if
that is legally possible. Any question over the thoroughness of the search must be recorded in
the relevant documentation.
On conclusion of the search, full documentation should be completed.
10.2 WATER
Her Majesty’s Coastguard (HMCG) is responsible for the initiation and coordination of Civil
Maritime Search and Rescue (SAR) within the UK SAR Region. Their area of responsibility is
broadly defined as being on or below the coastal high-water mark to the UK territorial limit. The
HMCG will task resources and identify the appropriate search patterns to be implemented. The
HMCG London provides coordination on the River Thames up to Teddington Lock. In all other
tidal rivers the HMCG has responsibility for SAR but will generally liaise closely with the police,
especially in remote locations. Searches of lakes, reservoirs, non-tidal rivers and inland waterways
within the UK, are the responsibility of the local police. On some inland waters, however, HMCG
are becoming more involved in search operations.
This section relates to visual searches of water in areas outside the remit of the HMCG. Search
patterns employed by the HMCG are listed in IAMSAR (2006) Manual Volume Three and
HM Coastguard Operational Documents CG3 Series. Information is also available on other
related subjects such as survival times in water. These are available through the HMCG.
A surface water search will only identify objects, persons or bodies visible on or above the
water’s surface. Searches below the water surface or where additional techniques and
expertise are required should make reference to the ACPO (2003) Police Diving Manual and
4.3 Underwater Search Units.
The location where a person, body or article entered the water should be considered as a
potential crime scene together with the final location and any relevant points in between.
10.2.1 TECHNIQUES
The size of the item sought, weather, wind, current and any tidal conditions need to be
considered when planning a search. Where possible, the advice of persons with knowledge of
marine environments, including police marine units, should be sought. There will be occasions
where a number of techniques or sweeps will be used to enhance the thoroughness of
the search.
132
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
OPEN AREAS
The breadth of the river will dictate whether any search of the waterway will be conducted by
boat, or on foot from the waterfront or embankment, or both. This decision will be controlled
by the extent of the view available and access to the relevant area. Only persons with relevant
experience should conduct searches from boats.
A person, body or floating object deposited in flowing or tidal waters will mean it is likely to
move from the point where it entered the water. The Initial Planning Point (IPP) for the search
should be at the place where the item entered the water, if known. The HMCG refers to this
position as the Drift Start Position (DSP). Subsequent confirmed sightings may alter the search
area to the Last Known Position (LKP).
The exact time the object entered the water should be determined, together with the speed
and direction of any water flow. The maximum extent of the search area can then be calculated.
How far the object will move in the water is affected by many factors including the river current,
tidal flow, wind, temperature, body mass and obstructions. While the distance travelled will be
influenced by these factors, water speed will give a guide to a primary search limit point. The
longer an object is in the water the further the search area extends, therefore, search actions are
time critical. The limit of the search area should be identified and consideration given to using a
barrier search technique.
The searching of water surfaces and the water’s edge including banks, can be a hazardous task.
Surface river searches should only be undertaken by appropriate staff following a full health and
safety risk assessment with provision of the correct PPE. Officers from a police marine unit are
best suited for this role. Where circumstances require the use of non-specialist staff, they should
be deployed under the direction and supervision of specialist staff.
Search planning for a person lost in a potential drowning scenario may require periods of silence
to identify any cries for help.
The following techniques can be used by officers involved in water surface search:
Barrier Search – Visual
Having established how far the object may have travelled along the water, an observation point
should be established. The position should be such that it will be possible to identify the object
if it reaches this point. It may involve one person standing at the water’s edge or one each side
of the water. On wider stretches, a number of observers should be positioned across the water
on a bridge or other structure. The number of people required for this will be determined by the
size of the surface water area and the object being searched for, see 10.1.3 Critical Separation.
Barrier Search – Physical
Where the width and speed of the water allow, a physical barrier may be used with the
intention of trapping the object as it reaches the barrier. This barrier should be constructed of
suitable materials, such as netting or an inflatable barrier as used by the Fire and Rescue Service
or the Environment Agency, (normally to retain pollutants). The type of barrier to use will
depend on the size and structure of the item being sought.
A human barrier with staff positioned across the water using critical separation may be
an appropriate option, provided that they have received the appropriate safety and
technique training.
Line Abreast Search
Where more than one craft is available, they form a line abreast across the water. Critical
separation or track spacing is determined by the size of object being sought and not the size of
the area to be searched. The craft then progress in a line across the water to the far side. If
necessary, this is repeated in the opposite direction until the area is covered.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
133
The following points must be considered:
• Each time the line re-forms it is essential that the end of the previous line is covered by
overlapping on the return sweep.
• It is better that the initial sweep is into the tide. This makes it easier to identify the object
and control the line. This would not preclude an initial sweep down river where craft are
originally sited up river at the starting point of the sweep.
• The movement of the water means that the object that is sought will move further down
river, thereby increasing the search area. To combat this, a visual or physical barrier should
be placed downstream to define the furthest point of the search.
Creeping Line Ahead Search
This is used where only one craft is available. Having identified the search area, the search is
conducted using a series of parallel tracks. This first track is completed at one side of the area,
travelling to the opposite side. Two ninety degree turns are made to return on a parallel track.
The width between the tracks is determined by critical separation. This continues until the
whole area is covered.
It is better to conduct this search into the tide to make it easier to identify the object and control
the search pattern. A search going with the tide, however, should not be precluded if necessary
in the circumstances. Movement of the water may require an extended search perimeter down
river, unless a visual or physical search barrier is in place at the extent of the search area.
Waterside Search
The search is conducted by moving along the waters edge, viewing the area from the extent of
the high tide water line across the water surface to the furthest point where the object may be
accurately identified. Dependent on the width of the water and the size of the item sought, this
search may be:
• To the opposite water’s edge;
• To the opposite high tide water line;
• To a vessel searching in line on the water;
• Restricted to the waterside from which the search is being conducted.
Where possible, a search involving both sides of the water’s edge and/or using craft on the
water’s surface should be conducted simultaneously. This is to ensure the continuity and
thoroughness of the search. Such coverage would also allow communication between searchers
regarding the identification of potential waterside hazards or object snag points, eg, undercuts
and outlet pipes.
This technique is best suited to searching towards the flow of the water, as moving objects and
hazards are more easily identified and the terrain is generally more readily accessible.
Areas exposed by tidal regression will require line searching using Critical Separation, see 10.1.3
Critical Separation.
Numerous hazards will be encountered in waterside search and a risk assessment must,
therefore, be completed.
134
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
This involves the identification and search of any specific locations within the search area where
the object, person or body may snag either temporarily or permanently. These positions will
include river eddies, overhanging foliage, obstructions, mooring lines and pontoons. Depending
on the location, these positions can be checked from the water’s edge or a craft or both. Where
the search involves a craft and person(s) at the water’s edge, it should be carried out at the
same time using appropriate communication between both to ensure consistency.
OPEN AREAS
Snag Position Search
An object may be held or carried beneath the surface of the water. To allow for this, the water
and the water’s edge may need to be searched more than once. Good practice suggests that
the area should be covered for the next three consecutive low tides following the object’s initial
entry into the water.
SEARCH COMPLETION
Full records of the search should be completed in line with individual force policy, stating exactly
what has been searched, by whom and by what method.
On conclusion of the search, a full debrief with the officer in charge of it is essential.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
135
136
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
VEHICLES
SECTION 11
Section 11
V
ehicles include cars, goods vehicles, passenger carrying road
vehicles, boats and aircraft. The principles of searching each type
of vehicle are broadly similar but each one has its own peculiarities
that have to be dealt with. A detailed description of how to search
vehicles is contained in Appendix 5.
CONTENTS
11.1 Reasons for Conducting a Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
11.2 Pre-Search Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
11.3 Search Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
11.3.1 Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
11.3.2 Search Phases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
11.4 Motor Car . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
11.5 Commercial Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
11.6 Refrigerated Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
11.7 Passenger Carrying Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
11.8 Vessels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
11.8.1 Hazards to be Considered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
11.9 Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
11.9.1 Search Circumstances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
11.9.2 Pre-Search Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
11.9.3 Search Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
137
To search a vehicle and anyone in it requires a separate search of the person and the vehicle. The
order of priority depends upon the circumstances but generally it will be easier to search a person
first because they can move and secrete items when not fully observed or restrained.
The depth of the search will depend on the size of the item sought. The method described in
this section should be complied with, to ensure the thoroughness of the search.
11.1 REASONS FOR CONDUCTING A SEARCH
A vehicle search is conducted for one or more of the following reasons:
• To locate an item, whether a person or object, which is known to be inside a specific vehicle;
• As a search based on reasonable suspicion, while on patrol or as part of a specific
operation, to either locate particular items or persons;
• As part of a condition of the vehicle’s entry to a particular event or location;
• Under Schedule 7 Terrorism Act 2000;
• By virtue of an authorisation given under section 44 Terrorism Act 2000;
• By virtue of an authorisation under section 60 Criminal Justice and Public Order Act 1994.
It is the responsibility of the person authorising and/or conducting a search to ensure that it
is lawful.
11.2 PRE-SEARCH CONSIDERATIONS
There are many places in or on a vehicle to hide an object. Hiding places can also be
constructed. Variations in vehicle manufacture mean that opportunities arise with each new
design. A number of national law enforcement agencies disseminate latest finds through
various intelligence systems giving up-to-date information on specific vehicles or latest criminal
trends. Force or local intelligence offices have access to this information and searchers involved
in vehicle search should be keep themselves abreast of these developments.
A vehicle search can take anything from a matter of seconds if looking for a person, to several
hours when seeking a small object within a purpose-built hide. The task should be completed in
the shortest time possible but speed should never be at the expense of quality and
thoroughness.
The location where a vehicle search takes place requires careful consideration. The safety of any
occupants and persons conducting the search is paramount. Working in a safe environment
allows the searchers to concentrate on the task in hand rather than the distractions of nearby
hazards. It may be necessary to provide a safe environment for a thorough search by moving the
vehicle to a compound or other facility, where circumstances dictate and appropriate authority
permits this. Other considerations include not working over drains or sewers where articles such
as keys may be dropped and lost.
In general, a pre-planned stop of a vehicle should allow selection of a suitable location where
search techniques can be implemented within a safe zone. This may be at a lay-by or area next
to the road in question where appropriate signage can be displayed. Advice and guidance from
the local Road Policing Units and/or Highways Agencies should always be considered prior
to such a search operation. They may be able to assist in any road or lane closures where these
are required.
When selecting a location, particularly in pre-planned operations, any action the criminal may
take in an attempt to avoid the search should be anticipated. Suitable countermeasures include
police vehicles to follow those acting suspiciously and provision of vehicle stopping devices. A
person parking a vehicle just prior to a road check should be investigated to discover if their
actions are intended to interfere with the road check.
138
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
VEHICLES
When conducting stops and searches of vehicles, it is good practice to inform the control room
of the location and purpose of the stop should the need for assistance arise. This applies
especially to officers on their own.
The hazards relating to a vehicle, for example, the temperature of engine components, fuels,
fluids and explosives in systems such as airbags must be considered prior to a search. A full risk
assessment must be completed to determine the requirements for the correct PPE, which may
include gloves, overalls, bump hats, masks and goggles. Where the search involves any
hazardous area, expert help must be sought.
The inside of a vehicle may be contaminated with bodily fluids such as blood, urine or faeces,
particularly after a road traffic accident or traumatic incident. The area may have been
deliberately contaminated by a person to give the impression of their being drunk or ill, to avoid
an in-depth search and should be treated accordingly.
Criminals may be working with others driving in convoy and may signal a warning of any
impending road check to an accomplice in another vehicle. Notable signs may include use of
brake lights, indicators, mobile phones or radios. Such actions and potential escape routes
should be anticipated.
Vapour detectors may be available for use and should be considered. Equipment should always
be used in accordance with the manufacturer’s guidelines and only by a trained operator. The
value of using a detection dog should also be assessed, see 4.1 Dogs. Basic implements such as
mirrors and torches, particularly for the engine compartment, should also be available.
A strategy will be required to determine how any items of investigative value will be recovered.
All potential evidence must be dealt with according to local policy and procedures.
11.3 SEARCH TECHNIQUES
Ideally, a thorough search is completed by four searchers working in two pairs, with at least one
other person acting as team leader and scribe. The PNSC train PSTs to search vehicles and their
techniques are both thorough and effective. The nature of everyday policing means that it is not
always possible to have four searchers and often only one person is available to carry out the
search. The following technique is designed for this.
The circumstances, condition and any contents of the vehicle may arouse reasonable suspicion
that results in a search. Where the vehicle is occupied the demeanour of the driver and any
occupants may create further suspicion, reinforcing the need for a search. The search may be
unexpected by the driver or occupants and they may display a reaction before having time to
compose themselves. It is essential to observe these reactions and note any body language that
is out of the ordinary.
11.3.1 COMMUNICATIONS
During a vehicle search courteous, clear and concise questions and commands must be used to
direct the individual and elicit important information about the vehicle. This will safeguard the
searcher when dealing with potential hazards in and on the vehicle, particularly those that are
peculiar to the vehicle concerned. Questions should be open, for example, ‘What weapons or
drugs are in the vehicle and where exactly are they?’
Questions during a vehicle search may constitute an interview and thus may need to be
recorded in accordance with PACE Code C.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
139
11.3.2 SEARCH PHASES
Vehicle search will involve the following phases.
Phase One – The driver and passengers alight from the vehicle identifying and taking
possession of their personal items. The searcher takes possession of the ignition keys as security
and health and safety precautions.
Phase Two – The occupants and their possessions are searched. See 7 Person Search. The
security and sterility of the vehicle must be maintained during this period. The driver or
occupants should not be allowed back into the vehicle unobserved prior to it being searched.
This is to prevent retrieval of articles or other interference with the vehicle.
Phase Three – A search of the vehicle with the use of any detection equipment, including the
use of dogs, is completed.
Phase Four – The vehicle is physically searched. The owner or driver may observe the search
from a position where they are able to witness the correctness of the procedure without being
able to interfere with the routine.
It is essential when searching a vehicle without support that the driver and occupants are placed
in a position where any sudden movement towards the searcher will be noticed and appropriate
defensive actions can be taken. This will generally require the person(s) concerned to reposition
themselves during the various stages of the physical search.
Phase Five – The vehicle is returned to its original condition. Items used during the search such
as torches and mirrors are accounted for. Appropriate paperwork as required legally and by local
policy is completed.
11.4 MOTOR CAR
A vehicle is always divided into five separate areas for the purpose of searching. These areas are
identified as:
1. The interior of the vehicle;
2. The boot or cargo area;
3. The outside of the vehicle;
4. The engine compartment;
5. The underneath of the vehicle.
Illustration 4 Vehicle Search Areas
Outside
Boot
Inside
Engine
Underneath
140
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
VEHICLES
Areas 1 and 2 are classified as clean areas, and 3, 4 and 5 are classed as dirty areas. This
classification is an expectation of the soiled condition of the searcher’s clothes on completion of
each respective area.
Unless there are any reasons to the contrary, a vehicle should be systematically searched from
area one to five, starting with the interior and progressing through to the underneath of the
vehicle. This allows early concentration on the most likely places that stolen or prohibited articles
may be found within and on a vehicle, while ensuring that the clean areas are searched prior to
those where the searcher may become dirty.
For the techniques to be used for searching a vehicle, see Appendix 5.
At the conclusion of the search, the vehicle must be returned to the original condition and any
documentation should be completed.
11.5 COMMERCIAL VEHICLES
Commercial vehicles are manufactured in a wide range of designs and it is not in the remit of
this practice advice to include them all. There are, however, general search principles and
considerations that may be applied.
The depth of the search required may change depending on the status of the driver. An owner
driver will have access to all parts of the vehicle and the opportunity to create hides. Other
drivers may work for a firm with many vehicles and drive a different vehicle every day, thus
limiting the type of hiding place.
Consideration must be given to the degree of knowledge that the driver may have about any
illicit items that may be secreted within any load. The driver may only be aware of the
information in the documentation relating to the load or information displayed on
the consignment. Each scenario has to be considered on the appropriate information
and intelligence.
The secretion of stolen or prohibited articles on or within a goods vehicle falls within one of the
following categories:
• Carried on any person using the vehicle, see 7 Person Search;
• Hidden by existing structures, eg, placed under a seat or behind the dashboard;
• Concealment using the normal construction of the vehicle or container, eg, within the
frameworks or between inner and outer skins;
• Concealment using false bulkhead, roof or floors;
• Concealment within the cargo inside the vehicle.
Searching commercial vehicles may present a number of issues. These include customs, sealing,
handling of heavy or hazardous cargo, food goods involving contamination and/or
deterioration, refrigerated loads. It must be emphasised that where such issues apply, goods in
containers should only be removed and repacked by the appropriate company or owner. Only in
exceptional circumstances should this be undertaken by others and then only with the relevant
legal authority and policy decision by a senior officer.
In order to search the goods, it may be beneficial to transfer them to another suitable vehicle
using appropriate goods moving equipment. An alternative option is to search the goods during
unloading at the vehicle’s destination. This may be preferable due to the resource availability but
may not be within a controlled area. The preferred method will have to be decided on each
occasion. X-ray equipment can be used to search the cargo so that the containers do not have
to be opened.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
141
Where a seal exists on a vehicle or container, advice and assistance should be sought from
HMRC to ensure that the removal will be conducted in the correct manner and with minimal
damage to the seal. HMRC also have experience and knowledge in searching goods vehicles
and their associated loads. In any planned vehicle search operations, it may be beneficial to seek
their advice, see 5. 4 Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs.
It is advisable to photograph or video record any seals before they are broken and then
photograph the load prior to and after the search. Photographs of the stacked load will confirm
its condition prior to the search and whether there was any damage. This can then be used if
there is a claim. Further photographs may be useful at the repacking stage once the search has
been completed. Finds will be recorded and treated in conjunction with local policy.
If cooperative, the driver should be asked to open any doors and lockers especially where keys
are required. The door to any load should be opened with extreme caution as the load inside
may have moved since being packed and may fall out. The load should be vented prior to entry
and if the space is considered to be confined, specialist assistance should be sought. Entry
should be restricted where the load is loose.
Health and safety factors are significant with a commercial vehicle search and a full risk
assessment must be undertaken prior to commencing the search. It is imperative to check
manifests, other documentation and the vehicle itself for dangerous or hazardous code
indicators. Extreme care should be taken when examining cargo especially if the vehicle is
carrying chemicals, dangerous substances or toxic materials. These may be identified by the
markings on drums, packages or containers. Fumes and vapours from fuel tanks and some
cargo may also be dangerous if inhaled, and flammable. If hazardous cargo is believed to be
present, expert advice must be sought from other agencies including the Fire and Rescue Service.
The vehicle should be immobilised before a search with the wheels chocked and the brakes
applied. Ignition keys must be secured and vehicle electrics isolated by a competent person.
Some vehicles are very high and appropriate use of ladders may be necessary. Extreme care
must be taken on vehicle catwalks.
Consideration must be given to accessing the whole vehicle. The driver or other qualified person
should carry out specific tasks such as tipping the cab, raising tankers or hydraulic operations.
Vehicles should never be physically searched under and within these areas unless they have
been made safe by a qualified individual and all other health and safety considerations have
been satisfied. A visual search from a safe distance may be adequate depending on the size of
item sought and circumstances of the search.
When conducting a search, the five basic areas of vehicle search should still apply. There may be
a need, however, to concentrate on the cargo area first in which case the system will need to be
adapted. The dimensions of any cargo area are significant. Taking and comparing
measurements of the inside and outside of this area will indicate the presence of any void or
hide. Weighing a vehicle may identify additional weight and the reason for this will have to
be determined.
The cab of a commercial vehicle could be the driver’s living area and as such should be treated
with respect. Dirty overalls should not be worn in this area. It should be established which
contents of the vehicle belong to the driver. Items such as cultural and religious effects must be
treated with respect. Good practice is that gloves should be worn to protect the driver’s
personal belongings and the searcher’s personal safety.
For the techniques to assist with the search of a commercial vehicle see Appendix 5.
On conclusion of the search the vehicle must be returned to the original condition and any
documentation required should be completed.
142
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
This type of load should only be searched in strictly controlled circumstances and after the
reasons for doing so have been documented. Specialist knowledge is required as there is a
possibility that produce will be contaminated resulting in civil litigation. This practice advice
only provides basic advice. HMRC should be contacted for detailed advice and guidance, see
5.4 Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs or contact any Police Ports Unit which has the relevant
skills. The Police National Search Centre may also provide contact with PolSAs who possess the
relevant information. Any search involving refrigeration machinery must be carried out in
consultation with a qualified engineer or other suitably qualified individual.
VEHICLES
11.6 REFRIGERATED LOADS
Documentation for the load will be carried by the driver and this should be examined to
establish its authenticity and obtain any information that is relevant to the search. There will be
a thermometer on the refrigerator body or it may be linked to a digital readout in the cab. This
will indicate the temperature inside the refrigerated area and may indicate if it is being used for
a legitimate purpose.
Loads containing meat or meat products that have come directly from a slaughter or cutting-up
house must be loaded then sealed under the supervision of a qualified veterinary surgeon.
The accompanying paperwork will confirm this. Breaking the seal, without the supervison of a
vet, will make the contents unfit for consumption and there is then the potential for a
compensation claim.
REFRIGERATED UNITS SHOULD ONLY BE OPENED AND SEARCHED IN EXCEPTIONAL
CIRCUMSTANCES
11.7 PASSENGER CARRYING VEHICLES
The search of passenger carrying vehicles including buses and coaches may be conducted using
the same principles as those for a vehicle search.
Passenger reactions may vary from outright hostility of a group travelling together, to total
compliance by a group of passengers travelling in isolation on a public service vehicle. The
number of passengers and their likely reactions will have to be dealt with. When planning for
this type of search sufficient personnel will be required to deal with the control of those present,
and the actual search.
Where a large group of people is present, the majority may not be suspected to be in
possession of the article(s) sought and their patience could be severely tested by the
inconvenience of the interruption to the journey. Tact and diplomacy are required to encourage
the cooperation of those involved.
The vehicle is divided into the same five categories as a motor car, see 11.4 Motor Car.
The driver and passenger area are classified as the inside of the vehicle and the baggage
stowing areas are classified as boot or cargo areas.
The size of the item sought will indicate the extent of the search required. Large items that can
be easily recognised do not require close inspection of passengers and vehicle and the search
will cause minimum disruption. Small, easily concealed items, which have been secreted, require
a more in-depth search. The search procedure adopted will be applicable to the item sought
and based on the information and intelligence available at the time.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
143
The initial stage is to identify where each passenger is sitting and where their personal
belongings are located. Strict control will ensure that passengers are prevented from moving
away from an item which is the subject of the search, and that incriminating items are not
discarded. The use of video or photographic imagery as soon as possible after the vehicle has
been stopped may assist in identifying if this is happening. Examination of any on-board CCTV
can assist this process.
Any search of passengers should be conducted in a controlled environment using the person
search procedures, see 7 Person Search. It may be prudent to ensure that each passenger takes
their belongings with them so that these may be searched during this person search process.
This will allow property to be attributed to individuals and leave fewer items to be dealt with
during the search of the vehicle. This may extend to the collection of any items in the baggage
areas if appropriate. This must be controlled. Any items that remain once the passengers have
been removed will be examined. If there is a need to search baggage see 7.4 Baggage. If the
vehicle is to be searched, passengers should not be allowed back on to it unsupervised.
Once any passengers have been dealt with and, where appropriate, removed from the vehicle,
the search process can continue using the methods outlined in 11.4 Motor Car and Appendix 5.
11.8 VESSELS
Vessels include a wide range of waterborne craft, from small dinghies to ocean-going liners or
tankers. The basic principles of search may be applied to each type of vessel irrespective of size.
Each will require a specific search plan with its own considerations, but in general the overall
search concept will remain the same. The search of a houseboat, for example, will include the
techniques of both building and vessel search, whereas the search of a small open dingy will
require a simple systematic approach.
The size and type of vessel will dictate the scale of the search operation. Plans of vessels over a
certain tonnage are required to be kept on board the craft. Copies of them can be obtained
from Lloyds of London, although the accuracy of these plans cannot be relied on. The Lloyds
Shipping Index or Lloyds Register may also provide details of registered vessel type, size and age.
The Maritime and Coastguard Small Ships Register contains small craft type, size and
owner details.
The Lloyds Maritime Intelligence Unit (LMIU) has developed a system which instantly provides
the latest information on over 117,000 vessels and their movements. It includes every vessel
over 99 gross tonnes and more than 3,000 vessels under 99 gross tonnes. The movements
identify arrival, bound for and departure details from over 4,000 ports worldwide, including
those in the UK. Other information available through this source includes:
• Information about each vessel, identifying tonnages, dimensions, capacities and engine detail;
• A ten-year history for each vessel noting serious and non-serious incidents;
• A ten-year history detailing past inspections and an indication as to whether the inspection
led to formal detention;
• Complete ownership structures for each ship including the parent company, registered
owner, manager and charter company plus fleet and contact details for each company;
• A risk engine designed to highlight any anomalies in the vessel’s trading history.
Information from the LMIU may be accessed or direct contact made through individual Force
Central or Maritime Intelligence Units. HMRC may assist with information about a ship or
yacht’s movements in UK waters.
The time available to complete the search must be considered because this may prevent a
thorough search. These times are not just those required within the general principles of search
but will include the availability of the vessel and times of the tides. Tides may have an effect on
the search of the outside of a vessel, particularly the underneath.
144
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
VEHICLES
The cargo that vessels carry ranges from foodstuffs to hazardous chemicals and fuel. A search
has to include appropriate health and safety measures depending on the type of goods being
carried. The hold on a ship is a hazardous working environment and specialist knowledge must
be sought. In addition the availability of Working in Confined Spaces (WICS) teams must be
checked. Quarantine and the possible contact with infectious animals or persons must also
be considered.
It is not within the remit of this practice advice to identify all types of vessel search, particularly
those involving hazardous materials and quarantine. Where an in-depth appreciation of this
type of search is required especially for vessels containing any form of cargo, advice should be
sought from HMRC who are involved in such searches on a daily basis, see 5.4 Her Majesty’s
Revenue and Customs. The initial point of contact should be a PolSA who may also provide
advice and guidance or the appropriate contacts.
Health and safety issues are relevant in all searches but they are especially so when working on
or near water. Searchers should seek advice from a marine unit on these additional concerns
and subsequent control measures that might be required, see 4.4 Marine. A competent
individual who can provide advice on the particular the craft being searched must be appointed.
A full health and safety risk assessment containing all the relevant issues of the environment
and manner of the operation must be completed prior to the search of any vessel. The need
for lifejackets, buoyancy aids, clothing, footwear and other PPE should be part of the
risk assessment.
11.8.1 HAZARDS TO BE CONSIDERED
Concerns peculiar to the search of a vessel on water include the following:
• Dock, marina and quayside areas including slippery surfaces, loose ropes, mooring wires,
shackles, moving vehicles, machinery, oils and chemicals;
• Other craft and their cargo;
• Weather, tides and other water movement;
• Embarking and disembarking – a craft at sea or alongside a berth may be subject to
sudden violent movement;
• Loose ropes and tackle on decks;
• Any areas considered to be a confined space;
• Diesel or petrol is used as fuel, and when examining the engine compartment or fuel tanks
there must be no naked flames or smoking;
• Butane and propane gas used for cooking and heating may lie in bilges if there are vent
problems and there must be no naked flames or smoking;
• Anchor cable lockers with the potential for a pile of chain to topple trapping limbs;
• Lack of available lighting in some areas;
• Control switches particularly within the bridge and engine area, all electrics should be dealt
with by a competent person;
• Shore power may be attached;
• The dangers of distress equipment including rockets, smoke canisters and hand held flares;
• The dangers of self-inflating life rafts which, if searched, should be unpacked and repacked
by a qualified person;
• Any examination of electronic equipment including radio, radar and other navigational aids
must be carried out by a qualified individual.
For further information on search techniques and places to search, see Appendix 5.
On conclusion of the search, the vessel must be returned to the original condition and any
documentation should be completed.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
145
11.9 AIRCRAFT
This section describes search methods that apply to aircraft, from small two-seaters to large
passenger aeroplanes, helicopters and gliders. Each type will require a specific search plan with
its own considerations, but in general the overall search concept for all aircraft is the same.
Search of an aircraft is not common practice for police officers. The close proximity to hazardous
materials, the particular dangers of the working environment and the potential for significant
damage resulting from searcher’s actions requires the need for strict disciplines when operating
in, on or around an aircraft.
When planning the search of an aircraft, it is strongly recommended that advice and guidance,
if not specifically available within force, should be sought from HMRC, see 5.4 Her Majesty’s
Revenue and Customs. At airports where HMRC are based, it may beneficial to have
agreements in place regarding assistance with searches. Any search should be completed by
persons specifically trained and adequately briefed for working within the particular
environment involved.
An airport has two parts: landside and airside. People move from landside to airside when they
pass into the controlled or restricted zones, eg, areas requiring a passport, boarding card or an
airside pass. Landside includes all the other areas where the public are permitted without
restriction, for example, check-ins, arrival halls and other outside areas. Basic airside safety
awareness training must be undertaken by any officer engaged in working airside at any airport,
aerodrome or heliport. At smaller locations, where such public access is not restricted, aircraft
safety awareness training should still be sought for any officer attending.
Officers should be aware of any relevant airport bylaws and safety regulations applicable to the
specific location of the search.
Aircraft and airports are private property and contact should be made with the owners,
representatives and pilots, as required by the needs of the investigation.
Persons that may be located on an aircraft are described as:
• Aircrew;
• Ground staff employed by the airline or airport ;
• Passengers.
Aircrew include flight crew and flight attendants such as pilots, stewards and stewardesses, sky
marshals (who are aircraft security personnel) and aircrew travelling from one location to
another on airline business (but not including those who are off-duty and travelling as
normal passengers).
Passenger aircraft generally have a quick turnaround time. This limits their availability and any
loss of ‘air slots’ will result in the aircraft being delayed. The costs of such delays may be passed
on to the police force concerned. Despite this, the quality of the search should never be
compromised by the possibility of a delay.
The National Aviation Security Programme states that each airline should have a designated
search capability to routinely search aircraft to ensure safety. This task, in general, is carried out
by private security companies or by cabin staff who should have received training in basic search
skills and techniques.
146
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
The search of an aircraft may be conducted for one or more of the following reasons:
VEHICLES
11.9.1 SEARCH CIRCUMSTANCES
• To locate an item believed to have been secreted and intended to be recovered later, eg,
drugs or other prohibited goods;
• To recover evidence of a crime;
• As part of a defensive search operation to protect a potential target such as a passenger,
an item that is being carried or the aircraft itself.
Items may be secreted on an aircraft by the passengers, flight crew or ground staff such as
cleaners, catering contractors, baggage handlers and ground engineers. They may be acting
voluntarily or under duress and intend to retrieve the items themselves or conceal them for
another to retrieve at another time and location.
The method of concealment and the information or intelligence surrounding the incident will
have an impact on the search response. This will range from an Initial Visual Check to an indepth search operation using all the appropriate resources. It is the responsibility of the person
authorising and/or conducting a search to ensure that it is within the confines of the law with
regard to the depth of intrusion required, and is a necessary option, especially in this particular
environment.
11.9.2 PRE-SEARCH CONSIDERATIONS
The search of any aircraft is divided into two categories.
Category 1 – is defined as those areas to which the public have access, and which may be
viewed safely without the need for specialist assistance. This category includes:
• Passenger seating areas;
• Toilets;
• Galley.
Category 2 – is defined as those areas of the aircraft to which the public do not have access.
They must be searched with the assistance of a qualified aircraft engineer or the pilot to ensure
an effective and safe search. This category includes:
• Flight deck;
• Baggage holds;
• Avionics bay;
• Air conditioning units;
• Engines;
• Fuel tanks;
• Undercarriage.
It is not envisaged that police officers will become involved in a search of an aircraft involving
category 2 areas, other than a defensive search or one following a serious crime. Should this
need arise, a PolSA should manage the search operation. This will be strictly controlled, use
trained personnel and be under the guidance of an appropriately qualified aircraft engineer.
A full health and safety risk assessment must be completed. This will include all relevant issues
appertaining to the airport and the aircraft itself. Correct PPE must be provided for the search of
the aircraft and for movement within controlled areas.
Where necessary, and if circumstances dictate, consideration may be given to requesting that
the aircraft is moved to a hanger for the duration of the search. This request should only be
made in extreme circumstances where such facilities are required, for example, to protect
evidence in a serious crime.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
147
All major airports and many smaller ones are equipped with X-ray machines and other detection
equipment. The availability of such assets should be considered where they are likely to benefit
the search.
Search dogs must only be allowed under the strict control of the handler to prevent any risks to
aircraft safety. They are an asset where the hold of an aircraft requires inspection as this area is
extremely difficult for a searcher to access.
For further information on searching aircraft, see Appendix 5.
11.9.3 SEARCH CONCLUSION
At the conclusion of the search the aircraft must be returned to its original condition. Any
evidence or intelligence gained must have been seized and retained in accordance with the law
and local procedure.
The person in charge of the search should review the original objective to ensure that, wherever
possible, this has been achieved and any developments or opportunities have been maximised.
Any equipment that was taken onto the aircraft must be accounted for and recovered. Such
equipment should be restricted to essential items and these must be logged on and off the
aircraft to ensure accountability.
The pilot and engineer must be informed that the search is complete, the exact areas searched,
the depth of search and any areas of concern.
A signed notification must be obtained from the pilot or engineer that they have been informed
of the search and that any identified areas of concern should be checked by a qualified engineer
prior to the aircraft going back into service.
All persons involved in the search should confirm that they are aware of the safe route back
from the aircraft through any controlled airport area.
148
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
MOTORWAYS AND
OTHER ROADS
SECTION 12
Section 12
S
earches on roads and the areas adjacent to them can be difficult
and dangerous and they, therefore, require specific techniques to
ensure safety and effective searching.
CONTENTS
12.1
12.2
12.3
12.4
12.5
12.6
12.7
12.8
General Issues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Search Circumstances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Pre-Search Considerations (Health and Safety) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Pre-Search Considerations (Other) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Search Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Search Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Terrorist Activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
149
12.1 GENERAL ISSUES
The road network is a unique and dangerous environment to search, particularly when traffic is
moving. The Highways Agency are assuming greater responsibilities in the traffic management
role of motorways and some ‘A’ class roads, however, police officers will still be required to
search within this environment. Road Policing Units and/or The Highways Agency must always
be consulted for advice and guidance prior to a search operation on motorways and, where
appropriate, on other roads, and they should assist where a road or lane has to be closed.
The ACPO (2006) Guidance on Policing Motorways states that all staff operating on the
motorway should receive appropriate training before undertaking such duties. Under normal
circumstances, no member of staff should be deployed onto the motorway or surrounding area
without the necessary and appropriate equipment or training. It is unlikely that a search of a
motorway will be carried out by motorway trained personnel. Appropriate risk assessments and
consequent control measures must, therefore, be implemented. The restrictions and advice
applicable to motorway working are also relevant to search activity on other roads
12.2 DEFINITIONS
When managing the search of a road or motorway, it is essential that there is a clear
understanding of the specific terms used. The following terms apply only to motorways, but it is
appropriate to use them to define specific areas of dual carriageways and other roads.
Motorway – any road or part of a road to which Motorways Traffic (England and Wales)
Regulations 1982 apply.
Carriageway – part of a motorway provided for the regular passage of vehicles with
intermittent white lines identifying the separation of each carriageway into distinct traffic lanes.
The lanes of each carriageway are referenced numerically with lane 1 being adjacent to the hard
shoulder and the subsequent lanes 2,3,4, and so on towards the central reservation. The terms
slow and fast lanes should be avoided.
Hard Shoulder – the part of the motorway adjacent to and situated on the nearside of the
carriageway designed to take the weight of vehicles in an emergency.
Central Reservation – part of the motorway that separates the carriageways.
Slip Roads – slip roads form part of the motorway and all regulations apply.
Verge – any part of the motorway that is not a carriageway, hard shoulder or central reservation.
Service Area – motorway service areas are operated by commercial organisations and are not
covered by motorway regulations. Various sections of other road traffic law still apply.
Full Motorway Reference Number – is a four digit number with a letter suffix. The reference
numbers act as ideal search reference points, see Figure 2.
150
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
23.8 km from start
of motorway or
datum point
Motorway
reference number
9
238
A
‘A’ Carriageway ie away
from start of motorway
Figure 3 Motorway Reference Letters
MOTORWAYS AND OTHER ROADS
Figure 2 Motorway Reference Number
Slip roads ON and OFF
L
AWAY
K
A B
BACK
J
M
Letters referring to the descriptions in this figure are:
A Carriageway that leads away from the start of the motorway as indicated by
the lowest junction number.
B Opposite direction to ‘A’ carriageway
J Exit from ‘A’ carriageway
K Access to an ‘A’ carriageway
L Exit from a ‘B’ carriageway
M Access to a ‘B’ carriageway
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
151
12.3 SEARCH CIRCUMSTANCES
The search of a motorway or other road presents particular difficulties which will require careful
consideration when determining how a search will be undertaken. The advice contained in this
section applies to the search of the areas up to, and including, any hedge or fence. For
information on searches of areas beyond this, see 10 Open Areas. Should there be a need to
search a vehicle, see 11 Vehicle Search.
12.4 PRE-SEARCH CONSIDERATIONS (HEALTH AND SAFETY)
Searchers must be aware of the dangers involved in searching roadways and roadside furniture.
These include:
• Moving vehicles in both directions, including emergency vehicles, when the road is closed;
• Debris thrown from moving vehicles, for example, stones or part of the load;
• Associated bio-hazards with vehicles;
• Confined spaces including culverts and tunnels;
• Tall or deep structures including bridges and gantries;
• Steep embankments;
• Roadside furniture containing high-voltage electricity, or gas;
• Uneven and unstable surfaces, for example, areas of deep ballast.
Searchers should be aware of the following advice:
• You can be seen three times further away if you are moving as opposed to stationary;
• You may be able to see the approaching driver but this does not guarantee that they can
see you and stop;
• Think about where you can go if the vehicle does not stop;
• Report incidents and near misses so that they can be used to prevent repeat incidents.
For further information see HOSBD (2003) Conspicuity: Data Collection and Analysis of
Accidents and Near Misses.
A full risk assessment is required prior to any search and advice and assistance should be sought
from the Road Policing Unit or Highway Authority. Searching should always take place in a safe
environment to allow the searcher to concentrate fully on the task in hand.
The following factors must be considered during the planning stage for any search where there
may be moving traffic:
• Searchers must be thoroughly briefed on all the health and safety issues.
• The provision of adequate protection for the searchers will enable them to carry out their
tasks without being distracted.
• Where necessary, high-visibility safety clothing that is clean and effective must be worn and
properly zipped up at all times. High visibility means fluorescent and reflective. BS EN471 is
the current European Standard governing high visibility safety wear.
• Oncoming traffic poses a threat to the safety of searchers and should be properly managed.
• Use of a Highways Agency Incident Support Vehicle fitted with a crash cushion or other
suitable high visibility vehicle.
• Vehicles used by search personnel on a motorway that is open to traffic should be kept to
a minimum and if possible removed once the search has commenced.
152
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
passing vehicles, interrupting the concentration of the drivers.
• When searching inside a vehicle, it does not provide protection and is not a safe
environment.
• Where possible, the vehicle or object being searched should be moved to a safe location. If
this is not feasible, adequate safety measures should be introduced.
12.5 PRE-SEARCH CONSIDERATIONS (OTHER)
There are a number of considerations that must be identified and resolved when planning a
search.
Legal Authority
Motorways and roads are public areas, but adjacent fields and other areas may be privately
owned. Any search of these areas must be within the confines of the law with appropriate legal
authority. There is specific legislation relating to stopping on motorways, and hard shoulders,
see ACPO (2006) Guidance on Policing Motorways.
MOTORWAYS AND OTHER ROADS
• Safety measures should not be excessive as they can attract unreasonable attention from
Evidence Recovery
The recovery of any evidence should ensure the appropriate forensic recovery and retention of
such items. It must also be dealt with according to local policies and procedures.
Weather
The effects of the weather, both current and impending, must be considered from the
perspective of the condition of the item(s) sought and on the search resources.
The weather at the location after the incident may also have a bearing on the search. A paper
article may have been blown by the wind, and the search will not only concentrate on the exact
location but also any physical boundary in the direction that the wind was blowing. Rainfall will
also affect any identification and recovery.
Security
Motorways and other roads are difficult for police to cordon and secure if this is needed. While
the road is easily closed to vehicles, it may be necessary to prevent access to the scene or search
location by persons on foot from surrounding areas.
How search vehicles and equipment should be secured, especially when left unattended during
searches.
Restricted Access
To search sewers, drains and culverts where space is confined WICS or dive teams may be
required together with the advice of a PolSA.
Bridges and gantries may warrant high access teams.
Support from the providers of utilities will be required when searching roadside furniture.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
153
Search Assets
Various search assets are available to assist in this type of search and the most appropriate
should be identified. Individual or a combination of assets may be used.
Road Reference Numbers
Road reference numbers should always be used when identifying search areas, see
12.2 Definitions. Support from a Crash Investigation Unit may be appropriate as they are
equipped with excellent mapping facilities to log important finds.
Communications
Communication checks should be made prior to the search to ensure that radios and/or mobile
phones work underneath flyovers and in other difficult environments surrounding the
road infrastructure.
12.6 SEARCH TECHNIQUES
The time involved and resources required to search a motorway or other roads depends on various
factors. These include the size of the object that is being sought, the physical features of the area to
be searched, any risk factors and the manner of recovery that is required. Although the task should
be completed as quickly as possible, speed should never compromise the quality of the search.
There are a number of different assets that can be used for this type of search.
CCTV
This can be used where the size of the object sought is large enough to be seen using the CCTV
coverage of the search area. An assessment must be made as to whether sufficient coverage of
the area is provided by the system to allow this.
Air Support
Where the object sought is of sufficient size, aerial assistance may be appropriate. Ground staff
will be required to investigate or respond to any relevant sightings. For further information, see
4.5 Air Support.
Moving Vehicle
If the objects being sought could be seen from a moving vehicle, they may be searched for from
a police vehicle travelling through the search area. Any vehicle used for this purpose must be
double crewed. This will allow the driver to concentrate on driving and the observer to
concentrate on searching.
Dogs
If used, dogs must always be worked on a line when in the vicinity of a road and they should
never be close to moving traffic. Sufficient safety measures, as described in Roads and Verges
below, must be present to protect the handler and dog. These safety measures should also
ensure protection for any drivers who may think the dog is running free and take unnecessary
avoiding action. For further information, see 4.1 Dogs.
154
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
Where the techniques above are not suitable, the ground has to be searched by people. The
following method should be adopted for this:
• Closure of the lane or road must always be considered and implemented where necessary
with appropriate signage.
• Protective vehicles on a motorway should be placed at a minimum of 50 metres from the
search area.
• Where the searching involves staff being in the vicinity of moving traffic, a lookout should
be posted to take on the responsibility of Safety Lookout. The role of the Safety Lookout is
to take position at a location where they have a clear and unobstructed view of oncoming
traffic and are in a position to warn others of any imminent danger, by use of loud whistle
or other means. This will be the sole function of that individual.
• An extended line formation may be the most appropriate method of searching the
carriageway. The length of the line will depend on the number of searchers available using
critical separation, see 10.1.3 Critical Separation. The separation between searchers will
depend on the size of the item sought, not the width of road being searched. The number
of sweeps will depend on the number of searchers available and the length of the line
formation across the area to be covered.
MOTORWAYS AND OTHER ROADS
Road and Verges
• Where the search of a road includes, for example, the adjacent verge, ditch and hedges,
each of these features should be dealt with separately. Each feature then becomes the
responsibility of a searcher or a team of searchers. Extra care must be given to overlapping
the boundaries between each feature. Separating areas in this manner will allow the search
to progress at the speed appropriate for the terrain being covered.
• Where the area to be searched encompasses the road surface and an adjacent verge of
foliage, it may be prudent to treat them as two separate areas, unless the foliage is of
minimal density which would allow the item to be easily seen.
• Hedgerows and adjacent shrubbery should be inspected thoroughly from both sides and
top to bottom. Even heavy articles can be entangled above ground level in such foliage.
• Suitable footwear and PPE must be provided for people searching embankments and
ditches. The gradient of the embankment and the depth of the ditch will determine the
type of footwear required.
A number of search exercises have been conducted across the UK involving PolSAs and road
policing officers as part of contingency planning, particularly in relation to motorway search.
The results have shown that it is possible to search the embankments safely without closing the
motorway, providing full safety measures are implemented.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
155
12.7 SEARCH CONCLUSION
At the conclusion of the search any items moved within the area, particularly those on private
land adjacent to the road, are returned to their original site and condition. Any access gates
breached must be closed. If any evidence has been found it must be seized and retained in an
appropriate manner to satisfy legal and procedural requirements.
The person in charge of the search should review the original objective, to ensure that,
wherever possible, this has been achieved and any developments or opportunities maximised.
12.8 TERRORIST ACTIVITY
The motorway system has been a terrorist target in the past. Major economic disruption and
general traffic chaos can be caused by placing an explosive device or making a bomb threat call
with, or without, an actual device being present. The placing of a device in a busy service station
cannot be ruled out.
PolSAs are well versed in how terrorists attack motorways and the search considerations to be
used as a result of such activity. If terrorist activity is suspected, the advice and guidance of a
PolSA should always be sought.
156
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
RAILWAYS
SECTION 13
Section 13
T
his section deals with searches of railways and associated areas. It
also includes procedural issues related to track safety.
CONTENTS
13.1
13.2
13.3
13.4
Railway Line Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Carriages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Public Access Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Where to Obtain Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
157
13.1 RAILWAY LINE AREAS
The railway networks that span the UK may need to be searched for various reasons. There are
many health and safety considerations when searching areas that the general public does not
have access, eg, station platforms and rail tracks. They include:
• High-voltage electricity including conductor rails and overhead lines;
• Moving trains;
• Electrical line-side equipment including, points, heaters and relay boxes;
• Confined spaces such as culverts and tunnels;
• Automated and manually controlled equipment, eg, points;
• Tall or deep structures such as bridges and gantries;
• Steep embankments;
• Uneven and unstable surfaces, eg, areas of deep ballast;
• Excrement deposited from moving trains;
• Associated bio-hazards with trains.
For these reasons, any search outside a designated public area must be completed by persons
who are qualified in track safety. British Transport Police (BTP) officers should, where possible,
take responsibility for the search. In exceptional circumstances, unqualified staff may be
supervised by those who are qualifies, once traffic movements have been totally suspended. The
railway networks supply incident officers, available twenty-four hours a day, who should always
be contacted if there is a need to enter railway property. Contact must be made with the BTP
control room as soon as possible and when they are available, BTP officers should be the
primary search resource.
Search techniques remain the same whether it is a line search with appropriate critical
separation or searching specific railway furniture for concealed or hidden items. A helicopter
can be useful to combat the health and safety issues. There are other problems, however,
whereby unattended items are found that cannot be checked by the aircrew, legitimate line-side
equipment cannot be identified and tunnels cannot be checked from the air.
13.2 CARRIAGES
The search of a train must be restricted to the public areas, with care being taken in relation to
confined spaces, extensive glazed areas, utilities and the height of the train above the ground.
The layout of a carriage is very similar to that of a passenger carrying motor vehicle and the
same method of search should be used, see 11.7 Passenger Carrying Vehicles.
13.3 PUBLIC ACCESS AREAS
The search of railway stations and platforms within public areas may be treated as a building
search, but high-voltage electricity and moving trains pose serious health and safety risks. Any
search contemplated within these areas should be preceded with advice from BTP officers.
13.4 WHERE TO OBTAIN ASSISTANCE
In any situation where searchers, who are not currently track safety qualified, need to gain
access to the track or any railway area not having public access, they must follow local
procedures. They should contact their main control room or as a minimum make initial contact
with the British Transport Police Management Information and Communications Centre (MICC)
on the following numbers:
MICC Emergency:
020 7957 1507
MICC Routine Enquiries: 020 7922 4020
158
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
INCIDENTS INVOLVING
MASS FATALITIES
SECTION 14
Section 14
T
his section describes the issues that relate to search activity at
incidents involving mass fatalities. It identifies some of the
difficulties that are encountered and provides links to specific
search techniques.
CONTENTS
14.1 Search Planning Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
14.1.1 Priorities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
14.1.2 Other Organisations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
14.1.3 Deceased Persons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
14.1.4 Health and Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
14.2 Search Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
14.2.1 Searches of Areas Required to Locate Services and Equipment . . . . . . . . . . 161
14.2.2 Search Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
14.2.3 Volunteer Search Teams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
14.2.4 The Media, Family and Relatives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
14.2.5 Religious and Cultural Issues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
14.2.6 Welfare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
159
14.1 SEARCH PLANNING CONSIDERATIONS
Incidents involving mass fatalities create a difficult and complex environment in which to work,
with many associated hazards. Search operations require careful planning to ensure that all
health and safety considerations are properly managed, evidential issues are addressed and
recognition is given to the potentially stressful nature of the tasks to be undertaken.
14.1.1 PRIORITIES
There will be an obvious and immediate need to save life and find those in need of assistance
who may be buried under debris or not easily visible. While the police coordinate the overall
response to the incident, the rescue phase will be led and coordinated by the Fire and Rescue
Service (FRS). The rescue phase will take precedence over evidence gathering.
14.1.2 OTHER ORGANISATIONS
Other organisations will be involved in such investigations, some with statutory responsibilities,
eg, the Air Accident Investigation Branch. It is important, therefore, that plans reflect the needs
of these organisations and a multi-agency response is anticipated. The needs of other
organisations will include the commercial interests of, for example, travel and transport
operators and organisers of events.
14.1.3 DECEASED PERSONS
As the life-saving phase ends, so the recovery of the deceased will begin. The main
considerations at this stage are the identification of the victims and the recovery of evidence. In
a natural disaster, for example, flooding or other freak weather conditions, the primary concerns
are the identification and recovery of the victims. In the majority of other cases, the incident will
probably be a major crime and may include an investigation into corporate manslaughter or
health and safety. In these cases forensic recovery may be required for the human remains. This
must be determined by the investigative strategy. For further, detailed information, see 7.5
Recovery of the Deceased.
There will be a need to search for human remains and property. This will be under the control of
the Scene Evidence Recovery Manager.
It is essential that the procedures in relation to Disaster Victim Identification (DVI) are carried out
with regard to labelling, numbering and recovery of the deceased.
Consideration should be given to the use of Victim Recovery Dogs to assist in the search, see
4.1 Dogs.
The objective of any search will be to recover as many human remains, and as much property
and evidence as possible.
14.1.4 HEALTH AND SAFETY
In many incidents involving mass fatalities there will be significant health and safety issues. This
will include the presence or spillage of hazardous materials and chemicals, bodily fluids from the
deceased and insecure structures or debris. If there is the possibility that the incident is linked to
any form of terrorism, the nature and contents of any device and the presence of secondary
devices must be considered.
A risk assessment will be required and advice should be sought from other agencies on how
specific hazards should be dealt with and what PPE may be required. The FRS will take the lead
on health and safety issues and will be able to supply a risk assessment.
160
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
There are a number of complications that relate specifically to search activity in this type of
incident that do not occur in other types of search. The principles of other types of search,
however, are still applicable.
14.2.1 SEARCHES OF AREAS REQUIRED TO LOCATE SERVICES AND EQUIPMENT
Large amounts of space will be required to locate the resources that will attend. It is likely that
this will intrude onto areas where there is a need to recover evidence. These areas should,
therefore, be searched before they are used for this purpose. The following may need to be
accommodated at the scene of a major incident:
• Heavy lifting and recovery equipment;
• Fire Service rendezvous point;
• Other emergency vehicles;
• The media;
• Family and relatives;
• Wreathes and similar memorials.
Major incident plans should identify the full range of requirements and they should be referred to.
14.2.2 SEARCH CONSIDERATIONS
INCIDENTS INVOLVING MASS FATALITIES
14.2 SEARCH MANAGEMENT
Layering – This is searching down in layers starting at the top in order to recover material and
evidence. If, for example, a vehicle or train is involved, once that has been searched and
recovered the areas beneath it should also be searched.
Wide area and track searches – The primary scene of the incident, eg, the site of a plane or
train crash, will not be the only area to search. Debris and so forth may be scattered over a
much wider area. Where there is any approach path to the primary scene, for example, a flight
path, rail track or road, this will have to be searched too.
Identification – One of the main purposes of searching a major disaster scene is to establish
the identity of the victims. The recovery of documents that will identify persons, eg, passport or
driving licence is, therefore, important. Identification will be managed by the Senior
Identification Manager (SIM), who will also be responsible for:
• Casualty bureau;
• Victim recovery;
• The mortuary;
• Family Liaison Officers.
14.2.3 VOLUNTEER SEARCH TEAMS
These groups can be a valuable resource, especially in searching some wide areas described.
Their usual remit in these circumstances will be to search and locate, so that recovery will then
be carried out by police teams.
In some instances areas will need to be searched that are not accessible to the police because
they require specialist skills, for example, caves, cliffs or ravines. There are various volunteer
teams that possess the relevant skills and equipment necessary to assist in these areas, see
5 Specialist Groups and 6 Volunteers.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
161
14.2.4 THE MEDIA, FAMILY AND RELATIVES
Major disasters attract significant attention from various groups, and may have an impact on
the search. There will be a large media presence at the scene, and consideration should be
given to providing them with access to a suitable viewing point. This must be carefully chosen
so as not to interfere with the search and recovery operation. It must be searched before being
used. There may also be implications with regard to sensitive items found by the search if this is
in view of the media, see 16.1 The Media.
Friends and relatives will also wish to go to the scene and similar considerations should be given
to providing them with a viewing point and whether it is within sight of items found by the
search, or sensitive areas. This should done in conjunction with other plans for survivor
reception centres, family assistance centres and the investigative policy on handling witnesses.
14.2.5 RELIGIOUS AND CULTURAL ISSUES
When it is apparent that there are those with specific religious and cultural needs among the
victims, these needs must be accommodated as far as reasonably practicable. It may
be appropriate to consult a suitable person who has knowledge of these issues to plan for
this. Advice can be obtained from the National Community Tensions Team (NCTT) at:
[email protected]
14.2.6 WELFARE
The welfare of rescue teams must be given a high priority in such incidents. This will range from
the provision of rest facilities and refreshments to counselling for the trauma of what has been
dealt with, and debriefing. The welfare of search teams must be considered at the earliest
stages of an incident to ensure that the appropriate systems are put in place, see 2.7 Welfare.
MANAGEMENT ISSUES
• Major incident plans should include provisions for search capability and search
resources that may be deployed.
162
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
CRIME SCENES
SECTION 15
Section 15
I
n this section the searching of and for crime scenes is described. It
examines the manner in which this should be done and considers the
priorities related to such searches.
CONTENTS
15.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
15.2 Priorities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
15.3 Crime Scenes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
15.3.1 Management of the Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
15.3.2 Roles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
15.3.3 Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
163
15.1 INTRODUCTION
The interface between search and crime scene examination must be properly managed with a
clear understanding of who is responsible for each part. Unless the person who is conducting
the crime scene examination has received accredited search training, this phase cannot be
considered a search and the use of search trained personnel may be required. For further
information, see 3.2 Searchers. Similarly, search teams do not usually have the same level of
forensic awareness and ability as Crime Scene Investigators.
15.2 PRIORITIES
In any situation the first priority must be the preservation of life. Where a search is taking place
and there are concerns for the welfare of a person, the need to find that person is paramount.
Where possible, search activity should incorporate a high level of forensic awareness to minimise
harm to any evidence that might be present. If a human body is found during a search, the
priority must be to save life, and forensic considerations must not interfere with this. The only
person qualified to make a judgement about whether life is extinct, is an appropriately qualified
healthcare professional and until this is done, police officers should not make this assumption.
15.3 CRIME SCENES
There may be one or more crime scenes that are relevant to an investigation and they can be of
different types. Some examples are:
• Places used to plan the crime;
• Places where the offender attacked the victim;
• Weapons;
• Relevant addresses;
• Vehicles;
• Access and exit routes from any scene.
15.3.1 MANAGEMENT OF THE SEARCH
There are a number of considerations that will influence the way in which the search is managed
and who should conduct it.
The objective of the search
The nature of the object, including its physical characteristics and its evidential relevance will
determine how it is likely to be found.
Is the search for a scene or of a scene
Search resources are more likely to be of value in searching an area to find a scene which, once
located, can be forensically examined. The searchers must be briefed on what they are looking
for, the type of scene they may encounter and what action to take it they find it. If the search is
of a scene, forensic considerations will dictate the most appropriate actions.
What resource(s) are most appropriate to the circumstances
The first two considerations will indicate the most appropriate resources to search a particular
area and in which order to use them.
Which areas are to be designated as scenes
This is important in situations where there could be multiple scenes, for example, in a house
search, is the whole house the scene or just one room and does it include outbuildings or cars?
164
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
These should be clearly defined, describing the exact boundaries or marking them precisely on a
map or plan.
Balance risk against opportunity
CRIME SCENES
What are the parameters of each scene
The risk of harm to forensic opportunities, for example adverse weather conditions or third
party disturbance, should be assessed and whether those opportunities may be lost by not
making a quick recovery of the evidence. In these circumstances it may be better to recover the
evidence immediately, albeit this is not necessarily the most effective way of doing so.
Contamination
If contamination or cross-contamination occurs, or is likely to occur, where evidence or
crime scenes are found, it may be necessary to replace searchers who have had contact with
either of these.
Conduct regular reviews
Changing circumstances must always be considered and adjustments made where necessary.
Plan it – do it – review it
There has to be a systematic procedure of find, record, time, bag and move on when objects
are found.
15.3.2 ROLES
There are various additional roles that are relevant to the examination, search and crime scene
management as follows:
Senior Investigating Officer (SIO)
The SIO will set the strategies for the investigation including search and crime scene
management and will have overall control of the various elements of the investigation, bringing
together the roles described below and making use of their expertise.
Police Search Adviser (PolSA)
The role of the PolSA is described elsewhere in this manual, see 3.2 Searchers. It is important
that this specialist knowledge and management of search is incorporated into the investigation
of crime scenes.
Crime Scene Investigator (CSI)
This is a trained person who undertakes the role of examining the crime scene and collecting
any evidence that is found.
Crime Scene Manager (CSM)
The Crime Scene Manager should normally be a senior CSI responsible for advising the team
about the requirement of specialist services, in addition to playing an active role in managing all
aspects of the scene examination. The CSM should ensure the strategy agreed with the SIO
is delivered.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
165
Crime Scene Coordinator (CSC)
Crime Scene Coordinators are employed in major cases, particularly where there are multiple
scenes. Depending on the scale of the case under investigation, there may be some cases where
the CSM can also carry out this role. The CSC will chair meetings where forensic and other
issues are discussed.
Forensic Specialist Adviser (SA)
Forensic Specialist Advisers are provided by the forensic service provider and can assist SIOs in
the investigation of serious crime.
Crime Investigation Support Officer (CISO)
This is a role coordinated by the NCPE Crime Operations. CISOs act as facilitators for the forensic
strategy, communicating with forensic service providers and maintaining contact with SAs.
15.3.3 MANAGEMENT
Individual circumstances will dictate whether a particular area is to be searched or examined as a
crime scene first. Searching first may inhibit forensic recovery and an examination is not a
search, so items may be missed. In the case of a major crime, it will be for the SIO to determine
a strategy. All factors must be considered to accomplish the relevant objectives. Similarly in other
cases where there is not an SIO, these issues must be still considered by the IO or first officer at
the scene.
If the search takes place after the forensic examination, it is possible that new evidence and
articles may be found and there must be a strategy for dealing with any such items.
A method for recording and recovering evidence should be established at the outset. This is
particularly important if officers provided on mutual aid are being deployed. A designated role
to record exhibits may be appropriate to assist consistency in how the exhibits will be presented
in court.
Specialist advice
The opinion of various experts may be sought at some crime scenes. A balanced view of all
relevant opinions must be gathered without allowing any particular view to prevail and thus
disrupt the course of the search and investigation. For further information see 5.1 Expert
Advisers. It is recommended that a search advisory group is established to consider all relevant
opinions. Management of such a group should be given to the Crime Scene Coordinator, with
the Crime Scene Manager dealing with issues at the scene.
Care must also be taken to determine the relevance of each expert and their ability. Reference
should be made to the NCPE Opsline where a database is kept of expert advisers and their skills.
A suitable rendezvous point should be established for expert advisers where they may be
appropriately briefed in secure surroundings. It is not appropriate for them to go direct to the
scene unless directed by the SIO.
166
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
EXTERNAL INFLUENCES
ON SEARCH
SECTION 16
Section 16
T
here are external influences that can have an effect on a search
operation. This section details these influences and suggests how
to incorporate them into the planning and management of a search.
CONTENTS
16.1 The Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
16.1.1 Media Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
16.1.2 Public Appeals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
16.1.3 Family Liaison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
16.2 Sightings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
16.3 Psychics
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
16.4 Community Impact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
16.5 Persons Wishing to Influence the Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
167
16.1 THE MEDIA
Police search operations are often connected with unresolved incidents, such as vulnerable
missing people or major crimes. Information from the public is usually sought and the incident
management team will want to sustain media and public interest. For the media to report on
the search meaningfully they will require an opportunity to film or photograph items or places
relevant to the case.
Apart from the police requiring publicity, a significant police presence associated with a search
will attract media interest in its own right. If the search is in a public place the media will be able
to cover it with or without police cooperation.
It is beneficial to work with the media to maximise the opportunities they present. The coverage
generated also informs communities of what is happening in their midst which they are entitled
to know.
Publicity can have a significant impact on a police operation as it attracts sightseers and those
wishing to help. It also generates new information from the public, including reports of
sightings of a missing person or significant other person such as a witness. It is important that a
media strategy is developed to enable effective management of the situation with minimal
disruption to the search.
Some guidelines relating to search operations are provided in this section as they can generate
specific issues, particularly where there is public interest and sympathy.
Further guidelines relating to media strategy for critical incidents and major crimes can be found
in ACPO (forthcoming) Murder Investigation Manual and ACPO (2003) Media Advisory Group
Guidance Notes.
16.1.1 MEDIA CONSIDERATIONS
Media Liaison
A police media representative should be part of the incident management team, working with
the SIO and the search management process. This person should be regularly updated so that
they can convey consistent and clear information.
Media Briefings
It may be helpful to establish a media centre adjacent to the search area but outside the outer
cordon. It should not be within the search area. Nearby premises may be appropriate but it is
not advisable to set up a centre at the same location as the incident room or the search
management team.
The media will want a vantage point from which to film and photograph search units.
Journalists will understand the need not to contaminate a crime scene, but any briefing within
the search area must be fully documented if there is the potential for contamination or other
issues that may affect evidence recovery.
Awareness of Media Presence
All persons involved in the search must be briefed about the level of media interest and who the
media liaison officer is so that enquiries may be directed there.
168
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
The need to protect the integrity of the search and the methods employed should be explained
to journalists so that they understand why there are restrictions on access to some areas. This
should be accompanied by a willingness to provide opportunities for filming and photography.
They will understand the need not to compromise the search objectives or those of the
investigation.
Daily Input
During searches involving a high level of public interest a plan should be in place to update the
media on the search once, possibly twice, each day. The media liaison officer will advise on
timings and, if appropriate, discuss with journalists.
Filming Live Searches
Filming live searches can provide authentic news footage. The needs of the media should be
accommodated whenever possible but this must not compromise the search. If there are
constraints for practical or operational reasons, consideration can be given to staging a photo
opportunity. This can be over ground which has already been searched or at the periphery of a
search area. Searchers must be aware of the media presence so that they:
EXTERNAL INFLUENCES ON SEARCH
Terms and Conditions
• Are not distracted and thereby lower the effectiveness of the search;
• Do not make unguarded or informal comments which could be picked up by broadcasters;
• Know how to respond if a significant find occurs when they are on camera;
• Make certain the integrity of any scene is not disrupted or contaminated.
Providing photo opportunities can satisfy the media without compromising search and
operational interference.
Viewing Areas
Specific viewing areas for the press should be identified, particularly where an important scene
is discovered. Control outside these areas should be maintained.
Deadlines
News broadcasts and reports adhere to strict deadlines and this must be appreciated by the
enquiry team. Deadlines should be accommodated to get messages to the public and to
maintain a positive working relationship with journalists. The media liaison officer will give
guidance on this. All reasonable efforts should be made to keep to agreed times for briefings
and interviews. The media will understand if this has to be varied because of a significant
development or operational requirement, but will seek an update when normal service resumes.
Distance Imagery
Some cameras are able to obtain an identifiable image from a considerable distance, for
example, a number plate may be clearly reproduced from a distance of three kilometres. It is
important that those involved in the search are briefed appropriately, especially when dealing
with sensitive finds.
Other Organisations
The public sometimes contact other organisations such as the National Missing Persons Helpline
as a result of articles in the media, and it is important that this is recognised in the media
strategy. It is usually appropriate that such organisations are briefed and a communication plan
agreed as necessary.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
169
Search Conclusion
On completion of a search operation in which the media have been involved, they should be
informed that it is complete and, where appropriate, the result. This will provide an opportunity
to update the public, promote success and provide thanks to relevant participants.
Air Exclusion Zones
In rare circumstances it may be necessary to invoke an air exclusion zone order which can be
obtained from the Civil Aviation Authority (CAA). This should only be considered where there is
a real risk of overflying causing disturbance or disruption of a search location.
16.1.2 PUBLIC APPEALS
The media are a valuable asset for reaching the public through appeals. In high-profile cases the
volume of calls generated can be significant. It is essential, therefore, that adequate resources
are available to deal with the response to any appeal.
In especially newsworthy incidents some media may offer a reward for information. Unless the
inquiry needs a huge lift, it is unwise to take up the offer without careful consideration. In the
past rewards have stimulated huge responses, all of which have to be processed and evaluated
for actions. This can be a significant burden on the inquiry team. Experience indicates that some
of these calls will be from well-intentioned but eccentric or unreliable sources. This can create
confusing diversions from the task in hand. These informants sometimes tell the media of what
they believe they saw and this can create high-profile red herrings which can perplex the public
and confuse the inquiry.
For information on issues arising from media appeals, see 16.2 Sightings and 6.8 Public
Involvement.
If the search is for a person, appeals should be managed in consultation with the family of that
person. Occasionally the family will object to the use of publicity. Where objections cannot be
resolved, the police can continue with publicity provided the decision is made in consideration
of the Human Rights Act 1998, is proportionate and is perceived to be in the best interest of the
welfare of the person being sought.
16.1.3 FAMILY LIAISON
Families should be informed, through the Family Liaison Officers (FLOs), of when the media is
being given opportunities at a search location, as this could appear on their TV screens in their
homes. The family connected with the victim or incident may wish to visit the search location. It
is possible that they may not wish to be filmed, photographed or interviewed. Arrangements for
such a visit should be made by the FLO in conjunction with the search commander, the SIO and
the media liaison officer. Ideally this would be arranged for a time when the media are not
present, but this can be difficult when they maintain sustained vigils. A news blackout may be
impossible to achieve if the media become aware of the visit. Careful planning is, therefore,
necessary. If the plan is impractical, it may be necessary to ask the family if they would agree to
a discreet pooled press presence or, as a last resort, editors may be asked in advance to respect
the privacy of the family.
170
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
People will contact the police with sightings of persons who are being sought. For a number of
reasons, however, they are often mistaken and rarely, but occasionally, deliberately wish to
mislead the investigators. This is an issue that frequently presents difficulties, particularly where
there is a high level of media interest. Investigation in high-profile cases may become
overwhelmed by the volume of sightings. This can be exacerbated if the media offer rewards. It
is advisable to decline offers of rewards until there is a need to revitalise publicity at which point
plans must be in place to receive and sift a large amount of information.
There is always difficulty in determining which sightings are valid and will progress the
investigation, and those which will not. Officers must ascertain and record whether the witness
knows or claims to know the missing person. This can be significant in a serious crime
investigation. Sightings must be handled efficiently as undue delay can lead to recriminations. A
process to assess, prioritise and manage reports of sightings is necessary.
It may be necessary to use some type of filter in these situations. For example, investigating
officers can:
• Plot the sightings geographically as this may provide some corroboration;
• Evaluate sightings against known factors relating to the missing person;
• Seek corroboration from other sources to validate the information;
• Establish the motive of the witness;
• Verify the quality of the witness’s eyesight and their ability to recognise people in similar
EXTERNAL INFLUENCES ON SEARCH
16.2 SIGHTINGS
circumstances to those in which they allege they saw the person;
• Consider taking a statement or a video and/or audio recorded interview;
• Research the person giving the sighting to assess their credibility.
The reliability of identification evidence should always be tested, as unnecessary sightings can
result in lengthy and wasted search time. As a guide it is suggested that the recommendations
from the ruling of R v Turnbull (1976) All ER 549 may be usefully applied to validate such
sightings. These recommendations can be assumed up by the following mnemonic, ADVOKATE:
A
D
V
O
K
A
T
E
Amount of time under observation;
Distance from the suspect (include where the witness was standing, a map may assist);
Visibility;
Obstructions to the witnesses view;
Known or seen before including when and where;
Any special reason for remembering the suspect;
Time lapse, officers should note how long has passed since the witness saw the suspect;
Error or material discrepancies between the descriptions given in the first and subsequent
accounts.
Empathy sightings are common in high profile cases. This is usually by people who know the
person or who wish to give hope to the family. Scenario-based searching should be used to
refute them, for further information see 2.8.5 Scenario-Based Searching.
Information from psychics will also be received and can create pressures for searches to be made
of those areas. Such information must be treated with extreme caution and evaluated against
the prevailing situation. See 16.3 Psychics.
It is not possible to respond immediately to all sightings and no promises should be given to
families or other interested parties that this will be done. Where possible the realities should be
mentioned to journalists to avoid expectations being raised. In all cases, decisions about the
type of police response which will be made must be considered alongside the existing
investigation and search strategy.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
171
16.3 PSYCHICS
Parapsychology is the study of mental phenomena, such as telepathy, which is beyond the
scope of normal physical explanation. Psychic is defined as ‘outside the possibilities defined by
natural laws, a person sensitive to forces not recognised by natural laws, mental as opposed
to physical.’
High-profile search operations will nearly always attract the interest of psychics and others, such
as witches and clairvoyants, stating that they possess Extra Sensory Perception. Large-scale
missing person investigations have been known to receive contacts in treble figures, and it is
possible that small search operations may also attract attention. These contacts generally come
from well-intentioned people and deserve attention. The motive of the individual should always
be ascertained, especially where financial gain is included. Their methodology should be asked
for including the circumstances in which they received the information and any accredited
successes. Previous police search operations show little or no evidence of a successful psychic
involvement, despite the huge number of claims.
The affect of psychic influences on a search operation should never be underestimated,
particularly where there are emotive issues. This is evident in investigations where the search for
vulnerable missing persons has not been successfully concluded and relatives and close friends
seek a solution, particularly as time passes. It is essential that, wherever possible, any meeting
between a psychic and the family concerned with the search should have a Family Liaison
Officer present to observe the interview.
Linear features or non-specific structures are often mentioned which require time to be spent on
search planning and the subsequent search. Although these claims require attention, each
should be assessed accordingly and they should never become a distraction to the overall search
strategy unless they can be verified.
A psychic should never be allowed to enter the search area without a suitable escort to observe
their actions. Where this entry is permitted and does not show a positive outcome, future use
should be discouraged. Contacts should always be recorded as success or failure and will be
used to support future decisions within the search operation.
There is a sympathetic attitude from a high percentage of the general public and the influence
of a psychic on a search should never be underestimated. The well-meaning nature of the
majority of them does deserve consideration, and only through careful analysis and previous
contacts can their contribution be assessed as credible or whether it is to be dismissed. The
identification of a potential search area from a psychic report alone should never be allowed to
detract valuable search resources from their original task and search objective.
16.4 COMMUNITY IMPACT
Any search activity can be very intrusive and have an impact on communities. This can be from
stop and search activity in a public place to high profile investigations that attract public and
media attention. These impacts must be considered and an appropriate strategy put in place to
deal with them where necessary. It may be appropriate to complete a Community Impact
Assessment to quantify these concerns.
It is important that faith and diversity issues are considered in all searches. Cognisance must be
taken of different religious and cultural issues that may be affected by searching people, places
and property. This would include, for example, the removal of headgear, entry to certain types
of premises and the treatment of human remains.
Searches must be proportionate, reasonable and necessary in relation to the intended purpose
and, even where it is not required by law, the reasons for conducting the search should be
recorded. They should also be carried out with sensitivity to any persons directly or indirectly
affected by the search.
172
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
There may be people who wish to interfere with or influence the outcome of a search. These
may be criminal associates, friends or family members and so forth. Their intentions may be to
help or hinder the search and it will be necessary to evaluate their reasons for wanting to do so.
Appropriate action can then be taken to deal with this and, where necessary, search plans may
need to be adjusted.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
EXTERNAL INFLUENCES ON SEARCH
16.5 PERSONS WISHING TO INFLUENCE THE SEARCH
173
174
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
APPENDIX 1
APPENDIX 1
ABBREVIATIONS AND
ACRONYMS
ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS
ACPO . . . . . .
ACPO (TAM) .
ADD . . . . . . .
ADHD . . . . . .
ALSAR. . . . . .
ARCC. . . . . . .
AS . . . . . . . . .
ATCC . . . . . . .
BCRC . . . . . . .
BCU . . . . . . . .
BTP . . . . . . . .
CAA. . . . . . . .
CATCHEM . . .
CBRN. . . . . . .
CCTV . . . . . . .
CFOA . . . . . .
CISO . . . . . . .
CRT . . . . . . . .
CSC . . . . . . . .
CSI. . . . . . . . .
CSI Dogs . . . .
CSM . . . . . . .
CT . . . . . . . . .
CTS . . . . . . . .
Defra. . . . . . .
DfT . . . . . . . .
DNA . . . . . . .
DSP . . . . . . . .
DST . . . . . . . .
DVI . . . . . . . .
ECHR. . . . . . .
FLO . . . . . . . .
FRS . . . . . . . .
GPD. . . . . . . .
HEST . . . . . . .
HMCG . . . . . .
HMRC . . . . . .
HOSDB . . . . .
Association of Chief Police Officers
ACPO (Terrorism and Allied Matters)
Attention Deficit Disorder
Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder
Association of Lowland Search and Rescue
Aeronautical Rescue Coordination Centre
Advanced Search
Air Traffic Control Centre
British Cave Rescue Council
Basic Command Unit
British Transport Police
Civil Air Authority
Centralised Analytical Team Collating Homicide Expertise
and Management
Chemical, Biological, Radiological and Nuclear
Closed Circuit Television
Chief Fire Officers’ Association
Crime Investigation Support Officer
Coastguard Rescue Team
Crime Scene Coordinator
Crime Scene Investigation
Crime Scene Identification Dogs
Crime Scene Manager
Counter Terrorist
Counter Terrorist Search
Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs
Department for Transport
Deoxyribonucleic Acid
Drift Start Position
Dedicated Search Team
Disaster Victim Identification
European Convention on Human Rights
Family Liaison Officer
Fire and Rescue Service
General Purpose Dog
Hazardous Environment Search Team
Her Majesty’s Coastguard
Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs
Home Office Scientific Development Branch
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
175
HSE . . . . . . . . Health and Safety Executive
IIMARCH. . . . Information Intelligence Method Administration Risk Assessment
Communication Human Rights
IO . . . . . . . . . Investigating Officer
IPP . . . . . . . . . Initial Planning Point
IRT. . . . . . . . . Initial Response Team
IVC . . . . . . . . Initial Visual Check
LKP . . . . . . . . Last Known Position
LMIU . . . . . . . Lloyds Marine Intelligence Unit
LS DOGS . . . . Lowland Search Dogs
MACA . . . . . . Military Aid to the Civil Authorities
MACC . . . . . . Military Aid to the Civil Community
MACP . . . . . . Military Aid to the Civil Power
MAFF . . . . . . Ministry for Agriculture, Fisheries and Food
MAGD. . . . . . Military Aid to other Government Departments
MCA . . . . . . . Maritime and Coastguard Agency
MICC . . . . . . . Management Information and Communications Centre
MOD . . . . . . . Ministry of Defence
MOE . . . . . . . Method of Entry
MR-EW . . . . . Mountain Rescue England and Wales
MRT . . . . . . . Mountain Rescue Team
NCPE . . . . . . . National Centre for Policing Excellence
NCTT . . . . . . . National Community Tensions Team
NMPH . . . . . . National Missing Persons Helpline
NSARDA . . . . National Search and Rescue Dog Association
NWMRA . . . . North Wales Mountain Rescue Association
NWP . . . . . . . North Wales Police
OS . . . . . . . . . Ordnance Survey
PACE . . . . . . . Police and Criminal Evidence Act
PLAN. . . . . . . Proportionate Legal Accountable Necessary
PLB . . . . . . . . Personal Locator Beacon
PLS . . . . . . . . Place Last Seen
PNC . . . . . . . . Police National Computer
PNSC . . . . . . . Police National Search Centre
PolSA . . . . . . Police Search Adviser
PolSC. . . . . . . Police Search Coordinator
PPE . . . . . . . . Personal Protective Equipment
PST . . . . . . . . Police Search Team
RAF . . . . . . . . Royal Air Force
RNLI . . . . . . . Royal National Lifeboat Institution
RSPCA. . . . . . Royal Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Animals
SA . . . . . . . . . Specialist Adviser
SAM . . . . . . . Scent Article Method
SAR . . . . . . . . Search and Rescue
SECCO. . . . . . Security Coordinator
SIM . . . . . . . . Senior Identification Manager
SIO . . . . . . . . Senior Investigating Officer
SIPS . . . . . . . . Side Impact Protection System
SPO . . . . . . . . Senior Police Officer
SSSI . . . . . . . . Site of Special Scientific Interest
TPU . . . . . . . . Terrorism Protection Unit
WICS . . . . . . . Working In Confined Spaces
176
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
APPENDIX 2
APPENDIX 2
REFERENCES
REFERENCES
ACPO (2003) Media Advisory Group Guidance Notes. London: ACPO.
ACPO (2003) Police Diving Manual. London: ACPO.
ACPO (2005) Guidance on The National Intelligence Model. Wyboston: NCPE.
ACPO (2005) Guidance on The Management, Recording and Investigation of Missing Persons.
Wyboston: NCPE.
ACPO (2005) Personal Safety Programme/Manual. [CD-Rom]. Bramshill: Centrex.
ACPO (2005) Practice Advice on Core Investigative Doctrine. Wyboston: NCPE.
ACPO (2006) Guidance on Policing Motorways. Wyboston: NCPE.
ACPO (2006) Guidance on The National Briefing Model. Wyboston: NCPE.
ACPO (2006) Practice Advice on Stop and Search. Wyboston: NCPE.
ACPO (forthcoming) Murder Investigation Manual. Wyboston: NCPE.
HM Coastguard Rescue Co-ordination Centres (2006) CG3 Operational Procedures.
Southampton: Maritime and Coastguard Agency.
Health and Safety Executive (1997) Diving at Work Regulations.
Health and Safety Executive (2003) Safe working and the prevention of infection in the
mortuary and post-mortem room.
Home Office, Police Scientific Development Branch (2003) Conspicuity: Data Collection and
Analysis of Accidents and Near Misses. London: Home Office.
Home Office (2004) Guidance on dealing with Fatalities in Emergencies. London: Home Office.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
177
Howells, P. (1992) Critical Separation in Response ’92 Conference Papers, pp307.
Mountain Rescue Council (2004) The UK Missing Person Behaviour Study.
International Aeronautical and Maritime Search and Rescue (IAMSAR) (2006) Manual
Volume III.
National Community Tensions Team (NCTT) (2004) Guidance on Police Activity at Religious
Premises.
Perkins, D. (1989) Critical Separation: Its Role in Search Management in Theory and Practice, in
Lavalla, P.H. (ed) Probability of Detection (POD) Research and Other Concepts for Search
Management. Washington, USA: ERI.
178
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
APPENDIX 3
APPENDIX 3
UNDERWATER SEARCH
TECHNIQUES
179
The following is a summary of equipment, search patterns and techniques utilised by
police underwater search units. Full details are contained within The ACPO (2003) Police
Diving Manual.
Equipment
The items of equipment used when laying out a search pattern are weights, shot rope(s),
jackstays and distance lines.
Shot Ropes
A shot rope is secured to a weight (the shot) and, depending upon the conditions in which
used, may vary from 3 kilograms to 25 kilograms and sits on the bottom. The other end of the
shot rope is secured to the boat, a buoy or at the water’s edge and is kept reasonably taut. It is
marked to indicate the depth of water. When using a shot, the diver must check underneath it
before commencing the search.
Jackstay
The term jackstay is used in relation to any line that is laid on or near the water’s bottom in
order to guide the diver. The length of the jackstay will depend on the conditions and the task
to be performed.
Distance Line
A distance line, used in a circular sweep search, can be any convenient line, the diameter being
no greater than 8 millimetres and not more than 15 metres in length. The line is secured to the
shot and a ‘stopper knot’ tied on the outer end.
Jackstay Searches
All jackstay searches work on the same basic principle. The jackstay is secured to the bottom by
the use of weights and the diver works along the line searching by hand. In an area where the
jackstay has been moved several times, care should be taken that there are no gaps left and
there are no excessive overlaps. This search technique can also be carried out by two divers
using similar techniques to jackstay ladder.
Jackstay Diver
The diver moves the jackstay when moving through the search area. The pattern used depends
upon the flow of the water.
180
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
APPENDIX 3
Illustration 5 Jackstay Diver – Slow Moving Water
Riverbank
Riverbank
River flow
Illustration 5.1 Jackstay Diver – Fast Moving Water
Light shot
Riverbank
Riverbank
Heavy shot
River flow
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
181
Jackstay Diver (Ladder)
Used for searching large areas of water where the precise location of the object is not known.
The operation can best be carried out by two divers.
Illustration 6 Jackstay Diver (Ladder)
1m
Jackstay
2m
2m
Jackstay
Shot
182
Jackstay
Shot
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
This method can be used in large areas of deep water, for example, docks. Here the jackstays
are lowered to the bottom by attendants, working from boats, the dockside or riverbank.
APPENDIX 3
Jackstay Attendant
Illustration 7 Jackstay Attendant
Shot
Jackstay
Shot
Dockside
Illustration 7.1 Jackstay Attendant
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
183
Circular Sweep
This form of search can be used when the position of the object can be accurately given. The
shot line is placed in the position the object is believed to be and a distance line is connected to
the shot.
Searching for small objects
The search is conducted in one metre circles, moving out from the shot.
Searching for large objects
The diver moves to the full extent of the distance line and moves in a circle around the shot. The
line will snag on the object due to its size. This cannot be used where there is a strong current.
Illustration 8 Circular Sweep
1m
184
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
This method can be used when the precise location of the object is known and is ideal for small
objects.
APPENDIX 3
Circular Sector
The method involves working out and back from a central point, gradually working round in
a circle.
Illustration 9 Circular Sector
2m
Start at perimeter shot
Thumb knot
Shot
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
185
Stake and Grid
This is particularly applicable to narrow stretches of water, where the current is not too strong. It
is a very efficient method of search. Stakes are driven into the banks at either side of the water
at intervals of one or two metres, depending on visibility and the number of divers used. Several
of these jackstays are laid across the water and the diver uses them as guides to work back and
forth. It is best to work against the current with this method.
Illustration 10 Cross-Section of Stake and Grid
Cross-section of river showing search line weighted down by lead to keep position.
Illustration 10.1 Plan View of Stake and Grid
3
2
1
Riverbank
River flow
3
2
1
Riverbank
x metres
Plan view of river showing flow and direction of divers search.
186
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
This is used where a large area is being searched in relation to a large object, provided the
bottom is reasonably flat and clear of obstructions. The divers follow the jackstays, which are
positioned at either side of the search area, and the snagline will foul on large objects, which
are then examined.
APPENDIX 3
Snagline Search
Illustration 11 Snagline Search
Shot
Shot
Jackstay
Jackstay
Dockside
Dockside
Submerged object
Shot
Shot
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
187
Necklace/Drift Search
This is mainly used when searching for objects in large areas of water where the visibility
is good. The optimum number is three divers working together as a team but more can
be used where circumstances permit. Divers can also drift down with the current when
circumstances permit.
Illustration 12 Necklace/Drift Search
Riverbank
Direction of travel
Attendant
Riverbank
River flow
188
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
The attendant on the bank controls the size of the arc that the diver describes from the bank.
The area covered does not need to be a complete semicircle, with the attendant controlling the
diver by signals as to how much of the arc to cover.
APPENDIX 3
Arc Search
Illustration 13 Arc Search
Attendant
Direction of travel
Riverbank
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
189
Towed Diver
This may be considered for the search of large expanses of clear, unobstructed water for large
objects. Guidelines must be followed in relation to various factors including, clarity of water,
search depth, towing speed and so on.
Illustration 14 Towed Diver
Communication
lifeline
Toggle seat
25kg sinker
190
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
APPENDIX 4
APPENDIX 4
BUILDING CONSTRUCTION
CONTENTS
1.1
1.2
1.3
Building Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
1.1.1 General Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
1.1.2 Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
1.1.3 Doors and Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
1.1.4 Flooring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
1.1.5 Ceilings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
1.1.6 Entrance Hall or Lobby and Stairway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
1.1.7 Kitchen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
1.1.8 Fireplace and Chimney . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
1.1.9 Bathroom and Toilet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
1.1.10 Attic or Loft Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
1.1.11 Pipe Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
1.1.12 Light Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
1.1.13 Sewage Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Garden and Associated Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Computers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
191
1.1 BUILDING CONSTRUCTION
A basic understanding of building construction and design will aid the searcher to work
thoroughly and speedily while preventing damage. While the main asset when looking for
hiding places in buildings is an inquisitive mind, the following points in 1.1.1 to 1.1.13 may help
when searching premises. The list is not exhaustive.
1.1.1 GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS
Was there excessive movement of people in the building prior to entry arousing suspicion of the
secretion of items?
Are there any odours of prohibited items, for example, drugs, coming from the building or
room, or are the windows fully open to allow such smells to disperse?
Are there any indications of recent painting, plaster, filler or other covering that may be masking
a void?
Inspect curtains between each fold, the hem itself, heading tape and any top stitching. Window
pelmets should also be examined, looking on top and behind them.
There will be service holes in the ground within the boundaries of many properties which will be
covered. These provide access for drainage systems, water supplies, TV and telephone cable
junctions, gas, electric and other services. Each can be quite spacious and provide a ready-made
hide. For ease of access it may be advantageous to contact the appropriate utility company.
Gas and water meters for modern houses are normally situated at the front of and outside the
property for easy access. By the nature of their insecurity and visibility they do not make suitable
criminal hides but should not be completely overlooked.
1.1.2 WALLS
Cavity wall construction consists of two walls, one outer and one inner, separated by an air
space. Cavity wall insulation may have been installed which is mineral wool, polystyrene slabs or
vermiculite or polystyrene beads. This space provides an ample void in which to hide articles and
may be entered by creating a hole in either wall or by removing sections of a door or
window frame.
An access point exists within the roof area and this, together with insulation, is dealt with in
1.1.10 Attic or Loft Space. Other more readily available access points created by the user should
also be looked for.
Walls on modern houses consist of an internal dry lining system which comprises a plaster board
on a variety of framing systems, all of which provide voids. A simple test is to tap on the wall
and where there is a hollow noise indicates that it is a lined wall.
Air bricks are included in exterior walls during construction to provide ventilation either under
the floor or into a room. This is particularly true where gas central heating is installed. Where
appropriate, a grill on the internal wall will provide a cover which may be easily removed by
removing the screws or unclipping it to reveal a void. Premises are sometimes constructed with
internal air blocks and grills to ventilate other internal rooms.
192
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
APPENDIX 4
Internal walls can be solid, or may be a partition constructed around a frame which is built of
wood or other similar materials. This framework provides a hollow wall creating a large void.
Unless items are placed inside the construction to be hidden for a long period of time, an access
point will be required by the user.
Illustration 15 Cross-Section of Cavity Wall
Wall tie
50mm cavity
Concrete blocks
Bricks
Damp-proof course
Concrete base
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
193
1.1.3 DOORS AND WINDOWS
Doors and windows are built into the walls and may provide easy access to internal cavities.
Removing a widow sill to create a hide is not uncommon. Doors and windows should also be
checked for smaller hides within their framework. This is particularly true of double glazed
windows and doors constructed of aluminium or UPVC. Internal doors may be hollow with
access gained via the top, bottom or sides of the door itself.
Sash windows have a framework with an in-built box created at each side of the window to
hold the weights and cord that moves the window up and down. An entrance hatch is normally
included at the base of the frame side so that access can be gained for maintenance. Although
the weights and sash are held within this box, it can be used to secrete small items. The space
can also be increased if the sash and weights are removed.
Illustration 16 Cross-Section of Sash Window
Voids
Pulleys
Sash cord
Top sash
Weights
Bottom sash
Cased frame
Sill (solid)
194
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
Flooring is either constructed of suspended timber or a suspended or solid concrete floor
system. Those made of wood are constructed by laying joists between load-bearing walls then
laying the flooring across these joists. The flooring itself consists of floorboards laid at ninety
degree angles to the joists or in modern houses large sheets of chipboard. The area covered
between the joists make excellent hides.
APPENDIX 4
1.1.4 FLOORING
Illustration 17 Cross-Section of Suspended Timber Floor
Floorboards
Damp-proof course
Joists
Concrete base
Cavity wall
Hardcore
Voids
In earlier buildings the floorboards were square edged, with later examples being tongue and
groove. These are nailed to the main joists, except for individual boards that are inserted to
allow access under the floor for water pipes, gas pipes and cables. These access boards are
screwed down rather than nailed for easy removal and are usually located near doorways or the
fireplace. They allow easy access, and once removed, a mirror will allow viewing along the gaps
between each joist. The mirror should be supplemented with a torch and the beam shone into
the mirror to allow it to bounce along the length of the void rather than trying to get both
mirror and torch inside the narrow gap.
Modern houses have chipboard floors that are often tongue and groove making it difficult to
remove without creating obvious signs of disturbance. Recent demands on building regulations
for insulation also add to the difficulty of viewing under this type of flooring. Where the item
sought is believed to require regular access, the initial search should concentrate on looking for
evidence of disturbance around these locations.
There is less opportunity to create hiding places in concrete floors, however, the problem is not
insurmountable to a determined person. Suspended concrete floors comprise concrete
supporting beams infilled with concrete blocks. There are voids below these floors similar to that
of wooden floors. This type of flooring has been used in modern houses constructed since the
mid-1990s. These floor systems may also be found above the ground floor level, particularly in
flats, where such voids may be accessed via the ceiling of the room below.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
195
Ground level solid concrete flooring is normally poured straight into a mould which does not
allow the opportunity for voids. Buildings constructed on sloping sites generally require a
supporting slab framework that creates large voids between the ground and the building
construction. To provide an idea of size, these enclosed voids can be large enough for family
saloon car to fit inside on a normal semi-detached house and, they may be accessed from either
outside or inside the property.
Illustration 18 Building on a Sloping Site
Possible void spaces
1.1.5 CEILINGS
Ceilings are built by placing plasterboard or similar material underneath the joists in each room.
This creates the void described in 1.1.4 Flooring. Unless this is a concrete floor, access is gained
more easily from the floor above, as entry from below can only be gained by causing damage to
the plasterboard ceiling.
Modern suspended ceilings are constructed of a light material, for example, fibre board, and are
suspended on a framework from the joists or ceiling above creating a large void. These can
usually be accessed by pushing one of the sections up into the void which allows ample viewing
across the whole of the ceiling space.
1.1.6 ENTRANCE HALL OR LOBBY AND STAIRWAY
The entrance hall will normally provide the access to the stairway. It may be combined with the
stairway as one search area or they can both be dealt with separately depending on the
premises size and configuration. If they are searched separately, the searcher(s) must remember
to overlap the boundary where the two areas join.
Stairways are usually built of wood as one complete unit and installed against one or more
walls. The area underneath may be boxed in to form a cupboard or left open. The stairs will
generally be lined underneath with plasterboard, chipboard or similar material, which creates a
void between the lining and the stairs themselves. The stairs consist of a riser, which is the
section supporting the front of the step, and the step itself referred to as the tread.
196
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
APPENDIX 4
Illustration 19 Voids under Stairway
Sealed void
Underside of stairs blanked off
Lifting the carpet will show any loose screws or boards. These should be inspected further.
Particular attention should be paid to the risers at the bottom of the stairs where the void is
created by the boxed in area. There should generally be no construction need for any loose
panels within a stairway. The frame, lining and any panels are areas which can be searched.
1.1.7 KITCHEN
Kitchens provide a plethora of hiding places. They can be found within the construction of any
fixtures and fittings, and containers which may have been adapted to conceal items. The search
technique described in 9.5 Building Search Techniques will need to be adapted to suit a small
narrow kitchen with no furniture other than fitted units. It is suggested that in such circumstances,
following stage three, the searcher begins at the door and works in a circular motion around the
room, covering from top to bottom, searching everything methodically. The centre area of the
room can be checked once the remainder, including all fixtures and fittings, has been thoroughly
checked. Walls and, in particular, ventilation gaps or bricks will require inspection.
Kitchens, as with most rooms, are rarely symmetrical and square. Fitted units create voids next
to adjoining walls, floors and ceilings particularly where those units are boxed in. The facia
panels, particularly on the base of these units, are screwed or clipped to the frame and should
be easy to remove to check for anything that is concealed. The framework and the back of
drawers should also be checked.
The sink area, both underneath and behind, particularly within units, should be checked.
Appliances, including the cooker, should also be viewed. Any dismantling beyond the limit of
normal maintenance must be completed by a qualified person. Electrical appliances, for
example, kettles, can be adapted to secrete items and their authenticity may be checked by
both inspection and ensuring that they work.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
197
Cupboards and units should be emptied, and the contents, cupboards and units checked. Any
food must be handled within appropriate food hygiene handling standards. Foodstuffs that
require specific attention can be emptied from the container into a sterile clear polythene bag
which will allow examination through the bag. On completion, the contents can be returned to
the original container and the search bag discarded appropriately. The contents of fridges and
freezers should not be overlooked.
1.1.8 FIREPLACE AND CHIMNEY
Fireplaces and chimneys are often used to secrete items and may be adapted for the purpose.
The fireplace, particularly in older buildings, will consist of a fireclay fireback with the space
behind filled with loose rubble, the fireback being fixed with a weak cement grout. The
surround is either tiled or covered with a decorative feature. The flue is within the brickwork
and continues up through each floor to the chimney. Many fires have been replaced by central
heating but, the fireplaces, flues and chimneys may still exist even if the chimneys have been
removed and other parts of the system covered over.
In many older properties there are ventilators in the hearth adjacent to the fireplace which draw
air from the floor void or it may be ducted to the external wall.
A ledge generally exists at approximately half a metre up the chimney from the fireplace itself
and will need to be checked together with the areas behind the fireback and under the hearth.
An extendable mirror and torch is useful when viewing up the chimney. Any fireplace surround
that has been boarded up should be examined. A pre-1960s house that does not appear to have
a fireplace should be examined to see if the fireplace and the chimneys have been concealed.
Where a gas or electric fire has been fitted, the advice and assistance of a qualified person must
be sought prior to any dismantling or movement.
Illustration 20 Voids in Fireplace and Chimney
Voids in chimney flue
Ledge
198
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
There is a large void behind the bath panel which is normally accessed by removing clips or
screws. The whole area behind this panel will have to be viewed.
APPENDIX 4
1.1.9 BATHROOM AND TOILET
Recently tiled areas may conceal hides and should be treated with suspicion. A PolSA should be
asked for advice if such areas are identified during a search.
Toilet water cisterns will require inspection, as they provide a void which is accessed by removing
the top cover. Items may be wrapped in polythene and hidden inside the cistern or camouflaged
and inserted to give the appearance of the workings.
Modern cisterns, together with the pipe work, may be enclosed behind panelling which is easily
removed by sliding the facia out of the respective clips and then lifted off. Such panelling may
cover a wide area in modern toilet facilities, and this may be viewed by removing one
appropriately placed panel.
Towel rails require attention, as voids exist within the tubular framework. These should be
examined for authenticity. Simply identifying if they are properly fixed and warm may be
sufficient. Boxed pipes will require examination for any accessible voids.
Items can be hidden behind mirrors, and behind and inside cabinets. The contents of any
cabinet will also require inspection.
1.1.10 ATTIC OR LOFT SPACE
The majority of buildings, particularly dwellings, have a large roof, attic or loft space. They are
normally accessed through a hatchway in the ceiling of the floor below. The space itself covers
the ceiling area of the whole top floor. The hatchway is usually situated at the top of the stairs
or in the bathroom. On some old properties, particularly terraced houses, there is no access to
the roof space because there are no partitioning walls built in the roof area between the
houses. Entry into these areas has to be cut or at least one of the houses may contain an
inspection hatch for access to the whole area across all properties.
The size and accessibility of this area makes it awkward to search but it is necessary. The area
should be ventilated prior to entry, by opening the hatch for a period of time to allow sufficient
air flow to make it safe to enter. Care should be taken when entering a loft area, particularly
when there may be a threat from someone concealed there. The inside of the loft space should
be viewed before entering it. This is done by placing a mirror with appropriate lighting through
the open hatch to allow a complete view of the loft space. Any hatch or door should be
removed or laid flat to allow an unobstructed view. This clearance should be maintained while
the searcher, wearing any PPE, enters the loft area.
In general, there is no or only partial flooring within the loft or attic space when it is
constructed. In many properties flooring has been added across the joists to cover the roof
space. Any such flooring provides voids between the joists and ceiling below, and these should
be viewed and inspected as previously described in 1.1.4 Flooring. Any flooring in this area
should be treated with caution. If there are any doubts as regards its strength and quality of
construction, crawling boards or other access equipment should be used to search this area.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
199
Many buildings have loft insulation. The insulation can be fibreglass, felt quilts, vermiculite or
polystyrene beads and in later buildings, mineral wall quilt or polystyrene slab insulation. These
products are laid between the floor beams and rafters; and in some cases they may be covered
by flooring. They are also used in cavity wall insulation that may be accessed from the loft. All of
these types of insulation allow objects to be secreted and require systematic searching.
Vermiculite or polystyrene beads are difficult to handle because they are a loose material, and
the beads fall out of the cavity if it is opened. It is inadvisable to open at the bottom or from
underneath any void containing this type of insulation. The preferred option is a careful
excavation of the beads from a higher point into a container. They can then be returned to the
insulated area when the search is complete. When it is necessary to search beneath insulation,
technical equipment, such as a metal detector, may be used to identify an object. This will
eliminate the need to physically examine the insulation material.
Water storage tanks are generally sited in the roof space and there may be more than one tank
if another is required for the central heating system. These tanks may be insulated with a
padded quilt, or enclosed within a box filled with insulation material such as sawdust. The top
of the tank is generally covered by a lid. All lagging should be checked, together with the inside
of the tank. Items may be wrapped in a waterproof covering and immersed in water to avoid
being located during a search.
All pipes running through the loft space should be examined. This includes checking between
the pipe and the lagging. The searcher should also confirm that a pipe is genuine because
dummy pipes provide hiding places.
Illustration 21 Cross-Section of Attic or Roof Space
200
Battens
Rafters
Felt
Boards
Tiles/Slates
Joists
Fascia
Insulation
Cold water storage tank
Loft entrance
Soffit
Cavity wall
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
APPENDIX 4
The eaves are those parts of the roof structure that project beyond the sides of the external
supporting walls at each side of the building. They will be encased with facia panels on the
outside front of each side and soffit boards placed along the underneath. The top of the eaves
are normally covered with tiles or other roofing materials. This creates a boxed area and a void.
This is accessed from within the attic or roof space and may be viewed by using a mirror over
the top of the wall concerned. Where there is a double-skinned wall, the gap in the middle
should be examined, looking, in particular, for any lines hanging from the top on which secreted
items may be tied and hung between the walls. Powerful lighting or appropriate extendable
cameras are required to view inside this void, unless part of the wall is dismantled.
Dormer windows and skylights are projections which provide natural light into the roof space or
any rooms within this area. They can be fitted to both pitched and flat roofs. They should be
examined as part of the attic or roof space search, not forgetting the area outside any opening.
It is extremely easy to place an item either under a ledge or other part of the opening and then
close the window. The area outside a window or skylight may be viewed from inside the
building using a mirror through the aperture concerned. When part of the construction of older
buildings, the openings may have been boarded over or concealed during any renovation, thus
providing a concealed void. Roofs and ceilings should be viewed thoroughly and a check made
on the number and position of any outside windows to ensure that they match those
identified inside.
Many properties have flat roofs, particularly on extensions. These are generally of timber
construction and the area between the top and underside of the roof creates a void. Depending
on the size of the item sought, this area will require inspection. This should be done from the
ceiling below to minimise disturbance.
Some constructions have access through the roof space onto the main roof area. This often
occurs where there is a flat roof structure and water tanks, heating, air conditioning units or
other services are outside the main building on the roof. These will either be in the open or in
purpose-built weatherproof structures. Where such an access point exists, the search must
extend to cover these areas. Many roofs provide access to adjacent properties but any search
beyond the original property has to be approved by the officer in charge of the search and be
within the bounds of the relevant authority. Care must be taken when searching roofs in respect
of the health and safety implications.
1.1.11 PIPE WORK
Water and sewage service pipes, particularly in modern houses, can be boxed in or enclosed in
ducts, which can be used as hides. Access to search these areas can be through covers provided
for maintenance, which will have plates that are bolted on. These bolts should be inspected to
see if they have been tampered with. Pipes can be partially checked by filling basins and baths
with water and then releasing the water allowing it to drain. Any apparent blockage should be
inspected further.
If it is necessary to turn off the mains water, there is a stop cock for every property and this is
generally situated near the front gate or door entrance where the pipe enters the property
below ground. The stop cock is normally situated in a purpose-made brick built hole in the
ground with a cast iron cover. The hole is approximately 225 mm square and 750 mm deep.
1.1.12 LIGHT FITTINGS
Ceiling or wall lights require attention and if close inspection is necessary, this should be done
by a competent person who will isolate the mains. Fluorescent lights may have large fittings and
fixtures, as will those recessed within frameworks.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
201
1.1.13 SEWAGE SYSTEMS
Searching sewage systems is unpleasant and this makes them ideal locations to secrete items.
When dealing with sewage systems a complete risk assessment for the task must be completed
and the appropriate PPE used. In extreme circumstances where there is a need to enter a pit or
drainage system, this should only be done by a Working in Confined Spaces Team (WICS) team
working with all the appropriate safeguards. The need for such entry applies only in
extreme cases.
Examples of sewage disposal systems are as follows:
Earth closets are simply a hole dug in the ground and are the most basic form of sewage
system used. They can be prodded with a long pole as opposed to doing a complete sift,
depending on the item sought and the thoroughness of the search required.
Cess pits consist of a large container either built on or buried in the ground, with a cover that is
normally situated at the top to provide viewing and pump-out access. The container collects all
the household waste and when full, is pumped out. If a full search is to be carried out, the
contents should be pumped out and examined when the vehicle is emptied. This should be
done at a suitable location, as advised by the contractor, which conforms to relevant
environmental and health and safety conditions. It is difficult to fully empty the pit out, but the
remainder may be examined with poles or suitable equipment, depending on the size of
item sought.
Septic tanks are miniature sewage farms which may serve between one and several hundred
properties. They are mainly situated in rural areas where there is mains water but no mains
drainage. They may be bottle or cubed shaped and constructed of brick, concrete or plastic.
Where the tanks remain undisturbed for several years, methane gas is generated, therefore, an
appropriate risk assessment should be carried out before inspection.
Main drainage collects and dispatches waste matter to the nearest treatment works through
underground pipes where it is treated for disposal. The local authority or water company will
hold detailed drainage system plans which show the location of each manhole. Sewage systems
require ventilation to prevent a build up of gases and there may be ventilation pipes at the side
of a building. These rise above the eaves and are normally distinguishable by a balloon-shaped
wire grill covering the top.
Package treatment works is a biodegradable treatment plant which processes the waste
through a system and filter, finally releasing the treated fluid into a water course. This is
positioned outside the premises and is more common in rural communities.
Surface water drainage feeds water deposited on roofs into gutters which run into down
pipes and then into underground drains. These drains may be connected to the sewerage
system but are more likely to be connected to soakaways. These are either filled with rubble or
have underground concrete ring chambers which are perforated to allow the rainwater to filter
away into the surrounding ground.
Some properties have surface water collection chambers into which rainwater pipes drain. These
have manhole covers which allow access to the chamber concerned. Soakaways are almost
always located in the ground some distance from the property and may be concealed by
vegetation, paving or patios.
202
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
The search of a premises will include the garden and associated areas unless specific information
or intelligence dictates otherwise. An additional authority separate from the one for the main
premises, may be required to search outbuildings and land even though first impressions
indicate that the property is all one. Advance planning should, where possible, include the
extent of authorities that need to be applied for.
APPENDIX 4
1.2 GARDEN AND ASSOCIATED AREAS
Articles may be secreted outside buildings, but this can be difficult for the person wishing to
hide the object as their actions may be observed. In addition an object hidden outdoors may not
be secure. An outbuilding, garage or shed should be searched using the same methods as
described in 9.5 Building Search Techniques.
The garden and other open areas should be dealt with as described in 10.1 Land Search.
Particular attention should be paid to potential hides away from the open lawns.
The following list gives examples of where to search in gardens and outside areas:
Rubbish bags and bins are ideal for concealing items because there is a reluctance to deal
with them during a normal search. Prior to examination the occupier should be asked if there is
anything inside that may harm or injure the searcher. Correct PPE, including face masks and
sharps gloves, should always be worn during the search. The contents should be examined on
an appropriate surface, for example, a sheet, and in a controlled environment such as an
outbuilding or garage that has already been searched. Emptying the bag in the middle of a
windy garden should be avoided. The container itself should be examined, particularly under a
bin liner or other lining.
Patio areas should be examined for loose slabs or disturbance of the cement, sand or grout,
indicating the possibility of hides constructed beneath and suggesting the need for further
examination. Long-term property secretion under a patio may, depending on its type and size,
be identified by technical methods without the need to disturb the construction. The advice of a
PolSA should be sought in these circumstances.
Brickwork that is loose in ornate or other garden walls should be looked for and checked to
see if there are any potential hides.
Animal enclosures could include kennels, chicken runs and pigeon coups. They appear difficult
and awkward to deal with but it is for this reason that they are often favoured by the criminal
and should, therefore, receive attention. The underlying principle for searching any animal
enclosure is to remove or secure the inhabitant first and then conduct the search. The services
of a dog handler, the Royal Society for the Protection of Animals, Royal Society for the
Protection of Birds or local authority officer may be able to aid the search of such structures.
Appropriate PPE must be used and the search should only take place once the animal has been
safely dealt with.
Fish ponds include carp pools and so forth. They vary greatly in size from small ornate ponds to
large breeding pools. The delicate nature and high value of some fish should be recognised but
this should not prevent a search if circumstances dictate this. Water creates a good hiding place
and the best method to ensure a thorough search is to drain it. Should this be required, an
aquatic expert should be contacted for advice on dealing with water life forms. Assistance in
drainage may also be obtained from the local fire service. Where draining is not an option,
advice and assistance from the underwater search unit should be obtained.
If there is a plastic or thin rubber lining, damage may be caused by using a pole to probe for
objects, so this method should be avoided.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
203
The water edges should be examined for any hanging lines or wires with the secreted items tied
to the end and immersed in the water. Care should be taken to ensure these are not electrical
wires powering water features.
Fountains or water features, which include decorative lights, may be present and these are
generally powered by electricity. This is an obvious hazard, particularly near water, and should
be treated accordingly. Fountains are driven by a motor which may require access for servicing.
This may be enclosed within a purpose built structure within the ground, a rockery or similar
feature nearby. The location should be identified and viewed as a potential hide but only once
the power has been isolated.
Water butts barrels and other receptacles are designed to catch rainwater. They may be
searched in the same way as ponds.
Toys and associated structures should be examined as potential hides. They are favoured by
some because they are thought of as being safe from inspection.
Features such as fence posts, distinctive rocks or stones and particular plants often make
attractive places for hiding objects.
The area adjacent to, but outside the boundary of, the premises may be an attractive hiding
place particularly where items may be hidden out of public view in a relatively secure identifiable
area. This can be helpful to the offender by making proof of possession more difficult. Searches
have revealed the use of such locations as graveyards, derelict sites, secluded parks and
nature areas. Should such circumstances arise additional authority to search these areas will
be required.
1.3 COMPUTERS
Computers and mobile phones are a valuable source of evidence and intelligence and their
recovery must be dealt with appropriately. Assistance should be sought at the earliest
opportunity from the local force computer crime unit, to maximise their evidential value.
Photographing the computer in situ, showing ancillary equipment and connecting leads
is advisable.
In the absence of any specialist guidance, the advice to the searcher must be to not touch or
allow anyone else to touch the equipment and not switch it on or off, to prevent loss of any
data. The owner should not be permitted to switch the machine off, or otherwise interfere with
it, as this will provide an opportunity to destroy files and data within the computer system that
may be of investigative interest. If it is essential to recover the system without specialist
involvement searchers should comply with the following actions:
• Do not touch the keyboard;
• Photograph or make notes as to what is on the screen;
• Allow the printer to finish printing if applicable;
• Switch the system off by disconnecting the electric leads from the computer prior to
unplugging them at the main socket;
• If the computer is a laptop, remove the battery and then remove the mains lead;
• Ensure all items are packaged safely for transportation.
Unplugging the leads from the system prior to switching off at the main socket will ensure that
the correct piece of equipment is dealt with where there are numerous electrical leads and
sockets. This may also prevent data loss, where the user has built in a programme of data
destruction, in the event of a normal shut down process.
204
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
APPENDIX 4
Any lead that is removed from the computer or associated equipment should be individually
labelled. The label should be at the end of the lead and another label should be placed at the
corresponding socket from where it was removed, using an identical symbol to allow
reconstruction. Both ends of the same lead will need to be individually labelled together with
their corresponding sockets where they have both been removed from seized equipment.
Illustration 22 Labelling Computer Leads and Sockets
1
1
2 3
2
3
4
4
5
5
6
8
8
6
7
7
A search of the area should be made for notebooks, diaries or pieces of paper which may
contain passwords.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
205
206
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
APPENDIX 5
APPENDIX 5
VEHICLE SEARCH
TECHNIQUES
T
his appendix sets out the techniques that should be applied to the
searching of the types of vehicles contained in Section 11 Vehicles.
CONTENTS
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
Motor Car . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
1.1.1 Interior of the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
1.1.2 Boot or Cargo Area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
1.1.3 Outside of the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
1.1.4 Engine Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
1.1.5 Underneath the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Commercial Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Refrigerated Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Passenger Carrying Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Vessels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
1.5.1 Search Technique . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
1.5.2 Search Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
1.5.3 Places to Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
207
1.1 MOTOR CAR
1.1.1 INTERIOR OF THE VEHICLE
During this phase the driver should be requested to stand at the front of the vehicle in a safe
position. Here they can be observed through the front windscreen because the searcher will
mainly be facing this direction.
The first action should be to make a visual search for any obvious items. These may be relevant
to the search or may distract the searcher in subsequent stages of the search.
As only one searcher is involved in this exercise, the interior of the vehicle is split into four
sections, the driver area, front passenger area and the two rear passenger areas. Each is
searched in turn. The following search method applies to all seating areas. It is generic and
adjustments therefore, have top be made for areas such as the dashboard.
The door of the vehicle is searched from top to bottom, paying attention to the rubber trim
around the outside. There is a void behind the door panel and this area should be viewed
wherever possible. Particular attention needs to be paid to any panel clips to avoid damage and
ensure that they can be correctly returned. Open the window to its full extent to ensure that it is
not restricted by hidden items. The whole area around the doorframe including the pillar
separating the front and rear doors should then be checked. If there are any rubber seals they
can contain a hollow inner where items may be secreted. These may be checked by squeezing
the tubing along its full length between the thumb and forefinger. Attention should also be
paid to the area between the flat trim and bodywork at the base of the door frame. Side Impact
Protection Systems (SIPS) contain a small amount of explosive and this, along with electric
windows hazards, may be evident in this area. Expert advice may be required to search these areas.
Illustration 23 Cross-Section of Car Door
Door lock anti-theft plate
Window mechanism
Retaining bolt access
Door handle rod
Handle
Electric window spare wire
Side impact protection bar
Window winder gear
208
Voids
Radio speaker
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
APPENDIX 5
The seat should be thoroughly checked for any protruding needles, sharps or other items that
may cause personal injury, prior to entering the vehicle. This initial check will include within and
under the seat. The seat is searched from top to bottom in a systematic manner using the hands
to press against the padding to identify any anomalies. Where the covering is of a cloth
material, the stitching should be inspected for any abnormalities. Headrests contain a void
which can sometimes be accessed through the base. Most headrests can be removed and this
allows easy examination. The sides of the seat including any arm rests, must be checked, paying
particular attention to any covers hiding the brackets at the bottom rear of the seat. The search
continues underneath the seat, checking the obvious stowing area and under and within the
seat padding. The framework cross member to which the seat is bolted is hollow and should
also be inspected.
Seat belts provide a good hiding place, particularly for tablet drugs, which may be placed on the
actual belt when extended and then allowed to recede into the mechanism upon release. The
belt should be pulled out to its full extent to view this hide.
The search continues from an area above and behind the seat in a forward motion across the
dashboard or back of the front seat, foot-well and back to the seat. This system, moving left to
right as it progresses, ensures the whole area is covered. It may be beneficial to sit in the seat
prior to concentrating on the foot-well.
The roof lining should be searched with the hands pressed against the material moving side to
side progressing to the front feeling for anomalies. Access may be gained by removing door
sealing strips or the trim of a sunshine roof if present. An interior light situated in the centre of
the roof at the top of the windscreen should be inspected, followed by the sun visor then the
side pillar. The central mirror may contain a void at the rear and should be inspected.
The dashboard conceals what is potentially the largest sealed void on a motor car and requires
thorough inspection. Searches have revealed persons hiding in this area. This demonstrates the
size of the area available.
Airbags contain a small amount of explosive and along with the vehicles’ general electrics pose
a safety issue and expert advice may be required to search this area in depth.
Progress is made from top to bottom sweeping left to right across the front of the dashboard
area prior to inspecting behind. Attention should be paid to:
• The ventilation and heater hoses with access from both ends of the hose;
• Radio, CD, tape, speakers, satellite navigation or other system;
• Ashtray contents and the void behind when it has been removed;
• The central tunnel consul including the void behind.
Using a mirror to search these areas may be beneficial.
The foot well should be searched, starting from the dashboard across the floor to the seat. The
searcher may find it easier to alight from the vehicle when viewing this area. Attention should
be paid to:
• The side panel which gives access to wing space and door seal;
• Any internal side trim along the inside at the bottom of the door frame;
• Underneath the carpet and any mat checking for any false welding, mastic or other
indication of a hide;
• Drain holes.
The searcher will lose sight of the driver when making a close inspection of the flooring. It may
be prudent to ask the driver to move to the opposite side of the vehicle, near the front
passenger door.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
209
The glove box should not be searched from the driver seat. It should be left, unless information
directs otherwise, until the front passenger section is searched.
Once the driver’s seat and surrounding area of the interior has been searched completely, the
searcher moves to the front passenger area. The process is then repeated. The glove box is
searched during this phase. It is imperative that the boundaries between sections and
overlapped to ensure that nothing is missed.
The rear passenger sections are then systematically searched using the same system. Each side
of the rear seat has to be searched up to and over the centre to overlap the boundary with the
other rear section. One or more of the rear seats may provide access to the boot area and these
should be examined once the seat and surrounding areas have been completed. Paying
attention to the pillar between the front and rear door ensures that the areas are overlapped.
The rear of the front seat may be inspected at this stage using the hands to press against the
material in a top to bottom side to side sweeping motion and feeling for any anomalies.
1.1.2 BOOT OR CARGO AREA
The person in charge of the vehicle should be asked to stand to the side of this area at a safe
distance away from the vehicle where they can observe the procedure but any sudden
movement will attract the searcher’s attention.
Once the boot is open attention is focused on the contents and internal structure prior to any
hands-on contact. The searcher should consider if the contents match those described by the
owner or driver. The structure should be viewed to check for any new welding, paint, mastic,
glue, under-seal or pop rivets. Prior to any search, the underside of the boot lid should be
viewed for any loose items that may become detached during the search.
The loose items inside the boot should be searched in situ and then placed outside the vehicle in
a safe place, to avoid them being used as weapons. These may be temporarily placed in the
front of the vehicle with the door secured. If anything then falls from an item it will be in a
controlled area.
Once the boot area has been emptied, the boot lid is searched from top to bottom, left to right.
The voids created in manufacture, which are accessible from under the boot lid or behind the
panel of a tailgate, must be examined.
The inside of the boot is then searched paying particular attention to:
• The back of the rear seat(s).
• Underneath any carpet.
• The spare tyre, considering whether it has been removed or tampered with. Never sniff air
from tyres. If drugs have been packed inside then they could be inhaled if not properly
packaged and sealed. The tyre should also be removed to check the area in which it
is located.
• The void created between the side outer body and the boot, which may be covered by
a panel.
• The fuel tank, to establish if it has been tampered with. There is equipment to view the
inside of a fuel tank, but it must be used by trained persons. Alternatively a mechanic may
be employed to drain and check the tank.
• Rear light clusters accessible from within this area.
• Compartments provided for items such as hold tools and signs.
210
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
1.1.3 OUTSIDE OF THE VEHICLE
APPENDIX 5
On completion of the search of the boot, all the items that were removed and are not subject to
further enquiry are replaced prior to moving on to the next stage.
Hiding items on the outside and underneath a vehicle present the criminal with the problem of
losing the item as it can fall off during transit it not properly secured. Even so, these areas have
been known to contain hidden articles and should, therefore, be searched.
The top and sides of the vehicle are searched from the front to the back. The person in charge
of the vehicle should be requested to stand where they can be observed without having access
to the interior of the vehicle.
The searcher should initially stand and observe the overall shape of the vehicle to confirm the
outer wings and other alignments match, and establish that no alterations have been
made. The front of the vehicle is then searched and then the searcher moves along one side
checking the top and sides along to the rear of the vehicle. The back is then searched and the
searcher repeats the process in reverse along the other side to the start position, overlapping
the boundaries.
While searching the outside, the following points should be noted and searched:
• Any signs of recent welding or new under-seal;
• Screws or bolts that have been tampered with or renewed;
• New paint or a different shade;
• Windscreen wipers, looking inside the framework of the arm;
• All light clusters, noting any anomalies;
• Voids both behind and inside bumpers and over-riders;
• Within wheel arches and behind wheel arch liners;
• The void behind wheel trims and on older vehicles the hubcaps;
• Spoilers which may contain voids;
• Bull bars, tow bars, bike and luggage racks may contain voids;
• Fuel cap – is there a line or fishing wire protruding which is tied to an object secreted inside
the tank. Camera equipment with a cold light source and approved by the manufacturer
for use with inflammable fluids may be inserted into a fuel tank. These may only be used
by those persons who have received appropriate training.
1.1.4 ENGINE COMPARTMENT
This is a difficult area of a vehicle to search and wherever possible the advice from a mechanic
or a person with a thorough knowledge of engines should be sought. A full risk assessment
should be completed and appropriate PPE worn.
The keys must be secured during this search phase to prevent mechanical movement. The
handbrake should be confirmed as being set or the vehicle selector on an automatic placed in
park to ensure the vehicle remains static. First gear may be selected on manual vehicles to
ensure the vehicle does not move. This gear should be returned to neutral on completion of
the search.
Searchers must be aware that heater and air cooling systems on some vehicles remain active
while the ignition is switched off and the motors circulating air will automatically operate by
switching themselves on at certain temperatures.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
211
Illustration 24 The Engine Compartment
Windscreen wash reservoir
Coolant reservoir
Inner wing strut
Clutch and brake fluid reservoir
Oil dip stick
Exhaust manifold cover
Radiator
Radiator hose
Cross member strut
Engine cover
Air filter hose
Rear ventilation
Fuse box
Inner wing strut
Relay box
Pollen filter
Main battery
Air filter
Fuse box
The owner or driver should stand mid-way along the side of the vehicle where they can
observe and be observed by the searcher who generally faces the vehicle from the front during
this stage.
The searcher should first stand and observe the engine with the bonnet fully opened and secure
to see if there is anything that is obviously out of position. The physical search will begin with
initial inspection of the underneath area of the bonnet lid paying particular attention to any
soundproofing padding or double skin behind which items may be secreted. The search
continues with a systematic sweep from side to side moving to the back of the bonnet from the
front. The engine compartment is covered using the same sweeping technique from the rear of
the engine to the front.
While completing this area, the following points are of interest:
• The rubber seals surrounding the edges of the compartment – these seals may be hollow
and should be searched in the same manner as the door seals.
• Behind and beneath the battery and battery tray. Officers must be wary of the corrosives
contained within a battery which may leak to the outside.
• Beneath and around all main components.
• Within the air filter.
• Within heater and ventilation hoses.
• Windscreen washer container.
212
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
disturbance of these systems may affect the safety of the vehicle when in motion.
Appropriate advice should be sought.
• The voids created between the outer skin of the wings and any engine component or
APPENDIX 5
• Brake, clutch or other fluid containers contain liquid that may irritate the skin, and
manufacturer facia inside. Items taped on the underside of these areas should be
looked for.
• Light clusters.
• Inside the front grill, particularly the void created between the grill and radiator.
These points cover the depth of search required for an engine in normal circumstances, noting
appropriate restrictions that apply. Should information or intelligence direct further intrusion
beyond these limits, the experience of a mechanic or suitably capable individual should
be sought.
1.1.5 UNDERNEATH THE VEHICLE
This is the most difficult area to search because of the restricted access available between the
floor and the underneath of the vehicle. Where the circumstances require an in-depth high
assurance search, consideration should be made for the vehicle to be removed to a secure area
where it can be placed on a ramp or lift, or where hydraulic lifting equipment can be used to
allow free and safe access underneath. Any vehicle lifting must be with approved equipment
and by an authorised person. In the majority of incidents this asset will not be available or
required and the following technique is, therefore, recommended.
The vehicle must be prevented from moving in the same manner as described in 1.1.4 Engine
Compartment Search. It is recommended that the wheels are chocked and blocked. Extendable
mirrors and torches should be used to assist with searching underneath the vehicle, especially to
check the centre.
The vehicle should be positioned so that there are no obstructions to viewing or searching, for
example, the kerb. As much of the underside as possible should then be viewed. If it is
necessary to search underneath a vehicle it should be done by more than one person. If this is
impossible, the owner or driver should be asked to stand on the opposite side of the vehicle to
the searcher, where they can watch without interfering. The searcher should then kneel at the
side of the vehicle to view the underneath. The searcher will at times be able to see the feet of
the owner or driver to confirm their location. When they are not in view, the searcher must take
breaks to observe the person.
The vehicle should be searched from front to back or vice versa, ensuring that the whole
underneath area is covered in a systematic manner. Once one side has been searched the owner
or driver should be asked to move to the opposite side of the vehicle and the procedure is
repeated. No person should be allowed inside the vehicle while the underneath being searched.
The search underneath a vehicle should consider the following points:
• Signs of new underseal or welding;
• Screws or bolts that have been tampered with or renewed;
• New paint or a different shade;
• Underneath bumpers and index plates;
• Drain holes and seals;
• The exhaust system noting any anomalies;
• The sump particularly above any cover which provides protection from road debris;
• The spare wheel stowing area situated underneath and at the rear of some models.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
213
1.2 COMMERCIAL VEHICLES
While completing a commercial vehicle search the following points are of interest.
Interior
• A tachograph, if present, can identify details of the previous journey;
• Load manifests, and a comparison of the contents of the cargo with that listed on the
manifest;
• All other documentation relating to the legality of the vehicle;
• Sleeping area within the cab including personal baggage and belongings;
• Bulkheads created during manufacture and designed for storage.
Boot or cargo area
• If the vehicle was loaded in the presence of the driver.
• Whether any of the cargo has been resealed.
• Open trailers, while appearing innocuous, are mostly constructed by placing boards either
side of metal girders creating voids within the platform.
• Excessive packing of loads which presents an obstacle to searching.
• The load or packaging is not packed flush against the far ends or sides of any container to
intentionally create a void.
• The inside should be viewed for signs of a raised floor or false sides once the load has been
removed. Attention should be paid to new welding, particularly new plates, new screws,
rivets or mastic.
• Insulating space between the walls and roof create large voids and must be viewed for
signs of tampering. The roof exterior must only be viewed using a properly constructed
gantry or technical equipment.
Illustration 25 Commercial Vehicles – Hiding Places
Roof and side linings
Potential false flooring (1)
Potential false bulkhead (1)
Refrigeration motor units
Aerodynamic deflector
Hollow hazard signs
Hollow crash bars
Side lockers
Hollow trailer legs
Fifth wheel mounting
(trailer coupling)
Battery storage area
Fuel tanks
Access area (3)
214
Cab sleeping area
Tilt cab (2)
Large grills
Bumpers
LEGEND
(1) Compare measurements inside and out
(2) Access to engine area
(3) Access to maintenance or storage areas
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
• The general appearance of the vehicle and whether it is appropriate to the load being
carried.
APPENDIX 5
Outside of the vehicle
• Vehicle index numbers including those of any attached trailer.
• Logos on the vehicle.
• Identification of official plates, operators licence and so forth.
• Identification of cab door panels and side panels that are easily removed to reveal voids.
• The void created by air deflectors fixed on the vehicle.
• Screws or bolts that have been tampered with or renewed.
• New paint or paint of a different shade.
• Exterior scorch marks on paintwork which indicate interior welding.
• Exhaust stacks noting potential anomalies.
• Crash bars situated at the rear and both sides of the vehicle which are generally hollow.
• Air, fuel and belly tanks – belly tanks are included by the manufacturer for additional fuel in
order to extend the vehicle range. Voids exist between the top of the tank and the vehicle
or trailer. Alternatively the tank may be additional or an existing one used or adapted as an
illicit hide.
• Side lockers accessible from the outside of the vehicle.
• The fifth wheel – this is the mounting which attaches the trailer to the tractor unit. There is
generally a hollow compartment above the articulated joint which has an access at the top
and underneath the trailer. This can be searched from underneath with a torch and a
mirror, more sophisticated technical equipment such as cameras, or by removing the floor
of the trailer at the appropriate section above the fifth wheel. When searching underneath
vehicles the relevant health and safety issues should be considered.
• Spare wheel positions – these are generally mounted on the trailer if present but the
location varies.
• The spare tyre – has it been removed or tampered with? Searchers should never sniff air
from tyres. If drugs have been packed inside these could be inhaled if not properly
packaged and sealed.
The engine compartment
• Air filters;
• Battery boxes including the void behind.
Underneath the vehicle
• Signs of new underseal or welding.
• The area around lifting axles. Lifting axles are used to save wear on the tyres when the
vehicle or trailer is empty or carrying a reduced load. Compare wheel nuts on existing tyres
and check wheel and tyres for signs of tampering.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
215
1.3 REFRIGERATED LOADS
Where a refrigerated load has to be searched, the following options are available, with
appropriate guidance being sought from HMRC, Ports Police Unit or the PNSC. Searching such
a load should, where possible, be avoided due to the implications relating to the handling
of foodstuffs.
• Open the rear doors and confirm that the contents of the load correspond with the
documentation carried by the driver. The need to search the load may not be allowed
where it has been officially sealed or other circumstances are apparent from the
documentation. Official seals of both the vehicle and load must be treated within the
constraints of legislation, eg, HMRC.
• Follow the load to its destination where the search may take place during unloading. This
may be completed where the destination is appropriate and information does not indicate
there is criminal involvement at this location, unless this eventuality has been planned for in
the police operation. This option may reduce cost and staffing levels.
• Searching the load during transfer to a second refrigerated vehicle. The vehicles must be
placed near to each other in a suitable area, under cover in inclement weather, and using
personnel who have been briefed as to how this will be done.
• The vehicle may be transported to a cold storage depot for search. This may involve the
cost of hiring the depot and provision of sufficient numbers of appropriately briefed
personnel, and suitable equipment to transport and search the vehicle.
While searching a load, handling food stuffs must be kept to a minimum. The temperature of
the goods should be monitored as an increase may result in the load becoming unsuitable for
use. Advice and guidance on the handling of food stuffs may be obtained from the Department
for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs (Defra). Basic hygiene rules when searching food stuffs
will include:
• The maintenance of personal hygiene including washing hands or use of bacterial hand wipes;
• Covering cuts and abrasions with food-handling waterproof dressings or plasters;
• Wearing gloves, clean disposable suits, overshoes and appropriate head coverings;
• Ensuring the sterility of any equipment coming into close contact with food stuffs;
• The use of search dogs being restricted to outside the vehicle food containment area and
away from food being transferred.
The following points are of relevance to searching refrigerated loads:
• Refrigerated units are thermostatically controlled and can switch on when the motor is
switched off.
• The outer walls of containers which have frozen produce inside should be checked for
condensation. This may be caused by damage to, or removal of, insulation from the linings
causing the cold to penetrate and appear as new dew on the outside of the container.
Such indications may require closer inspection internally or externally.
• During manufacture of refrigerated vehicles polyurethane foam is injected into the voids
between floors, walls and roof which strengthens the container and acts as an insulator.
This can be removed to create a hide.
• Frozen metal should never be touched with bare hands or other skin.
216
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
floor insulation is damaged and a crack has absorbed water which may be present or may
have evaporated.
• Evaporator coils within refrigerator units are easy to damage and expensive to replace.
APPENDIX 5
• When considering the weight of a vehicle, the gross weight when empty may vary where
• The refrigerant and method of refrigeration can be harmful to humans.
On conclusion of the search the vehicle must be returned to the original condition and any
documentation should be completed.
1.4 PASSENGER CARRYING VEHICLES
Passenger carrying vehicles present many opportunities to hide objects and the following list
indicates places that searchers should consider when searching such vehicles:
• Clean clothing and PPE should be worn when searching inside the vehicle to prevent stains
or dirt being left and necessitating expensive valeting or other cleaning requirements.
• The vehicle main electrics may be separate from those provided for passengers and these
should all be isolated prior to a search where relevant.
• Buses and coaches can contain chemicals, especially in the toilet area, and correct PPE
should be worn.
• If necessary, advice from the Road Policing Unit should be sought on the documentation
required.
• Documentation including any passenger lists or journey itinerary may reveal seating plans
or scheduled tour information that will assist the search.
• The inside search should be treated in a systematic manner from front to back or vice versa
with care being taken to cover the whole area.
• The seats may be dealt with as one search with each seat being searched in turn. Once
these have all been searched the remaining inside area surrounding the seats from the
front of the vehicle to the back is inspected ensuring boundaries are overlapped.
Alternatively each seat and the surrounding area may be searched in turn, starting from
the front of the vehicle to the back.
• Should there be any interruption to the search, the seat or area completed must be noted
or marked. The search will be resumed just before the point where it stopped.
• Care should be taken when opening overhead lockers as items inside may have moved
during the journey. These lockers should be thoroughly inspected. Steps or similar
equipment to gain access.
• Toilet areas are considered to be good hides as they may be constantly observed by the
person secreting the item, and any subsequent find is not attributable to them as it is in a
public area.
• Septic tanks should be inspected by qualified searchers or outside contractors.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
217
• Some interior coach panels are easily removed identifying voids between the panel and the
main structure.
• Vent hoses are often built into the parcel shelf.
• Some voids exist beneath the floor area and can be accessed by removing the carpet and
the flooring to reveal a hatch or screwed-down panel.
• Items such as coffee machines should be examined by an appropriate person.
• Rubbish bins and their contents need to be inspected.
• Any sleeping compartment situated on the vehicle must be treated as a clean area.
• A large void exists above the wheel arches on coaches which may be used for additional
compartments. Access can be gained by removing the external side panels or from inside
the boot or cargo area.
Illustration 26 Passenger Carrying Vehicles – Hiding Places
Air conditioning unit
Space beneath rear seat
Skylight
Emergency exit
Engine/filters
Wheel arches
Luggage compartments
218
Overhead lights and ventilation
Skylight
Overhead video and cabinets
Mirrors
Nameplate panel
Light clusters
Inspection cover
Wheel arches
Luggage compartment
Waste disposal and ventilation access
Access door to coach, toilet and galley storage area
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
The following sections include basic guidance for searching small vessels, particularly pleasure
craft, as these are the type most likely to be encountered in normal operational situations.
APPENDIX 5
1.5 VESSELS
1.5.1 SEARCH TECHNIQUE
The depth of search required on a vessel will depend on the circumstances involved, the article
sought and the time available to secrete property or construct a hide. If the crew are involved in
the concealment their knowledge and access will provide greater opportunity to secrete items
which may also include areas below the water line. Whatever the circumstances that necessitate
a search, the basic technique will remain the same.
A systematic approach should be adopted for searching any vessel and each area should be
considered as a separate task within the whole search process. The following diagram outlines
the five basic search areas.
Illustration 27 Cross-Section of a Vessel
Hull
Topside
Cabin
Engine compartment
Hold/cargo
The search areas can be described as follows:
• The interior includes cabins and accommodation areas;
• The cargo area is the hold or holds;
• The outside includes everything above the water line;
• The engine compartment which will include the engine room on larger vessels;
• The underneath is everything below the water line.
A search below the water line is potentially difficult but can be achieved by using the following:
• A competent underwater search team;
• Underwater camera equipment;
• Lifting the vessel out of the water at a suitable dock or marina;
• Mooring the vessel on an appropriate hard standing for the search to be completed during
low tide. Hard standings are available for yachts at some small ports or marinas throughout
the UK and are suitable only for vessels with appropriate hard standing keels.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
219
1.5.2 SEARCH CONSIDERATIONS
The following points are of interest, particularly when dealing with small pleasure cruisers
and yachts:
• What is the general appearance of the vessel and is it in keeping with the manner in which
it is being used?
• Identify the name of the vessel. If absent, this must be treated with suspicion and may
indicate criminality.
• Consider the previous movements and history of the vessel. This may be available from the
Lloyds Maritime Information Unit.
• Identify the owner or skipper and obtain relevant documentation, for example, bill of sale,
vessel registration, insurance document, radio licence and berthing receipt. The skipper
may also identify some of the more inaccessible places on the craft.
• Identify who is on board and establish if they are crew, friends, business colleagues or
members of a club. This may assist in identifying the reason for their presence on board.
• The ship’s log may be a useful source of information and intelligence, as it identifies
the craft’s previous passage plan. Charts and associated markings may also provide
information.
• Is the water line of the vessel visible? If under the water this may indicate the vessel is
overloaded.
• Is the vessel clean, is all the brass polished for example? A vessel purely used as a mule may
have an uncared for appearance.
• Examine any tender that is towed or attached to the vessel. A tender must bear the name
of the main craft and if the name is different or absent this should be treated with
suspicion.
• Are there new boards, shiny metal or signs of new glass fibre which may conceal objects.
• Is there a smell of glue, resin or new paint used to mask recent work?
• Are there any signs that screws or bolts have been tampered with or renewed?
220
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
• Under the deck or floor hatches and access covers.
• Underneath and within any steps there can be a void used for storage on small vessels.
APPENDIX 5
1.5.3 PLACES TO SEARCH
• Voids are present where lockers are situated next to the vessel’s structure.
• In head linings situated inside the accommodation areas. Wall and side linings used for
decoration should also be considered.
• Behind, under and within soft furnishings.
• Inside table stands. These are normally of tubular construction.
• Within any partition between cabins or other parts of the construction.
• In the personal baggage of occupants or the crew.
• Cockpit or hatch coamings (the lip that prevents water entering the opening).
• Wrapped inside rolled sails whether on the masts or stored, including any sail bags.
• Hollow masts require strength and it is rare that there are any holes. Inspection plates
should be closely examined as should anything attached to the mast itself.
• Engines sit on a framework normally consisting of two bearers or raised ridges that provide
a void between the hull and the engine.
• The insulation and cladding used to pad a small vessel engine compartment.
• There are several tanks, for example, fuel, water and waste. Dummy replicas may be used
for illicit storage. Many vessel tanks have inspection plates which allow internal access.
• Dummy pipes and other hoses or the use of existing ones.
• Battery boxes including the surrounding voids.
• A line dangling over the side to which articles may be attached.
• Concealment on the keel or rudder.
• Limpet hides attached to the hull.
• If the tender cradle is empty, the tender may have contained illicit items and abandoned
prior to the search.
Consideration should always be given to a search of the shoreline and, where appropriate, the
water bed, both where the craft has been and where she now lies for any items that may have
been discarded over the side. The difficulties and costs of such searches, particularly those on
the water bed will mean that there must be a strong suspicion that the items are there and
need to be recovered.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
221
1.6 AIRCRAFT
The officer in charge of the search must be aware of the legal requirements. search procedures
and the health and safety issues involved. Initial contact should be made with the owner or
airline representative and then an appointed aircraft engineer and/or the pilot. The pilot must be
informed of the search and the extent of the intrusion expected.
The officer in charge of the search must ensure that those involved have been thoroughly
briefed on:
• Emergency evacuation procedures for the aircraft and the location;
• All other health and safety issues;
• The search task required.
Only torches and mirrors should be taken onto the aircraft by searchers and any such items
must be recorded prior to boarding. This record must be checked on completion of the search
to ensure that all items are accounted for. Other tools must not be taken on board because of
the potential hazards of short circuiting electrical systems or leaving items on board. Removal of
any panel or screw must be by a qualified aircraft engineer who will have a detailed knowledge
of any underlying hazards.
All searches must be documented, showing who has done what and where. This
documentation will provide a record that may be referred to later to provide evidence or
intelligence and to address any concerns by the airline.
The internal area of the aircraft should be divided into manageable sections. These include the
passenger area, toilets and galley. The order of search of the three main areas may depend on
the available information. Where no particular order of search is dictated by intelligence, and
the same staff will be searching all areas, it is suggested for hygiene reasons that the areas are
dealt with in the order of galley, passenger area, then the toilets.
Galley Area
The galley is the kitchen of the aircraft where food and beverages are stored and prepared.
Passengers do not have authority to use the facilities that are kept in this area but they do have
access as they pass through to their seats or move around the aircraft.
This area contains several potential hides including cupboards, lockers, food containers and
trolleys, refuse receptacles and bar boxes. Bar boxes are bonded secure stores that are used to
hold excess duty free stores which are offered for sale when outside UK restrictions. The boxes
are officially sealed and may only be opened by breaking the seal under HMRC regulations.
Only persons who have received guidance in handling foodstuffs and are using the correct food
handling protection should have direct contact with food or associated materials.
If bar boxes or catering boxes need to be examined, it may be appropriate to use a catering unit
in the airport where there is more space and the environment can be controlled
When searching the galley the techniques described in searching kitchens may assists, see
1.1.7 Kitchen. The galley may be searched by working from left to right or vice versa and from
top to bottom, searching everything in a progressive manner. This will ensure that the whole
area is covered using a systematic approach and that each receptacle and area has received
appropriate attention. The area behind ceiling panels may be inspected by removing the quick
release screws but only qualified aircraft engineers are allowed to remove them.
Items of electrical equipment that require attention should only be searched under the guidance
of a qualified aircraft engineer.
222
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
Larger aircraft may have food lifts to other floors including the hold. The inspection of
such areas must only be under the direction of an engineer once they have isolated any
electrical systems.
APPENDIX 5
Rubbish receptacles should be inspected either on the aircraft or removed to within a controlled
environment. During their removal from the aircraft the continuity of evidence must
be maintained.
Passenger Seating Compartments
The number of passenger seats on an aircraft can exceed 400 and should be sectioned into
manageable areas to ensure each receives attention. The passenger area may be divided by use
of the physical boundaries imposed by first class, economy, the large gaps by the exit points or
by the seat numbers.
Each sectioned area should be searched systematically, from side to side and top to bottom. The
area should be worked from one end to the other, either front to back or back to front. It is
better to search the area from top to bottom (rather than bottom to top). This ensures a safe
environment in which to work and that nothing overhead remains unchecked.
A space exists between the fuselage and the cabin roof and side panels. These panels can be
removed by an engineer by simply unclipping or removing the quick-release screws. Depending
on the purpose of the search, it may be enough to simply view the panels and their associated
clips and screws for evidence of tampering, rather than removing the panel itself. The removal
of a panel may only be completed by a qualified aircraft engineer.
The area above each passenger seat provides a small sealed compartment which is called a
passenger service unit. This contains an oxygen mask which is released in emergency situations.
This unit should only be checked by a qualified aircraft engineer to ensure the equipment
remains in working order and that it is re-packed correctly for passenger safety.
The passenger luggage compartments over the seating may be accessed by anyone and include
lockable bins or racks. Each should be inspected from an appropriate height to allow all parts of
the compartment to be examined. As they are normally above head height, an authorised
standing platform should be used rather than standing on the seat below, unless it is
designated and marked for that purpose. Care should also be taken when opening such lockers
as items may have moved during transit and become unstable.
Other passenger storage cupboards, at various levels, are available within the cabin area and
each one should be searched in turn as the search system progresses. Some lockers contain
heavy equipment such as life rafts which may not be securely restrained. Advice should be
sought from the aircrew prior to opening such compartments and, if necessary, further
assistance obtained.
Locked cupboards and lockers should be inspected unless information about the search
indicates otherwise. These may contain safety equipment and other aircraft essentials. When
examining these lockers, the assistance and guidance of a qualified aircraft engineer should be
sought. The key or opening procedure will always be available to the crew of the particular
aircraft concerned.
Each seat is constructed of a metal frame with secure mountings for seat belt fittings. The seat
and back cushions are covered with material, all of which is held to the main seat frame by use
of Velcro or clips. If required, seat coverings can be removed with ease to allow a thorough
inspection. Each seat has a pocket in the rear. This pocket is designed to hold safety information
leaflets and magazines and will require inspection. Care should be exercised as needles have
been found in these pockets.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
223
A life jacket should be situated beneath each seat. This is held in a life jacket holder which is
attached to the base of the seat pan. Life jackets are sealed under Aircraft Health and Safety
Regulations and as such should only be opened by an appropriate aircraft engineer. This does
not prevent inspection of the package and if the seal has been broken, suspicions will be
aroused. Any life jacket package which has a broken seal must be reported to a member of the
cabin crew, if it is not of evidential interest.
There is crew seating within the passenger area and this should receive attention. This seating
area may contain aircraft safety items such as life jacket display equipment, fire extinguishers,
smoke masks and torches. It should, therefore, be treated with caution. Where necessary, the
area should still be searched and the guidance of a qualified aircraft engineer sought where the
item requires opening.
Larger aircraft have crew rest areas which provide limited privacy for the staff and access is
limited to the crew only. Where access by the public is possible even though not authorised,
consideration should be given to searching these areas
Toilet Areas
The toilet areas provide suitable locations to hide items and the opportunity for an individual
to conceal an item unobserved. It is the only public area on an aircraft that offers this
particular advantage.
The toilet is encased with facia panels which can easily be removed to reveal a large void in
which the mechanism for the toilet sits. The toilet and bowl itself should be examined and if it
should be necessary to remove the casing, the services of an engineer should be obtained.
Once examined, the toilet may be tested to ensure there is no blockage. This should be
completed after the search to prevent the loss of any hurriedly discarded evidence that may be
lost on flushing the toilet. Should a blockage be evident, the services of an engineer should be
sought. The correct PPE must be worn when searching this area. Other items to search in this
area include waste bins and towel and soap holders.
Ceiling and wall panels are to be treated in the same way as detailed in 1.6 Aircraft (Passenger
Seating Compartments).
Baggage
Baggage includes suitcases, bags, holdalls or any container used for the carriage of goods by a
person. These may be carried by the passenger, located in the passenger storage compartments
in the cabin, held in the main aircraft hold or found temporarily abandoned. Each item should
be attributed to the passenger concerned. Abandoned baggage which may indicate a terrorist
threat is not covered in this practice advice.
The hold is classed as a Category 2 area and general police staff should not enter unless the
area is subject to a search and then only following a specific health and safety briefing. The floor
of the hold is constructed of a series of rollers to allow easy movement of baggage but this
creates a hazardous environment to walk on.
Where there is a need to search baggage that is in the hold of the aircraft, it is best to remove
the items to a secure area that provides a safe working environment. The ground adjacent to
the aircraft could be used but somewhere that gives protection from the elements would
be preferable.
224
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
For guidance on how to search baggage see 7.4 Baggage Search.
APPENDIX 5
Baggage handlers may be asked to move the items, under supervision, where the security and
integrity of those items is not an issue. Alternatively, police officers who have been given an
appropriate health and safety briefing could move the baggage.
Other Areas
The search advice provided within this practice advice has been restricted to the areas of an
aircraft where the general public has access as these are the areas officers may have to search.
The police service is rarely involved in the search of an aircraft. It is even less likely that they will
search the non-public areas identified as Category 2.
Should a search involve a Category 2 area, the advice of a PolSA should be sought. The search
will be conducted under the guidance of the pilot and with the assistance of a qualified aircraft
engineer who will ensure aircraft safety at all times. Additional advice may be obtained from
HMRC or the RAF through the NCPE Opsline.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
225
226
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
APPENDIX 6
APPENDIX 6
EXAMPLE PROTOCOLS
227
The following protocols were developed by the North Wales Police in conjunction with North
Wales Mountain Rescue Association and are reproduced here as good practice examples that
may be considered in other police areas.
PROTOCOL FOR SEARCHING FOR MISSING PERSONS
Introduction
North Wales Police receive a large number of reports of missing persons. Each is assessed for
their vulnerability. Most are resolved by early action and investigation and without recourse to
mounting a full-managed search.
North Wales is fortunate in having well established Mountain and Cave SAR Teams. The skills
and training of individual voluntary members are frequently called upon by the Police to assist in
searches, rescues and body recovery. An excellent working relationship has been firmly
established and this protocol seeks to develop the existing relationship to assist Police in
conducting an investigation and search for missing persons.
Joint Working
This document acknowledges that the North Wales Police (NWP) and North Wales Mountain
Rescue Association (NWMRA) (hereinafter referred to as the Participants), acting on behalf of its
members, wish to develop and maintain liaison in order to organise searches for missing
persons. The missing person may be: LOST; MISSING (voluntary); ABDUCTED; UNAUTHORISED
ABSENTEE; or ABSCONDER. Missing person investigations can become murder enquiries. This
document acknowledges that effective search requires
The Participants to:
• Acknowledge the primacy of and that North Wales Police has a responsibility to assess and
review the risk of searching for different categories of missing persons and adjust search
planning appropriately.
• Understand the principles of confidentiality associated with their involvement in any
investigation.
• Recognise the benefits to the missing person and the community that will result from their
close co-operation.
• Wish to seek a greater mutual understanding of their respective organisations, techniques
and legislation.
• Acknowledge the primacy of the responsible rescue team member at a search area in
assessing the risks involved.
• Acknowledge that Health and Safety will always be the final arbiter of any decision making
process around deployment of Police officers or NWMRA volunteers to a given search area
of circumstances.
In order to achieve these aims the NWP and NWMRA have reached the following
understanding: –
Training
The Participants undertake to enter into a programme of training dealing with search
management and search techniques, recovery of evidence, still and video photography and
evidential matters. Such training to be repeated and reinforced as appropriate.
228
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
APPENDIX 6
Deployment
On any call out, the SAR Team will endeavour to ensure that adequately trained members are
available. The SAR Teams agree to deliver certain minimum standards of service. A police bronze
commander will be appointed for a full-managed search. The SAR Teams further agree to
operate under the direction of the Senior Investigating Officer (SIO)/ Police Search Adviser
(PolSA) in liaison with the responsible SAR Team member.
Designated contacts will be established between Senior Investigating Officers and Police Search
Advisers of NWP and the NWMRA and its members. This will serve to ensure mutual
understanding and a means of rapidly resolving any issues of concern which may emerge.
Annual Review
In order to validate these proposals the Participants will nominate members to attend an annual
meeting. The practical operation of elements within this protocol will be reviewed and guidance
provided where necessary.
It is recognised that the common basis on which both Participants agree to co-operate may be
subject to change over time and, thus, be subject to amendment. It is accepted that at the
request of either of the participants, both will meet to consider the existing arrangements and,
if necessary, amend this protocol.
Both Participants will keep each other mutually informed of any changes regarding their own
organisational structure and points of contact.
Cancellation
This protocol will continue to have effect until one Participant informs the other in writing that
the understanding is no longer to have effect, in which case, it will terminate immediately.
Signed on behalf of North Wales Police
................................................................
Date.............................
Signed on behalf of North Wales Mountain Rescue Association
................................................................
Date.............................
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
229
PROTOCOL CONCERNING FATALITIES AND DIFFICULT TO REACH CRIME SCENES
Introduction
The geographical nature of North Wales and its prominence as a tourist area results in an influx
of visitors throughout the year. Many of these visitors, and local people, pursue outdoor
activities including walking and climbing in the mountains.
Sadly, a number of incidents occur each year where people lose their lives as a result of these
activities. The Police, on behalf of Her Majesty’s Coroner, investigate all such fatalities. It is the
legal duty of the Coroner to hold an inquest to determine the cause of death based on the
information gathered by the Police from witnesses. The families of casualties will look to the
Coroner and Police to provide them with a detailed explanation of how their relatives met their
deaths. In the majority of cases death has resulted from a tragic accident. However, in some
instances the Police investigation may uncover evidence suggesting that a crime has been
committed which may lead to court action (criminal or civil).
Crime Scene Access
It is imperative that information is gathered from the “scene” of the incident at the earliest
opportunity in order to assist the investigation. This may be by way of eye witness testimony,
photographs, video recording and the examination and recovery of equipment. The very nature
of such a scene in, for instance, the mountains of Snowdonia may make scene examination
difficult or impossible in the conventional sense of employing Police search and examination
techniques. Police officers are not, as a matter of course, trained in mountaineering skills and
the risk in employing an untrained officer on such a task may be unacceptable.
Mountain and Cave Search and Rescue (SAR) Teams
North Wales is fortunate in having well established voluntary Mountain and Cave SAR Teams.
The skills and training of individual team members are frequently called upon by the Police to
assist in searches and body recovery. An excellent working relationship has been firmly
established and this protocol seeks to develop the existing relationship to include crime scene
training which will assist the Police in conducting an investigation.
Joint Working
This document acknowledges that the North Wales Police (NWP) and North Wales Mountain
Rescue Association (NWMRA) (hereinafter referred to as the Participants), acting on behalf of its
members, wish to develop and maintain liaison in order to adequately address the difficulty of
recovering evidence from hard to reach potential crime scenes and provide a high quality of
service as part of any subsequent investigation. All parties accept that this protocol is a
statement of best intent.
The Participants:
• Acknowledge that the rescue of the living and preservation of life (including that of the
rescuers) is of paramount importance.
• Acknowledge the primacy of the Police in all aspects of any investigation.
• Acknowledge the primacy of the responsible rescue team member at the scene in
assessing the risks involved in accessing the scene.
• Understand the principles of confidentiality associated with their involvement in any
investigation.
• Recognise the benefits to the criminal justice system and the community which will result
from their close co-operation.
• Wish to seek a greater mutual understanding of their respective organisations, techniques
and legislation.
230
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
occasions when team members may be requested to remain available at the scene or
nearby until such time as the Senior Investigating Officer (SlO) feels able to release them.
The SlO should consider that team members are volunteers and may have other
pressing commitments.
APPENDIX 6
• Recognise the desirability of releasing team members as soon as practical but there may be
• Acknowledge that Health and Safety will always be the final arbiter of any decision making
process around deployment of Police personnel in hard to reach areas.
In order to achieve these aims the NWP and NWMRA have reached the following
understanding.
Training
The Participants undertake to enter into a programme of training dealing with the techniques of
scene searches, recovery of evidence, still and video photography and evidential matters. Such
training to be repeated and reinforced at appropriate intervals.
Deployment
On any incident involving a fatality, the SAR Team will endeavour to ensure that adequately
trained members are available. The SAR Teams agree to deliver certain minimum standards of
service. The SAR Teams further agree to operate under the direction of the SlO in liaison with
the responsible SAR Team member.
Designated contacts will be established between SIOs of NWP and the NWMRA and its
members. This will serve to ensure mutual understanding and a means of rapidly resolving any
issues of concern which may emerge.
Annual Review
In order to validate these proposals the Participants will nominate members to attend an annual
meeting. The practical operation of elements within this protocol will be reviewed and guidance
provided where necessary.
It is recognised that the common basis on which both Participants agree to co-operate may be
subject to change over time and, thus, be subject to amendment. It is accepted that at the
request of either of the Participants, both will meet to consider the existing arrangements and, if
necessary, amend this protocol.
Both Participants will keep each other mutually informed of any changes regarding their own
organisational structure and points of contact.
Guidance and advice on the practical application of this protocol is given in Appendix I.
Cancellation
This Protocol, which comes into force as from this day for an unlimited period, will continue to
have effect until one Participant informs the other in writing that the understanding herein is no
longer to have effect, in which case it shall terminate immediately.
Signed on behalf of North Wales Police:
Date.............................
Signed on behalf of North Wales Mountain Rescue Association:
Date.............................
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
231
232
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
APPENDIX 7
APPENDIX 7
GRAMPIAN
RESEARCH DATA
CONTENTS
1.1
1.2
1.3
Children Aged 1 to 16 Years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
1.1.1 Children Aged 1 to 4 Years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
1.1.2 Children Aged 5 to 8 Years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
1.1.3 Children Aged 9 to 11 Years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
1.1.4 Children Aged 12 to 14 Years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
1.1.5 Children Aged 15 to 16 Years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Suicides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
1.2.1 Women Who Commit Suicide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
1.2.2 Suicides Involving Men . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Mental Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
1.3.1 Psychosis or Schizophrenia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
1.3.2 Depression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
1.3.3 Dementia (Cognitive Impairment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
1.3.4 Hypomania or Mania (Manic Depressives) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
1.3.5 Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
233
The information in the following sections is based on data gathered from over 3,000 missing
persons cases throughout the UK. It gives information on the characteristics of some significant
issues relating to missing persons, eg, suicide, depression and other mental conditions. This
should assist in understanding what people do when they are missing.
This information may be used to formulate investigation and search strategies, and to establish
and review risk assessments. The information contained in the tables should be used as a guide
and always in conjunction with all other sources of information and intelligence.
Through the use of this information it should be possible to:
• Establish a high probability area within which to concentrate the inquiry;
• Use an intelligence led approach in the deployment of resources;
• Target the most likely places where the person might be traced;
• Establish a likely timeframe within which there should be a reasonable expectation of
tracing the person.
If the missing person is not found within the parameters suggested by the tables, it may be
necessary to raise the risk level and assign more resources.
When selecting an area in which to concentrate an enquiry, supervisors must consider two
things:
• Can the area selected be realistically covered by the available staff?
• Does the selected area provide a reasonable probability of successfully tracing the person?
Using the tables provided throughout this section, the probability of a successful outcome can
be balanced against the size of search or inquiry area. A visual understanding of the search area
can be achieved by superimposing the suggested search parameters onto an appropriate street
or Ordnance Survey map.
The tables in the following sections provide three vital pieces of information for the search
adviser:
• A general indication of the timescales within which one could expect to locate the missing
person;
• Approximate search area sizes and associated location probabilities;
• Likely places within the search area that one would expect to locate the missing person.
234
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
This document sets out five age groups for children and presents behavioural profiles for
each group.
APPENDIX 7
1.1 CHILDREN AGED 1 TO 16 YEARS
1.1.1 CHILDREN AGED 1 TO 4 YEARS
Table 8 Children 1 to 4 Years – Time, Distance and Place Data
Percentage of cases
Time lapse between report and location
20%
8 mins
40%
11 mins
50%
20 mins
70%
26 mins
80%
40 mins
95%
1 hr 5 mins
99%
3 hrs 16 mins
Percentage of cases
Distance between place missing and place found
30%
160 m
50%
400 m
70%
750 m
80%
900 m
98%
1.2 km
Percentage of cases
Places found
58%
Playing in the street
18%
Friends, relatives or neighbours’ addresses
15%
At home address
9%
Playing in places where they were not immediately visible,
eg, playing fields, wooded areas
Considerations:
• The younger the child, the closer they are likely to be found to the place they went
missing from;
• Children traced beyond 900 metres had either been abducted by a parent or were with an
appropriate adult and reported missing as the result of a genuine misunderstanding.
Table 9 Children 1 to 4 Years – Outcomes Data
37%
Girls
63%
Boys
87%
Missing on foot
10%
Missing on bicycle
73%
Went missing from home
10%
Went missing at shopping centre
37%
Found by
police
30%
Found by
relatives
27%
Found by members
of the public
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
235
1.1.2 CHILDREN AGED 5 TO 8 YEARS
Table 10 Children 5 to 8 Years – Time, Distance and Place Data
Percentage of cases
Time lapse between report and location
20%
45 mins
40%
1 hr 30 mins
50%
2 hrs
70%
3 hrs
80%
4 hrs
90%
5 hrs 30 mins
99%
30 hrs
Percentage of cases
Distance between place missing and found
30%
350 m
50%
550 m
70%
1.1 km
80%
1.3 km
90%
1.8 km
99%
6.8 km
Percentage of cases
Places found
31%
Walking in public street or park
27%
Returned to their place of residence
21%
Went to relative’s address
19%
Went to friend’s address
3%
Shops, community or leisure centre
Considerations:
• These children are of school age, learning about new areas and beginning to travel further;
• They make new friends, parents are less likely to know who they are associating with,
check with school for class list;
• All of the children traced beyond 1.8 kilometres had been abducted by a parent or there
had been a misunderstanding between parents or relatives about who the child should
be with.
Table 11 Children 5 to 8 years – Outcomes Data
236
79%
Girls
21%
Boys
69%
Missing on foot
11%
Missing on bicycle
65%
Went missing from home
20%
Went missing from school
46%
Found by police
40%
Found by relatives, including
those who returned home
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
Table 12 Children 9 to 11 Years – Time, Distance and Place Data
Percentage of cases
Time lapse between report and location
20%
58 mins
40%
1 hr 15 mins
50%
2 hrs
70%
3 hrs 30 mins
80%
6 hrs
90%
13 hrs
99%
3.5 days
Percentage of cases
Distance between place missing and found
30%
800 m
50%
1.5 km
70%
3.2 km
80%
5.0 km
90%
8.0 km
99%
511 km
Percentage of cases
APPENDIX 7
1.1.3 CHILDREN AGED 9 TO 11 YEARS
Places found
27%
Returned to their place of residence
25%
Walking in public street/park
16%
Went to friend’s address
13%
Went to relative’s address
7%
Shops, community or leisure centre
3%
Went to police station
3%
Place of entertainment
Considerations:
• Few children of this age were found walking beyond 3.2 kilometres;
• Beyond this distance these children tend to be traced at either friends’ or relatives’ homes;
• Girls of this age have a greater tendency to be traced at friends’ homes, boys tend to be
found hanging about in the streets.
Table 13 Children 9 to 11 Years – Outcomes Data
80%
Girls
20%
90%
Missing on foot
67%
Went missing from home
19%
Went missing from school
46%
Found by police
36%
Found by relatives, including
those who returned home
6%
Boys
Used public transport
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
237
1.1.4 CHILDREN AGED 12 TO 14 YEARS
Table 14 Children 12 to 14 Years – Time, Distance and Place Data
Percentage of cases
Time lapse between report and location
20%
1 hr 50 mins
40%
4 hrs 30 mins
50%
7 hrs 30 mins
70%
17 hrs
80%
24 hrs
90%
48 hrs
99%
11 days
Percentage of cases
Distance between place missing and found
30%
1 km
50%
3 km
70%
8 km
80%
18 km
90%
43 km
99%
273 km
Percentage of cases
Places found
25%
Returned to place of residence
24%
Friends address
19%
Walking in public street or park
12%
Relatives address
11%
Shops, community or leisure centre
2%
Police station
2%
Railway or bus station
1%
Place of entertainment
Considerations:
• Diagnosed mental conditions begin to appear, eg, depression, ADHD, self harm;
• Children suffering from ADHD tend to travel greater distances than those who do not
have ADHD;
• Girls tend to be traced at friends’ homes and boys tend to be found on the streets;
• Children in a new care or foster home, particularly if it is some distance from their previous
address, often go back to that area or to their home towns to be with friends.
Table 15 Children 12 to 14 Years – Outcomes Data
238
50%
Girls
50%
Boys
61%
Missing on foot
15%
Used public transport
55%
Went missing from home
16%
Went missing from care or
foster homes
50%
Found by police
34%
Found by relatives, including
those who returned home
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
Table 16 Children 15 to 16 Years – Time, Distance and Place Data
Percentage of cases
Time lapse between report and location
30%
5 hrs
50%
12 hrs
70%
27 hrs
80%
43 hrs
90%
3.5 days
99%
19 days
Percentage of cases
Distance between place missing and found
30%
2.3 km
50%
7 km
70%
23 km
80%
40 km
90%
80 km
99%
323 km
Percentage of cases
APPENDIX 7
1.1.5 CHILDREN AGED 15 TO 16 YEARS
Places found
31%
Returned to place of residence
27%
Friends address
14%
Walking in public street or park
8%
Relatives address
7%
Shops, community or leisure centre
4%
Railway or bus station
4%
Went to police station
Considerations:
• Girls of this age tend to be traced at friends’ homes, boys tend to found hanging about in
the streets;
• Diagnosed mental conditions appear, eg, depression, psychosis and self-harm;
• Depression, particularly in boys of this age can lead to suicide. Tell-tale signs are becoming
withdrawn, loners, talking about taking their own life.
Table 17 Children 15 to 16 Years – Outcomes Data
58%
Girls
42%
Boys
49%
Missing on foot
25%
Used public transport
84%
Went missing from home
55%
Found by police
6%
31%
Went missing from a public place
Found by relatives, including
those who returned home
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
239
1.2 SUICIDES
Unfortunately a number of people who go missing do so with the intention of committing
suicide. The reasons people choose to end their own lives are numerous and complex.
The data within this section relates solely to people who have committed suicide away from
their home address. Other studies into suicides include those who have killed themselves at
home. When formulating a search strategy it is important that the correct data is used.
Two questions should be uppermost in every officer’s mind when faced with such a case:
• Is the person genuinely at risk of taking their own life?
• What should the search strategy be, in order to locate this person quickly?
Is the person at risk of suicide
There is a strong association between suicide and mental illness, particularly depression. This
does not mean, however, that everyone with a mental illness will try to kill themselves.
Two strongest indicators that a depressed person may be seriously at risk of suicide are:
• They have left a suicide note indicating their intention to take their own life;
• They have recently talked about taking their own life.
Detailed background enquiries must be carried out to discover as much as possible about the
person. There is usually something in their background which is either the cause of the
depression or the trigger for them to contemplate suicide. Problems in the following areas
should be looked for:
• Relationships;
• Finances;
• Sexual;
• Employment;
• Education;
• Medical;
• Mental Health;
• Addictions.
If someone who is suffering from depression has indicated an intention to take their own life,
and has one or more of the above triggers present in their lives, there is a very high probability
that the person poses a high risk of taking their own life.
It is rare to find people committing suicide under the age of 14 years. The risk increases during
puberty and adolescence, reaching a peak in the mid twenties and remains fairly constant until
old age.
Some occupational groups are more at risk (eg, farmers, doctors). This may reflect the fact that
these occupational groups have ready access to a means of committing suicide. This ready
access to a means should be considered in all cases of possible suicide.
240
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
The risk of committing suicide is much higher if:
• Someone has never before been reported missing but has made a previous suicide
APPENDIX 7
Other significant factors to be considered
attempt;
• Someone has recently talked in depth about taking their own life, to the extent of
describing, for example, how they will commit the act, what they will be wearing and how
their friends will feel afterwards;
• The disappearance coincides with any significant dates in their life, for example, a birthday,
the death of a loved one or the date of a divorce.
It would appear people with strong religious beliefs are less likely to take their own lives.
Examples of other more subtle indicators are:
• Someone becoming significantly more affectionate prior to their disappearance;
• Men, particularly the elderly, leaving wedding rings on bedside cabinets or other obvious
places prior to their disappearance;
• People setting their affairs in order prior to their disappearance;
• People leaving wallets, purses, mobile telephones, cigarettes or other necessary items
behind;
• Some smokers may dramatically increase the number of cigarettes they smoke in the days
just prior to their disappearance.
Even after taking all these matters into consideration, it may still be difficult to determine if the
person has gone off to commit suicide, or has just gone off to be alone for a while to think
things through. In such cases, it would be prudent to develop a twin-track search strategy. One
track should be based on the probability that this is a normal missing person inquiry and the
other based on the probability that the person has gone off to take their own life.
Suicide Notes
If there is a suicide note, its content may provide important information regarding where and
how the person intends to kill themselves. It may give specific information by referring to a
known or favoured location, indicating that they have gone a location possibly known to the
person for whom the note was written. The note may also say that they will not be found,
indicating that their chosen location will be secluded and difficult to find.
The presence of a suicide note, although a good indicator, does not automatically mean a
person has actually committed suicide. A small number of people use the note for shock tactics,
others change their minds, or cannot go through with the act.
Is gender important
Once the decision has been taken to treat the case as a potential suicide, whether the missing
person is a man or a woman is highly significant:
• Men are three times more likely to take their own lives than women. This ratio can
fluctuate across the lifespan but men are generally more at risk.
• Men aged between 25 and 40 years are at the highest risk of suicide.
• Traditionally, men use more violent methods than women.
• Married men are less likely to commit suicide than single men. Single women are not,
however, more at risk.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
241
Table 18 Methods of Committing Suicide
Women
Suicide
30
29.2%
20
Per cent
18.7%
12.5%
10
10.4%
10.4%
10.4%
4.2%
2.1%
0
n
now
Unk
ion
heig
train
olat
re
-imm
r by
ove
from
e
aust
ng
ped
wni
exh
osu
Exp
Self
Run
Jum
Dro
Car
rdos
Ove
ging
Han
ht
Men
40
2.1%
36.3%
Per cent
30
20
15.4%
15.4%
10
9.8%
6.6%
6%
n
now
Unk
olat
mm
ting
er
Oth
1.9%
ion
t
h
heig
train
from
r by
ove
3.1%
-i
Self
Run
ped
Jum
ng
aust
exh
wni
Dro
Car
e
rdos
Ove
ging
Han
3.3%
o
Sho
2.2%
0
In very general terms, men are inclined to hang themselves, whereas women tend to drown
themselves. Another common method of suicide, carbon monoxide poisoning, is becoming less
available because new cars have catalytic converters. There have been a number of cases where
people who own a new car, have gone to their nearest garage and purchased an old car,
specifically to kill themselves by carbon monoxide poisoning.
242
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
APPENDIX 7
Where drowning is suspected, the point at which the person enters the water is often some
distance from where the body is eventually found, especially in fast flowing rivers or in the sea.
The point of entry is often indicated by items of clothing, or possessions such as handbags,
being left behind on the riverbank. These items are often picked up by members of the public
and handed into the police as found property. Local found property registers should, therefore,
be checked.
Many people who commit suicide do so in the privacy of their own home. The majority of these
are easily found. A minority, however, choose to hide themselves away in attic spaces,
basements, cupboards, garages and outhouses. Searchers should pay close attention to these
and other hidden locations before extending the search beyond the home address.
People may also choose to commit suicide at their place of employment. They usually have an
intimate knowledge of the premises and hide themselves away in a secluded location to commit
the act.
Other factors to be considered
Once someone has made up their mind to commit suicide they generally want to carry out the
act as quickly as possible, and with the least amount of effort. Access to a means of killing
themselves is an important factor. When considering the method someone might use, officers
should take time to think about what that person has readily available to them and then
compare this with the gender and age group they fall into. These three factors should help to
determine a logical, probable method of suicide.
The environment within which people live and their age also appear to have a significant
influence on the method someone chooses to commit suicide.
A person living in a city centre, for example, will not generally have easy access to water in
which to drown themselves, so may choose to jump off a high building. Lack of privacy in an
urban area sometimes prompts people to book into a hotel, often the nearest one to their
home address, simply to gain the privacy to commit the act. When reviewing the location
someone has gone missing from, officers should always consider the proximity of wooded
areas, cliffs, harbour walls, rivers or known suicide locations.
1.2.1 WOMEN WHO COMMIT SUICIDE
Methods of suicide listed with the most common first
Table 19 Methods of Suicide used by Women
Age
Method
Age
Method
18–30
Hanging
Jump from building
Run over by train
Car exhaust
31–40
Overdose
Jump from cliff or building
Exposure
Car exhaust
Drowning
41–50
Drowning
Overdose
Jump from building
Hanging
51–60
Jump from cliff or building
Drowning
Overdose
61–70
Drowning
Run over by train
Hanging
Overdose
71–90
Drowning
Jump from building
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
243
Note:
• Having children with them does not necessarily prevent women from committing suicide.
There are numerous recorded cases where women go missing with their children, then
killing their children before ending their own lives.
• Two people going missing together does not mean that suicide is unlikely. There are many
recorded cases of couples making suicide pacts and committing the act together.
Table 20 Women Travelling on Foot – Suicide
Percentage of cases
Distance between place missing and found
40%
1.1 km
50%
1.5 km
60%
2 km
70%
3.2 km
80%
4.9 km
90%
6.9 km
95%
8 km
99%
10 km
Locations found
Many women who commit suicide do so by drowning. Rivers, riverbanks, beaches, coastal areas
and even garden wells featured in the study as places found. In the majority of these cases, the
distances quoted are from the point at which the water was entered.
Table 21 Women Travelling by Motor Vehicle – Suicide
Percentage of cases
Distance between place missing and found
40%
11 km
50%
11.5 km
60%
20 km
80%
25 km
90%
44 km
Locations found
The majority of these women travelled to rural beauty spots, often near water, such as sea cliffs
or rivers. Unlike men, very few are found in secluded wooded areas. Picnic sites and rural car
parks are also popular locations.
Where a car has been found but there is no trace of the occupant see Table 22.
244
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
Percentage of cases
Distance between place missing and found
25%
50 m
50%
150 m
80%
500 m
99%
900 m
APPENDIX 7
Table 22 Distances Travelled by Women on Foot from a Car
Locations found
In all of these cases the suicide method was either by drowning or by overdose. People who
took an overdose tended to be found closer to their vehicle; the longer distances tended to be
where women had walked to gain access to either rivers or cliff edges.
Mental condition
Sixty per cent of the women in this sample were suffering from depression; the remainder were
made up of people suffering from addiction problems, psychosis or schizophrenia, and those
with no recorded mental condition.
1.2.2 SUICIDES INVOLVING MEN
Methods of suicide are listed with the most common appearing first.
Table 23 Methods of Suicide used by Men
Age
Method
Age
Method
18–30
Hanging
Jump from building
Run over by train
Drowning
Car exhaust
Set fire to themselves
Jump from road bridge
Overdose
31–40
Hanging
Drowning
Jump from building
Overdose
Shooting
Run over by train
Car exhaust
Jump from cliff
Exposure
Set fire to themselves
41–50
Hanging
Drowning
Jump from building
Run over by train
Car exhaust
Overdose
Shooting
Set fire to themselves
Electrocution
51–60
Drowning
Hanging
Shooting
Overdose
Car exhaust
Run over by train
Slash neck
61–70
Hanging
Drowning
Car exhaust
Jump from building
Overdose
71–80
Hanging
Drowning
Jump from bridge
81–90
Hanging
Drowning
91–100
Hanging
Run over by train
Car exhaust
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
245
Note: Two people going missing together does not mean that suicide is unlikely. There are
many recorded cases of couples making suicide pacts and committing the act together.
Table 24 Men Travelling on Foot – Suicide
Percentage of cases
Distance between place missing and found
40%
500 m
50%
850 m
60%
1.1 km
70%
1.3 km
80%
1.7 km
90%
2.4 km
95%
4.1 km
99%
8 km
In the case of drowning, the distances quoted are from the point at which the water was
entered.
Locations found
The majority of those people who travel on foot are found in wooded areas hanging from a
tree, or have drowned themselves in rivers. Others can be found in public parks, on railway lines
or in stations, in outhouses near their own homes, local quarries, drowned in harbours, washed
up on beaches, or at their place of employment.
Table 25 Men Travelling by Motor Vehicle – Suicide
Percentage of cases
Distance between place missing and found
40%
5.3 km
50%
8.2 km
60%
9.8 km
70%
17 km
80%
22 km
90%
50 km
95%
75 km
Locations found
The majority of those who use a vehicle travel to secluded rural locations, often to areas of
woodland. Many of these locations tend to be situated just on the outskirts of built-up areas,
often reasonably close to the missing person’s home.
Others chose places such as their work address, beauty spots in city environments, car parks,
lay-bys, near rivers or the sea, or they book themselves into accommodation.
Where a car has been found but there is no trace of the occupant see Table 26.
246
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
Percentage of cases
Distance between place missing and found
40%
250 m
50%
300 m
60%
400 m
70%
500 m
80%
600 m
90%
900 m
99%
1.4 km
APPENDIX 7
Table 26 Distances Travelled by Men on Foot from a Car
In the majority of these cases the suicide method was hanging, usually in a tree near to the
person’s vehicle. A smaller number drowned, took an overdose or died from deliberate
exposure. The longer distances are where people walked from their vehicle to a specific
location, usually near to water to drown themselves.
Mental condition
Just over half of the men in this sample were suffering from depression at the time of their
death. The remainder were suffering from marital or relationship problems, financial problems,
stress, alcoholism, drug addiction or gender problems.
1.3 MENTAL CONDITIONS
When formulating a search strategy for a missing person, it is necessary to establish what, if
any, mental condition that person might be suffering from. This might be a clinically diagnosed
condition or simply an observation made by either the person reporting, a friend or a
family member.
Having established the mental condition of the missing person, it is equally important to have
an understanding of how that condition might influence their behaviour.
Approximately eighty per cent of all missing people reported to the police, over the age of
16 years, suffer from some form of mental condition. These conditions can be broken down
into distinct groups:
• Psychosis or Schizophrenia;
• Depression;
• Dementia (Cognitive Impairment);
• Hypomania or Mania;
• Child Behaviour Disorder.
The mental state of a missing person can have a significant influence on how that person will
interact with both the environment they find themselves in and the people they meet.
The following sections provide additional information about each of the recognised mental
conditions, as well as the behavioural influence these conditions will have on the sufferer.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
247
1.3.1 PSYCHOSIS OR SCHIZOPHRENIA
The following are all common terms used to describe the condition Psychosis/Schizophrenia:
• Schizophrenic;
• Paranoid psychosis;
• Paranoia;
• Psychotic;
• Delusional;
• Hears voices;
• Paranoid Schizophrenic;
• Schizophrenic or Manic depressive;
• Schizophrenia or Amnesiac;
• Schizophrenic or Psychotic
There is a common perception that schizophrenia is the same as split personality – a
Dr Jekyll/Mr Hyde switch in character. This is not an accurate description of schizophrenia. Split
or multiple personality is an entirely different condition from schizophrenia which is quite rare.
Schizophrenia – is a chronic, severe, and disabling brain disease. People with schizophrenia
suffer terrifying symptoms such as hearing internal voices or believing that other people are
reading their minds, controlling their thoughts or plotting to harm them.
Psychosis – is a common condition in schizophrenia. It is a state of mental impairment marked
by hallucinations and/or delusions which are false yet strongly held personal beliefs that result
from an inability to separate real from unreal experiences.
Delusions – roughly one-third of people with schizophrenia have delusions of persecution, or
false and irrational beliefs that they are being cheated, harassed, poisoned, or conspired against.
They may believe that a member of the family or someone close to them is responsible for this
persecution. In addition, delusions of grandeur, in which a person may believe he or she is a
famous or important figure, may occur in schizophrenia. Sometimes the delusions experienced
by people with schizophrenia are quite bizarre, for example, they believe that a neighbour is
controlling their behaviour with magnetic waves or that people on television are directing
special messages to them.
Hallucinations – these are disturbances of perception that are common in people suffering
from schizophrenia. Hearing voices that other people do not hear is the most common type of
hallucination. The voices they hear may take the form of a conversation, warning them of
impending dangers, or even issuing them with orders.
Anyone suffering from this disorder who talks about committing suicide should be taken
very seriously.
How do people suffering from this condition choose to travel?
Fifty-three per cent chose to travel on foot, while thirty per cent use public transport. Five per
cent use a motor vehicle, others use methods such as bicycles or hitching a lift.
248
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
Percentage of cases
Distance between place missing and found
40%
2.2 km
50%
2.9 km
60%
3.6 km
70%
4.2 km
80%
6.2 km
90%
11.1 km
95%
12.8 km
Percentage of cases
APPENDIX 7
Table 27 Travel on Foot – Psychosis and Schizophrenia
Time lapse between reported and location
25%
1hr 5mins
50%
2hrs 50mins
60%
3hrs 35mins
70%
4hrs 10mins
80%
6hrs 10mins
90%
11hrs 5mins
99%
12hrs 50mins
Where are they likely to be found?
• Returned to their place of residence, or place they went missing from – twenty-five per cent.
• Found walking in the street, usually in a city/urban environment – twenty per cent.
• Found at friends’ addresses – fifteen per cent.
• Others were located in smaller numbers at various locations such as, home address,
boyfriend’s or girlfriend’s address, relatives’ address, pub or nightclub.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
249
Table 28 Travel on Public Transport – Psychosis and Schizophrenia
Percentage of cases
Distance between place missing and found
40%
46 km
50%
69 km
60%
150 km
70%
162 km
80%
257 km
90%
462 km
95%
480 km
Percentage of cases
Time lapse between being reported and found
25%
3hrs
50%
6hrs 15mins
60%
8hrs 30mins
70%
10hrs 15mins
80%
20hrs
90%
30hrs
95%
71hrs
Where are they are likely to be found?
• Those suffering from psychosis or dementia tend to travel to specific places rather than
indulging in random travelling. Checks should be made at ticket offices or with railway
staff, for example.
• Travelled back to their home address – twenty-five per cent.
• Found walking in the street in city centres, usually places where they had lived previously or
had friends living there – twenty per cent.
• Travelled to friends’ addresses – seventeen per cent.
• Others were located in smaller numbers at various locations such as returning to the place
they went missing from, a relative’s address, boyfriend or girlfriend’s address, camping,
derelict building, sleeping rough.
• People suffering from this disorder often stop taking their medication, which can result in them
quickly reaching a state where they stop looking after themselves. More than any other group,
they can be found sleeping rough in makeshift shelters, often in woodland or in ditches. They
can also be found camping in secluded woodland areas, or living in remote derelict buildings.
This behaviour will usually last for a relatively short time, after which they will often go to
places where they have previously received medical treatment, for example, psychiatric
hospitals, doctors surgeries or even medical hospitals. They also have a tendency to go to
addresses where they have lived previously, often sheltered or hostel type accommodation.
Those who travel in their own vehicles
Those who use their own vehicles, tend to travel distances between five kilometres and 115
kilometres. The majority return home of their own free will, some go to either psychiatric or
medical hospitals, some travel to their home address and others are found sitting in their cars,
usually in car parks within an urban environment.
250
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
Depression is the most commonly diagnosed mental health problem. People often use phrases
like ‘I’m depressed’ to describe a temporary low mood or how they are feeling about a
particular situation in their life. In most cases these low spirits lift of their own accord after a
short time. If these feelings of unhappiness become worse and begin to interfere with how
someone lives their everyday life, then it is possible that they may be developing major or clinical
depression. The word clinical simply means that the condition is severe enough to need some
form of treatment.
APPENDIX 7
1.3.2 DEPRESSION
People experiencing depression usually feel hopeless about the future and are unable to see any
positives in life. They may feel apathetic and unable to participate in activities they used to enjoy.
At its worst, depression can lead to such feelings of helplessness and lack of worth that people
may give up the will to live, or begin to consider suicide.
Someone suffering from depression is not automatically at risk of taking their own life, if
however, suicide is thought likely, see 1.2 Suicides.
Depression can affect people of any age, occupation or gender and is caused by different
factors according to the individual.
The Causes of Depression
Broadly speaking, there are three main triggers for developing depression:
Social factors – including unemployment, isolation, divorce or bereavement.
Psychological factors – for example chronic anxiety, childhood rejection or family background.
Physical factors – such as infectious diseases, long-term health problems or side-effects of
medical treatments like chemotherapy.
It is also thought that some people may have a genetic predisposition towards depression.
Depressed people often seek time alone and many can be found simply walking in the street,
often in a rural environment. Men have a tendency to go to secluded places, whereas women
are more inclined to seek help and may go, for example, to hospitals, social services
departments or police stations.
People suffering from depression may be contemplating suicide, if this is the case, they will have
a tendency to visit locations which have some significance to them or which provide them with
the means of committing the act.
Note: Someone who is depressed is not necessarily suicidal.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
251
Table 29 Men Travelling on Foot – Depression
Percentage of cases
Distance between place missing and found
40%
1.5 km
50%
2.2 km
60%
3.1 km
70%
4.3 km
80%
8.1 km
90%
17 km
95%
35 km
99%
70 km
Suspected to have used transport.
Where longer distances are involved, it was found that people were going to specific locations
such as relatives’ addresses, or back to their home address.
Where are they are likely to be found?
Many are found walking in the street, with the majority being located in a rural environment
and a smaller number found walking in city centres. Approximately thirty-five per cent will
return home of their own accord. Some go to friends’ or relatives’ addresses, some leave places
of care or psychiatric hospitals and go to their home address.
Of these people sixty per cent tend to be located within fourteen hours and eighty per cent
within thirty-six hours.
Table 30 Men Travelling by Motor Vehicle – Depression
Percentage of cases
Distance between place missing and found
40%
14 km
50%
24 km
60%
32 km
70%
48 km
80%
83 km
90%
168 km
95%
269 km
99%
560 km
Note: The final ten per cent who travelled the longer distances all went to specific places,
usually somewhere they had relatives, or somewhere of major significance to them, such as the
place they were brought up or spent a significant period of their life as a resident.
Where are they likely to be found?
Some thirty-four per cent will return home of their own accord. A significant number go to
relatives’ addresses, however, very few men go to friends’ addresses. A vehicle is always easier
to find than a person and in the majority of cases, the missing person will be with their vehicle.
Some sixty per cent of these people tend to be located within seventeen hours and eighty per
cent within thirty-eight hours.
252
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
Percentage of cases
Distance between place missing and found
40%
38 km
50%
47 km
60%
86 km
70%
135 km
80%
209 km
90%
390 km
95%
550 km
99%
660 km
APPENDIX 7
Table 31 Men Travelling on Public Transport – Depression
Where are they likely to be found?
Many people using public transport do so to travel to another town or city; there is generally a
strong reason for choosing to go to a particular location. This is usually somewhere that the
person has relatives or is a place of major significance, such as the place they were brought up
or spent a significant period of time as a resident. These people will either turn up at an address
which has some significance to them, or simply be found wandering round the central streets of
their chosen town or city.
Some sixty per cent of these people tend to be located within twenty hours and eighty per cent
within forty-two hours.
Table 32 Women Travelling on Foot – Depression
Percentage of cases
Distance between place missing and found
40%
1.8 km
50%
2.2 km
60%
3 km
70%
4.1 km
80%
5.7 km
90%
9.5 km
95%
29 km
99%
80 km
Suspected to have used transport.
Note: Where longer distances are involved, it was found that people were going to specific
locations such as relatives’ addresses, or to get back to their home address, or possibly to a
specific place to contemplate suicide.
Where are they likely to be found?
The majority, (twenty-three per cent), tend to be located at friends’ or relatives’ addresses. A
smaller number are found walking in the street, or return home of their own accord. Others
seek help at, for example, sheltered accommodation, hospitals or police stations.
Some eighty per cent of these people tend to be located within seventeen hours.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
253
Table 33 Women Travelling by Motor Vehicle – Depression
Percentage of cases
Distance between place missing and found
40%
16 km
50%
23 km
60%
25 km
70%
30 km
80%
45 km
90%
107 km
95%
148 km
99%
550 km
Where are they likely to be found?
Approximately thirty-two per cent of these women will return home of their own accord. Others
will use their vehicles to travel to friends’ or relatives’ addresses. Some will book themselves into
accommodation, others will admit themselves to hospital. In many cases these women will drive
themselves to town centres and can be found wandering on foot in the streets. Some just want
time to think things through and can be found in their vehicles at rural beauty spots or quiet
country areas.
Some eighty per cent of these people tend to be located within twenty-one hours.
Table 34 Women Travelling on Public Transport – Depression
Percentage of cases
Distance between place missing and found
40%
24 km
50%
30 km
60%
45 km
70%
68 km
80%
140 km
90%
440 km
95%
580 km
99%
670 km
Where are they likely to be found?
Approximately thirty per cent are found at friends’ or relatives’ addresses.
Many use public transport to travel to another town or city, and there is usually a strong reason
for choosing to go to a particular location or address which has some significance to them. They
may simply be found wandering round the streets of their chosen town or city. Searches at bus
and railway stations are worthwhile. Some women book themselves into accommodation,
others turn up at medical hospitals and others seek help at police stations.
Eighty per cent of these people tend to be located within thirty-two hours.
254
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
Postnatal depression can occur from about two weeks after the birth of a child, to two years
after. This condition differs from the mood swings often suffered by many mothers in the first
few days after their child is born.
APPENDIX 7
Postnatal Depression
Symptoms can range from the mild post-birth depression that occurs following about two-thirds
of pregnancies to the more severe cases where the mother has to go into hospital to
stop her injuring herself or her baby. The most severe form of postnatal depression is
depressive psychosis.
Depressive psychosis can be a symptom of a number of serious mental problems and when
linked to postnatal depression can lead to threats of suicide or harm to the baby and sometimes
even delusions. Treatment requires admission to hospital, use of antidepressant drugs if
necessary and possible family therapy.
There is a lack of missing person data for people suffering this specific condition. It appears,
however, that the general data relating to missing people suffering from depression applies
equally to those suffering from postnatal depression.
Bi-Polar Depression (Manic Depression)
A person suffering from this will experience repeated occasions when their mood and activity
level are significantly disturbed, usually by increased energy and activity and an elated mood
(mania or hypomania). At other times they will experience decreased energy and activity
(depression), and a lowering of mood. Manic episodes usually begin suddenly and can last
anything from two weeks to four or five months, whereas depressions usually last about six
months but rarely for more than a year, except in the elderly.
The first episode can occur at any age.
If dealing with a missing person suffering from this condition, it is vital to establish if they are
currently in a depressed or a manic phase of the illness. If the person is in the depressed phase,
then see the section on Depression and Suicide. If the person is in the manic phase of the
illness, they are much less likely to cause themselves any harm – see section on Hypomania
or Mania.
1.3.3 DEMENTIA (COGNITIVE IMPAIRMENT)
The term dementia describes a loss of mental ability severe enough to interfere with the normal
activities of daily living. The condition most commonly associated with dementia is Alzheimer’s
Disease, which is a degenerative disease affecting the brain. Although anyone who suffers from
Alzheimer’s can be said to have dementia, the opposite does not apply. Examples of other
diseases and conditions where dementia symptoms may be manifest are:
• Parkinson’s Disease;
• Huntington’s Disease;
• Picks Disease;
• Mini-strokes (vascular dementia);
• Fluid on the brain (hydrocephalus);
• Korsakoff’s Syndrome and other alcohol-related dementia;
• Following brain injury;
• As a result of a brain tumour;
• AIDS-related dementia.
Regardless of which disease has resulted in the dementia, the behaviour patterns displayed by
sufferers are very similar. Consequently, search planners should not become unduly distracted by
which underlying illness or disease has caused the dementia.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
255
Dementia, particularly Alzheimer’s Disease, tends to be associated with those aged 64 years and
over. There are, however, many cases of people suffering dementia from their mid-forties
onwards. This younger age group (mid-forties to mid-sixties) tends to be the group which
regularly makes use of public transport, travels further distances and, unlike the older age
group, has a tendency to seek shelter either at friends’ or relatives’ addresses.
Does It Affect Behaviour?
People with dementia are at risk of wandering and getting lost because they are disorientated,
restless, agitated and/or anxious. Once lost, they are in danger of injury or even death from falls,
accidents, and exposure. The acute medical conditions associated with this illness compound
the likelihood of serious negative outcomes. Disturbed sleep patterns can result in unexpected
wandering at night.
In their own minds, dementia sufferers believe they are looking for something, for example, a
familiar place, a familiar person or something to eat. They may also think they need to fulfil
former obligations such as work or child care. This can result in two types of wandering.
Goal-driven wandering – tends to be industrious and purposeful, where the person is
searching for something or someone, such as a mother, home, place of work or a particular
object.
Random wandering – usually has no real purpose. The person can become attracted by
something which initially takes their interest, then quickly become distracted by another
purpose or stimulus.
It is a fundamental challenge for search advisers to determine which particular goal the missing
person might be heading for. An intelligent search strategy may be to focus on several possible
goals simultaneously.
Different Levels of Dementia
While the medical profession classify dementia sufferers into one of three categories (mild,
medium or severe), police search strategies use a more simple classification of mild or severe.
Mild – this is someone who is still generally capable of looking after themselves, even if they
need some level of care. They are also still capable of interacting with the outside world.
Consequently, compared with severe dementia sufferers, they are more likely to:
• Make use of public transport;
• Travel further distances;
• Drive their cars.
It is not uncommon for a mild dementia sufferer to park their car to go shopping, then
completely forget where the car is parked. They can also be found sitting in their car some
distance from their home address with no idea how they got there.
The types of locations in which they are likely to be found may depend directly upon their
personal motivation for wandering. While some may engage in random wandering, milder
suffers typically engage in goal-driven wandering.
If the person is living in a care home, they will most likely try and return to their own home
address. They may also be found at previous home addresses or previous places of employment.
Some men have even been known to turn up in local pubs having a drink. Many of the goaldriven individuals in this group are quite capable of achieving their goals.
Severe – A severe dementia sufferer is someone who is no longer capable of looking after
themselves and requires full-time supervision or live-in help.
256
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
Generally, the severe dementia sufferer is likely to travel shorter distances than the mild sufferer.
They may set off with one thing on their mind but become easily distracted by something they
see or hear. Just over half of all missing dementia sufferers are found walking in the street. For
the severe sufferer, the street they find themselves walking on just becomes a road or track they
follow wherever it leads them. It is worth thoroughly searching the area that the person has
gone missing in to see if there is an obvious road, track or path they might have followed.
APPENDIX 7
These sufferers are most likely to be random wanderers. Many of these severe sufferers are
delusional, or ‘out of touch with reality’, therefore, even if they themselves believe they have a
specific purpose to their journey, their actions are more likely to be those of a random wanderer.
In addition, the severe dementia sufferer may have a very different perspective of the
environment than a searcher. A fire break in a forest, strewn with branches, could be seen as an
uncomfortable place to walk by a searcher, but the severe dementia sufferer may view this as
just another track to walk along. Searchers should consider searching a short distance into these
types of locations to ensure the missing person is not lying entangled in the undergrowth. They
can also mistake areas of water or marshy land as easy, flat, safe ground on which to walk.
What are the search implications?
It is necessary to ascertain the severity of the dementia that the missing person suffers from and
to understand any motivations for their wandering.
• To understand a dementia sufferer’s motivations for wandering off, enquiries should be
made into the person’s background, for example, their interests, recent conversations,
places they worked, lived or were brought up in. This information will help predict possible
places or objects of attraction, such as a previous home address, a previous work address, a
graveyard where a relative is buried, or an interest in horses.
• If there is a railway station, bus station or bus stop near to their home address or place
missing from, this should be checked and ticket office staff spoken to. Any available closed
circuit television should also be checked.
Both mild and severe sufferers, who end up walking away from roadways and tracks, have a
tendency to be directed by natural or man-made barriers. If they encounter a fence, wall or
thick hedge, for example, they are likely to follow the barrier in one direction or the other rather
than go over it. Searchers should, therefore, take a particular interest in all such structures,
natural or man made. The missing person can, however, attempt to cross these barriers if
something specifically attracts them or they are goal-driven in a particular direction.
Many of those who attempt to cross fences or ditches become stuck or entangled because of
their elderly and/or frail condition. Searchers, particularly air support, should concentrate much
of their effort on searching along these types of barriers. Search experience has shown that
dementia sufferers who are strongly goal-driven wanderers are often traced at locations which
coincide with an invisible line drawn between the place they are missing from and the particular
goal they are heading for.
There are many cases recorded where dementia sufferers have become trapped in soft marshy
ground, been found drowned or suffering severe hypothermia at the edge of both small and
large areas of water. This is often because they have mistaken the marshy ground or the water,
for flat, easy places to walk.
Enquiries must be made regarding the circumstances of any previous wandering by the person
and, specifically, the locations where they were found.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
257
Table 35 Men Travelling on Foot – Dementia
Percentage of cases
Distance between place missing and found
40%
1 km
50%
1.6 km
60%
2.6 km
70%
4.6 km
80%
6.0 km
90%
7.2 km
95%
10 km
99%
14 km
Percentage of cases
Time between being reported and located
40%
1hr 30mins
50%
1hr 50mins
60%
2hrs 30mins
70%
3hrs 50mins
80%
7hrs 45mins
90%
10hrs 15mins
95%
12hrs
99%
14hrs
Where are they likely to be found?
Some fifty-two per cent of men suffering from dementia who wandered on foot were found
walking in the street or a roadway of some kind. Others returned of their own accord, were
located at previous home addresses, friends’ addresses, went to their home address, were
hiding in their place of residence or found wandering in the countryside.
258
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
Percentage of cases
Distance between place missing and found
40%
6 km
50%
8.5 km
60%
11 km
70%
16 km
80%
28 km
90%
35 km
95%
50 km
99%
69 km
Percentage of cases
APPENDIX 7
Table 36 Men Travelling on Public Transport – Dementia
Time between being reported and located
40%
3hrs
50%
3hrs 50mins
60%
5hrs 15mins
70%
7hrs 30mins
80%
10hrs
90%
1 day 1 hr
95%
2 days 16 hrs
Where are they likely to be found?
Approximately thirty-nine per cent were found walking in the street or a roadway of some kind.
Others went to their home address, were located at friends’ or relatives’ addresses, their
previous home address, local shops or still on public transport.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
259
Tables 37 Women Travelling on Foot – Dementia
Percentage of cases
Distance between place missing and found
40%
300 m
50%
700 m
60%
900 m
70%
1.2 km
80%
2.0 km
90%
3.7 km
95%
5.8 km
99%
12 km
Percentage of cases
Time between being reported and located
40%
1hr 10mins
50%
1hr 15mins
60%
2hrs
70%
2hrs 30mins
80%
3hrs 45mins
90%
5hrs 30mins
95%
8hrs
99%
9hrs 20mins
Likely places to find women who travel on foot
Some fifty-nine per cent of women who suffer from dementia and wandered on foot were
found walking in the street or a roadway of some kind. Other locations tended to be inside
buildings, for example, at a friend, relative’s house or shops, public houses or hospitals.
Table 38 Women Travelling on Public Transport – Dementia
Percentage of cases
50%
5.8 km
60%
7.2 km
80%
24 km
90%
35 km
99%
44 km
Percentage of cases
260
Distance between place missing and found
Time between being reported and located
25%
1hr 30mins
50%
2hrs 10mins
60%
2hrs 30mins
70%
15hrs 30mins
80%
35hrs 45mins
90%
68hrs 30mins
99%
69hrs 20mins
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
The majority were found walking in the street, had travelled to their home address or had
returned to the place they were missing from. A small percentage were found on public
transport or turned up at police stations.
APPENDIX 7
Where are they likely to be found?
1.3.4 HYPOMANIA OR MANIA (MANIC DEPRESSIVES)
Hypomania and Mania are both terms used to describe the condition of Bi-polar Disorder.
What are the symptoms of Bi-polar Disorder?
Bi-polar Disorder causes people to have dramatic mood swings. They go from overly high and/or
irritable to sad and hopeless and then back again, often with periods of normal mood in
between. Severe changes in energy and behaviour go along with these changes in mood.
The periods of highs and lows are called episodes of mania and depression, hence the term
manic depressive.
The following three paragraphs are descriptions offered by people with Bi-polar Disorder. They
provide a valuable insight into the various mood states associated with the illness.
Depression: ‘I doubt completely my ability to do anything well. It seems as though my mind
has slowed down and burned out to the point of being virtually useless... I am haunted... with
the total, the desperate hopelessness of it all... Others say, “It’s only temporary, it will pass, you
will get over it,” but of course they haven’t any idea of how I feel, although they are certain
they do. If I can’t feel, move, think or care, then what on earth is the point?’
Hypomania: ‘At first when I’m high, it’s tremendous... ideas are fast... like shooting stars you
follow until brighter ones appear.... All shyness disappears, the right words and gestures are
suddenly there... uninteresting people, things become intensely interesting. Sensuality is
pervasive, the desire to seduce and be seduced is irresistible. Your marrow is infused with
unbelievable feelings of ease, power, well-being, omnipotence, euphoria... you can do
anything... but, somewhere this changes.’
Mania: ‘The fast ideas become too fast and there are far too many... overwhelming confusion
replaces clarity... you stop keeping up with it – memory goes. Infectious humour ceases to
amuse. Your friends become frightened.... everything is now against the grain... you are
irritable, angry, frightened, uncontrollable, and trapped.’
Signs and symptoms of mania (or a manic episode) include:
• Increased energy, activity, and restlessness;
• Excessively high, overly good, euphoric mood;
• Extreme irritability;
• Racing thoughts and talking very fast, jumping from one idea to another;
• Easily distracted, unable to concentrate well;
• Little sleep needed;
• Unrealistic beliefs in one’s abilities and powers;
• Poor judgement, spending sprees;
• A lasting period of behaviour that is different from usual;
• Increased sexual drive;
• Abuse of drugs, particularly cocaine, alcohol and sleeping medications;
• Provocative, intrusive or aggressive behaviour;
• Denial that anything is wrong.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
261
Signs and symptoms of depression (or a depressive episode) include:
• Lasting sad, anxious or empty mood;
• Feelings of hopelessness or pessimism;
• Feelings of guilt, worthlessness or helplessness;
• Loss of interest or pleasure in activities once enjoyed, including sex;
• Decreased energy, a feeling of fatigue or of being slowed down;
• Difficulty concentrating, remembering, making decisions, restlessness or irritability, sleeping
too much or inability to sleep, change in appetite and/or unintended weight loss or gain;
• Chronic pain or other persistent bodily symptoms that are not caused by physical illness
or injury;
• Thoughts of death or suicide, or suicide attempts.
Anyone who talks about suicide should be taken seriously
How does all this information affect the search strategy?
When dealing with a missing person suffering from Bi-polar Disorder, it is critical to establish
whether they were in a manic or a depressed phase at the time they went missing.
If they are in a manic phase, they are less likely to cause themselves any harm and if they are in
the hypomania stage, they may simply be off having a good time. It is even possible that they
have found themselves a new partner and have booked into a hotel or other accommodation.
If, however, they are in the depressed phase of the condition, they should be treated as a
depressed missing person, with the possibility that they may be considering suicide.
How do people suffering from this condition choose to travel?
Some fifty-six per cent travel on foot, while twenty-four per cent use public transport. Only
eight per cent use a motor vehicle and the remainder is unknown.
Table 39 Travel on Foot – Hypomania or Mania
Percentage of cases
40%
1.4 km
50%
1.8 km
60%
2.7 km
70%
3.6 km
80%
4.6 km
90%
6 km
95%
10 km
Percentage of cases
262
Distance between place missing and found
Time lapse between reported and location
25%
2hrs
50%
8hrs 30mins
60%
12hrs
70%
16hrs 10mins
80%
22hrs 45mins
90%
60hrs
99%
71hrs
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
Returned to their place of residence or place missing from, of their own accord – twenty-nine
per cent
APPENDIX 7
Where are they likely to be found?
Went to their home address – fourteen per cent.
Found walking in the street in an urban area – fourteen per cent.
Others were located in smaller numbers at a friend or relatives’ address, in public parks or at fast
food takeaways.
Table 40 Travel by Public Transport – Hypomania or Mania
Percentage of cases
Distance between place missing and found
40%
33 km
50%
40 km
60%
58 km
70%
100 km
80%
170 km
90%
320 km
95%
400 km
Percentage of cases
Time lapse between reported and location
25%
4hrs 15mins
50%
15hrs 45mins
60%
16hrs 10mins
70%
18hrs 20mins
80%
23hrs
90%
23hrs 40mins
99%
24hrs 45mins
Where are they likely to be found?
Relatives address – thirty-three per cent.
Home address – seventeen per cent.
Others were located in smaller numbers at friends’ addresses, booked into accommodation or in
the street in an urban area.
1.3.5 ATTENTION DEFICIT HYPERACTIVITY DISORDER (ADHD)
Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) affects children and adults. The main
characteristics of ADHD are hyperactivity and impulsive behaviour, usually coupled with a very
short attention span and a difficulty forming relationships. ADHD is commonly treated using
one of two drugs: methylphenidate (Ritalin) or dexamphetamine (Dexedrine) – both are very
effective in controlling the symptoms.
An ADHD sufferer can behave quite differently from a non-ADHD sufferer. Being aware of these
differences in the early stages of a missing person incident should lead to a more informed
enquiry and search.
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006
263
ADHD in Children
The following are the most typical behavioural characteristics:
Overactive behaviour ( hyperactivity)
This is typically a child who races around, is unable to sit still and who often interferes with
other children’s activities. Children with severe ADHD may be rejected or disliked by other
children because they disrupt their play or damage their possessions.
Impulsive behaviour
This includes saying or doing the first thing that occurs to them. They are also easily distracted
by irrelevant issues.
Difficulty in paying attention
They have a short attention span, find it hard to concentrate and therefore hard to learn new
skills, both academic and practical. They can also be forgetful.
Problems settling at school
As they are overactive and impulsive, children with ADHD often find it difficult to fit in at school.
They may also have problems getting on with other children, and these difficulties can continue
as they grow up. Note: ADHD is not related to intelligence.
Attention Deficit Disorder – ADD
Some children have significant problems with concentrating and paying attention but are not
necessarily overactive or impulsive. These children are sometimes described as having Attention
Deficit Disorder (ADD) rather than ADHD. ADD can easily be missed because the child is quiet
and dreamy, rather than disruptive.
ADHD in Adults
While some children outgrow ADHD, approximately sixty per cent will carry some of their
symptoms into adulthood. Adults tend to have ADD rather than full blown ADHD. Symptoms of
this may include lack of focus, disorganisation, restlessness, difficulty finishing projects, and/or
losing things. Adults suffering from ADD may experience difficulties at work, in their personal
relationships or at home.
Missing Children
Children with ADHD, who go missing, can be at greater risk because of their condition. Their
awareness of danger is reduced, which can lead them to become engaged in some physically
dangerous activities, such as playing near fast flowing rivers or railway lines. They have a
tendency to travel further than other children of a similar age. Their poor social skills may make
it difficult for them to ask for help or to engage with others. The effects of ADHD medication
lasts for around four to five hours, for this reason it is important to establish when the child last
took his or her medication.
As these people have an impulsive nature because of their condition and tend to be distracted
by irrelevant things, it is difficult to predict the places where they will be found. It is, therefore,
extremely important to establish what their interests are as these may provide vital clues to the
places they are likely to go to or the activities they might indulge in. Note: no label or diagnosis
will give a perfect description of an individual child with ADHD. They are all different, and will
act in different ways.
264
NOT PROTECTIVELY MARKED Practice Advice on Search Management and Procedures © ACPO Centrex 2006